I— 



COURSE 



OP THE 



FRENCH LANGUAGE: 



INTRODUCTORY TO 



I 



FASQUELLE'S LARGER FRENCH COURSE. 



BY 

LOUIS FASQUELLE, LL.D., 

PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF 

MICHIGAN, CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE, 

AUTHOR OF " A NEW METHOD OF LEARNING THE FRENCH 

LANGUAGE," " THE COLLOQUIAL FRENCH READER,* 1 

''MANUAL OF FRENCH CONVERSATION," 

ETC., ETC., ETC. 



NEW . YORK : 

IVISON, PHINNEY, BLAKEMAN & CO. 

CHICAGO: S. C. GRIGGS & CO. 

1869. 



-pC* 



o1 






Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1858, by 

LOUIS FASQUELLE, 

In tke Clerk's Office 01 the District Court ot the United Sfa.es for rt*» 
District of .Michigan. 



By Exchange 

APR 18 



my wu«S Na*y Jf 
iagton O. «• 



dial) 



BLECTROTTPED BT 

Thdmas B. Smith & Row, 
82 &W Beekraau-street 



i 



PREFACE. 



Seven years have now elapsed since the publication of the " New 
French Method" or Larger Course ; it has already passed through 
more than fifty large editions in this country, and been several times 
republished in England.* The almost general approbation bestowed 
upon " Fasquelle's French Course," and the increasing popularity of 
his other text-books, induced the author, nearly two years ago, to 
commence the preparation of an easier work for children ; and, after 
a longer delay than he had anticipated, he has now the pleasure of 
presenting the Introductory Course to the numerous friends of his 
French Series. 

The book is intended to impart to the young student the easier 
principles of the French language, and to give him a good knowledge 
of the regular verbs, and of those irregular verbs which may bo 
classified ; in short, to form an Introduction to the " New Method" 
or Larger Course. The aim of the author, in the whole course of 
the work, has been to give simple precepts, such as children may 
easily understand, and to illustrate the same by copious examples, 
easy to be imitated. Repetition in the rules has not been avoided 
where such repetition would render the meaning more intelligible. 
The frequent repetitions in the vocabularies are also intentional ; 
and after the nouns, in these, the gender is indicated. This method 
has been preferred to that of placing the article before such nouns. 



* By the enterprising and popular publisher, Mr. Cassell, of Ludgate Hill, 
London. First in his " Popular Educator," and afterwards in book form, in 
two parts. Mr. Cassell has also republished Mr. Woodbury's excellent German 
text-books. 



IV PREFACE. 

Placing the proper article, possessive or demonstrative adjective be- 
fore the nouns, will furnish the pupil with an additional and very 
beneficial exercise. The explanation of the few grammatical terms 
used in the woriv has been left for the instructor. 

In the first ptrt of the work, the principal rules of pronunciation 
have been given in the plainest manner, and exercises on the rules 
placed after them. In this, the pupil should be thoroughly exer- 
cised before proceeding to the other lessons. The pupil, of course, 
should always be perfectly familiar with one lesson before taking 
another. Every exercise in translation from English into French 
should always be recited two or three times. After a new lesson 
has been said, the exercise of the preceding one should be reviewed, 
and if there be dme, that of the lesson preceding the last. Where 
the same is practicable, the exercises of the day should be committed 
to writing. 

The young pupil should be thoroughly exercised in putting the 
stem or first part of different verbs, to the terminations proper to 
them. One of die principal aims the author has had in view in the 
preparation of this Introductory Course, has been to give the pupil 
a good knowledge of the verbs, so rarely to be met with, yet without 
which no student can ever be conversant with any language. 

L. F. 

University of Michigan, 

Ann Arbor, November 17th, 1858. 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Preface, . . . ... . . . . . . 3 

LESSON I.— The Alphabet.— Old Names of the Letters.— New 

Names of the Consonants, 9 

LESSON II.— Pronunciation. — The Consonants. — The Simple 

Vowels, 10 

LESSON III.— The Accents.— The Apostrophe.— The Diaeresis, 13 
LESSON IV.— Diphthongs and Combined Vowels, ... 15 
LESSON V.— The Nasal Sounds, . . . . . .18 

LESSON VI.— The Liquid L.— The Soft Ti, .... 21 

LESSON VII.— The Silent K— The Final Consonants, . . 23 

LESSON VIIL— The Article.— Gender, 26 

LESSON IX.— Gender continued.— Un, Une ; A or An, . . 28 
LESSON X.— Place in the Sentence of the Name of Material of 

which an Object is Composed. — The Present Tense of the 

Verb Avoir, Conjugated Interrogatively, .... 31 
LESSON XL— The Compound Article Du ; also, de V, de la, . 34 
LESSON XII.— Place in the Sentence of the Object Possessed 

and of the Name of the Possessor. — Compound Article Au ; 

also, d V and a la, 37 

LESSON XIII. — Place of the Noun in a Question. — Repetition of 

the Article, 40 

LESSON XIV.— The Possessive Adjectives.— Mon, Ton, Son, 

&c, 43 

LESSON XV. — The Possessive Pronouns. — Le mien, La mienne, 

&c, . . ... . „ • /Jl 

LESSON XVI.— The Demonstrative Adjectives.— Ce, Cette, &c, 

This, That, 50 



VI CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

LESSON XVII.— Form of the Negative Sentence— Ne, Pas, 

Eien, 54 

LESSON XVIII. — Quelqu'un, Some one, Somebody. — Personne, 

Nobody, 57 

LESSON XIX. — Pas de, point de, No, not any. — Quel, quelle, 

Which, what, Gl 

LESSON XX. — Avoir faim, To be hungry. — Avoir soif, To be 

thirsty, &c, G4 

LESSON XXL— Present of the Indicative of fitre, To ^.—Inter- 
rogative Form. — Negative Form. — Negative and Interroga- 
tive Form. — Order of Words in a Question beginning with 

Ou, Where, 68 

LESSON XXII.— Feminine Form of Adjectives, ... 71 

LESSON XXIII.— Irregular Adjectives, 75 

LESSON XXIV.— Place of the Adjective, 78 

LESSON XXV.— The Plural.— The Noun.— The Article, . . 81 
LESSON XXVI.— The Plural, continued.— Irregular Plural, . 84 
LESSON XXVII.— The Plural, continued.— Plural of Adjectives, 88 
LESSON XXVIIL— The Plural, continued.— Irregular Plural of 

Adjectives, 91 

LESSON XXIX.— The Plural, continued.— Possessive Adjec- 
tives and Pronouns, 95 

LESSON XXX. — The Plural, continued. — Demonstrative Adjec- 
tives and Pronouns, 99 

LESSON XXXI. — Conjugation of Verbs. — First Conjugation, 
ending in er. — Present of Indicative of Preter, Dun net; and 

Demander, 102 

LESSON XXXII.— First Conjugation of Verbs, continued.— In- 
terrogative Form, 107 

LESSON XXXIII.— Verbs of First Conjugation, continued.— 

Negative, and Negative and Interrogative Form, . . .111 
LESSON XXXIV.— Irregular Verbs.— Alter, Couvrir, Cueillir, 

&c, ' H5 

LESSON XXXV.— Verbs of Second Conjugation, ending in //*. 

Present of Indicative of Punir and Finir, . . . .119 



CONTENTS VII 

PACK 

LESSON XXXVI. — Second Conjugation, continued. — Verbs end- 
ing in tir. — Sortir and Partir, 123 

LESSON XXXVII. — Second Conjugation, continued. — Verbs 

ending in enir. — Venir and Tenir, . 127 

LESSON XXXVIII.— Third Conjugation.— Verbs ending in oir. 

Devoir and Recewir, 131 

LESSON XXXIX.— Verbs of Fourth Conjugation, ending in re. 

Entendre and Perdre, 136 

LESSON XL. — Fourth Conjugation, continued. — Verbs ending 

in uire. — Conduire and Traduire, 140 

LESSON XLI. — Fourth Conjugation, continued. — Verbs ending 

in aitre and oitre. — Connaitre and Or oitre, , . 144 

LE3 3 ON XLII. — Fourth Conj ugation, continued. — Verbs ending 

in indre. — Peindre and Craindre, . . . . . 148 

LESSON XLIIL— The Personal Pronouns. -Their Place, . . 152 

LESSON XLIV. — Personal Pronouns, continued, . . . 156 
LESSON XLV.—Pwespective Place of Pronouns, . . . .159 

LESSON XLVI.— The Past Participle.— The Past Indefinite, . 164 
LESSON XLVIL— The Present Participle.— The Imperfect of 

the Indicative, 168 

LESSON XL VIII.— The Imperfect, continued.— Irregular Verbs, 173 

LESSON XLIX.— The Pluperfect.— Place of Adverbs, • . 178 
LESSON L.— The Past Definite.— Its Use, . . . . .182 
LESSON LI.— The Past Definite, continued.— Second and Fourth 
Conjugations. — Finir and Vendre. — Conduire and Peindre. — 

Venir, 186 

LESSON LIL— The Past Definite, continued.— Third Conjuga- 
tion.— Recevoir, 191 

LESSON LIIL— The Past Anterior.— Aussi, As; Plus, More, &c, 195 
LESSON LIV.— The Future.— First and Second Conjugations. 

— Donr)£r and Finir, 200 

LESSON LV.— The Future, continued.— Third and Fourth Con- 
jugations. — Conduire, ConnaUre, Peindre, Avoir, Etre, . 204 
LESSON LVL— The Future Anterior. — Autant de, As much; 

Plu3 de, More ; Moins dc, Less, 209 



Ylll CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

LESSON LVIL— The Conditional.— First and Second Conjuga- 
tions. — Sentir^ Ouvrir, &c, 213 

LESSON LVIII.— The Conditional, continued.— Third and 

Fourth Conjugations. — Conduire, Connaitre, Peindre, . . 218 

LESSON LIX.— Conditional Past.— Relative Pronouns, . . 223 

LESSON LX.— The Imperative.— The Four Conjugations.— 

Donner, Finir, Becevoir, and Vendre, 228 

LESSON LXI. — The Imperative, continued. — Irregular Verbs. — 

Avoir, Etre, 223 

LESSON LXIL— Place of Pronouns with the Imperative, . . 237 

LESSON LXIIL— The Subjunctive.— First and Fourth Conjuga- 
tions. — Ouvrir, Cueillir, &c, 242 

LESSON LXIV.— The Subjunctive, continued.— Second and 

Third Conjugation. —Connaitre; A voir, Etre, . . . 247 

LESSON LXV.— The Past of the Subjunctive, .... 252 
* LESSON LXVL— The Imperfect of the Subjunctive.— First Con- 
jugation, 257 

LESSON LXVIL— Imperfect of the Subjunctive, continued.— 

Second and Fourth Conjugations, 201 

LESSON LXVIIL— Imperfect of the Subjunctive, continued.— 

Third Conjugation, 266 

LESSON LXIX.— The Pluperfect of the Subjunctive, . . 271 

Appendix. 

I.— The Days of the Week, 276 

II.— The Months of the Year, 276 

' III.— The Seasons, 276 

IV.— The Numbers, 277 

V.— The Auxiliary Verbs, 297 

VI.— The Four Conjugations of Verbs, 2S7 

VII.— Conjugation of a Passive Verb, 295 

YIIL— Conjugation of a Reflective Verb, .... 293 



FASQUELLE'S 

INTRODUCTORY FRENCH COURSE. 



LEgON I. LESSON I. 

THE ALPHABET. 

1. The French language has twenty-five letters : 

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, 

ah, bay, say, clay, eh, eff, jay,* ash, ee, 

J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, 
jee,* kah, ell, emm, enn, o, pay, ku, err, 

S, T, IT, V, (W), X, Y, Z. 

ess, tay, u, vay, double vay, eeks, egrec, zed. 

2. The alphabet is divided into six vowels : 

A, E, I, O, IT, Y, 
and nineteen consonants : 

B, C, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, M, N, P, 

Q, R, S, T, V, (W), X, Z. 

3. The new names given to the French consonants 
are taken from their sounds in words. They may 

* J like s in pleasure. 



10 fasquelle's introductory 

generally be found by pronouncing a word, in English, 
ending with the required consonant and a silent e. 

The new name of B, therefore, is pronounced like be 
in the word globe ; that of D like de in glade ; F like 
fe in chafe ; G like gue in league, &c. H is pronounced 
nearly like hu in the word hurry. 

4. The new names of the French consonants are 
seldom used/ 

Exercise 1. 

Give the common or old names of the letters. — Rule 1. 

The vow T els. 

The consonants. 

The new names of the consonants. — Rule 3. 



LEQON II. LESSON II. 

PRONUNCIATION. THE CONSONANTS. THE SIMPLE 

VOWELS. 

1. B, D, F, G before a and o, K, L,* M, X, F, T,f 

Z, at the beginning of words or syllables, are pro- 
nounced as in English. 

2. C is hard as in English before a, o, ?^, and soft be- 



° Not liquid. See Lesson VI, Rule 1 . 

f Not before ion, ial, iel. See Lessou VI, Rule 4. 



FRENCH COURSE. 11 

fore e and i. With the cedilla (9) it is also soft before 
a, 0, u. 

3. G before e and i is pronounced like s in pleasure. 

4. H is silent or mute in most words. It is aspirate 
or pronounced slightly in others. See list in Fasquelle's 
New French Course, page 25. The words commen- 
cing with h aspirate will be in the vocabularies of this 
book marked with an asterisk (*). 

5. J is always pronounced like s in pleasure, or z in 
azure. 

6. R is pronounced more distinctly than in English. 
It has in French something of the trill or roll given to 
that letter by the Irish. 

7. S at the beginning of a word, and when not be- 
tween two vowels, is pronounced as in the English 
word sun. Between two vowels it is pronounced like 
s in rose. 

8. V is softer in French than in English. 

9. X at the beginning of words is pronounced like 
gz. In the middle of words, generally like ks. 

10. Ch is pronounced generally as sh in English. 
Gn like ni in the English word minion. 

Gu is pronounced generally as g in get. 
Ph like/, as in English. 
Qu is generally pronounced like h in king. 
Th is pronounced like t. 



12 fasquelle's introductory 

11. .A in French, sounds as CI in the English words mat, VClt, 

E(at the end of words ) ., U U U niiy , 

\ of one syllable, as \ & CUV. 

I nearly like ee " " " reed, creed 

O between o in nor, and o in ;*<9 

U has no exact representative in English. To 
pronounce it, the lips should be compressed 
a little more closely than in whistling. 





E 


XER CIS E 


2. 




Ba 


be 


bi 


bo 


bu 


Ca 


ce 


ci 


50 


fU 


Cha 


che 


chi 


cho 


chu 


Da 


de 


di 


do 


du 


Fa 


fe 


fi 


fo 


fu 


Ga 


ge 


gi 


go 


g u 


Gna 


gne 


gui 


gno 


gnu 


Gua 


gue 


gui 


guo 




Ha 


he 


hi 


ho 


hu 


Ja 


J e 


ji 


j° 


j u 


Ka 


ke 


ki 


ko 


ku 


La 


le 


li 


lo 


lu 


Ma 


me 


mi 


mo 


mu 


Na 


ne 


ni 


no 


nu 


Pa 


pe 


Pi 


po 


pu 


Pha 


phe 


phi 


pho 


pha 


Qua 


que 


qui 


quo 


quu* 


Ra 


re 


ri 


ro 


ru 



* Pronounced like ku in French in the words piqure or piquure, 
sting ; quelqu'un, some one, &c. 





FRENCH COURSE. 




Sa 


se 


si 


so 


su 


Ta 


te 


ti 


to 


tu 


Tha 


the 


tin 


tho 


thu 


Va 


ve 


vi 


vo 


vu 


Za 


ze 


zi 


zo 


zu 



13 



LEgOX III. LESSON III. 

THE ACCENTS. — THE APOSTROPHE. THE DIAERESIS. 

1. The French language has three accents: 

1. The acute ('), from right to left, and used only 
over e ; thus, e. 

2. The grave ('), from left to right, used over a, 
6, u / thus, a, e, ii. 

3. The circumflex (/), the other two united, used 
over a, e, £, o, u / a, e, i, 6, u. 

2. The grave accent on a (a) and u (on) does not 
change the pronunciation of those vowels. 

3. & is pronounced as a, in the English words fa r, rather. 



e " 


1 " a 


ii 


(4 


U 


wa^, table. 


e " ' 


< c< e 


a 


u 


u 


met, bet. 


e " ' 


1 " a 


cc 


u 


a 


dare, fare. 


i " 


1 " ee 


a 


u 


cc 


eel, feel. 


6 " 4 


u Q 


a 


U 


cc 


no. 



u is longer than the unaccented u. 
y at the end of a syllable is pronounced like the 
French j. 



14 fasquelle's introductory 

4. E without an accent, at the end of a word of more 
than one syllable, is silent. 

5. The apostrophe (') shows the elision or leaving 
out of e in words of one syllable ;* of a in la before a 
vowel or silent hy and of i in si before il and Us. 

6. The diaeresis (") is put over a vowel to separate it 
in pronunciation from a preceding vowel. 

Exercise 3. 



ba 


be 


be 


be 


bi 


bo 


bn 


ca 


ce 


ce 


ce 


ci 


96 . 


ca 


cha 


che 


che 


che 


chi 


cho 


chit 


da 


de 


de 


de 


di 


do 


du 


fa 


fe 


fe 


fe 


n 


fo 


m 


ga 


ge 


ge 


ge 


gl 


go 


g u 


gna 


gne 


gne 


gne 


gni 


gno 


gnu 


ha 


he 


he 


he 


hi 


ho 


hit 


ja 


je 


J* 


je 


jl 


jo 


j« 


la 


le 


le 


le 


li 


16 


In 


ma 


me 


m& 


me 


mi 


mo 


mil 


na 


ne 


ne 


ne 


ni 


no 


nit 


pa 


pe^ 


pe 


pe 


pi 


po 


pit 


pha 


phe 


phe 


phe 


phi 


pho 


pint 


qua 


que 


que 


que 


qui 


quo 


qil 


ra 


re 


re 


re 


it 


ro 


ru 



* Also in parce que, quoique, puisquc, jusque — que is not elided 
before oui. Ex., je dis que oui, / say it is so ; le, la are not elided 
before onze, onzieme. 







FRENCH COUESE 






sa 


se 


se 


se 


si 


so 


Bit 


ta, 


te 


te 


te 


ti 


to 


tu 


tha 


the 


the 


the 


thi 


tho 


thu 


va 


ve 


ve 


ve 


vi 


v6 


vu 


xa 


xe 


xe 


xe 


xi 


xo 


xii 


za 


ze 


ze 


ze 


zi 


zo 


zu 



15 



LEgON IV. LESSON IV. 

DIPHTHONGS AND COMBINED VOWELS. 

Pronounce : 
1. ai ^| 

I like the letter a in the English words fate y 



table. 



ei y 

ay 

ey 

ai ) followed by s, d, t, x, like ai in the English 

eai [ word pair. 



2. au 

eau 

3. eu 

ceu 



I nearly like o in the English words oA, home. 
I nearly like u in the English word muff. 



4. oi, nearly like wa in was. 

5. ou, like oo in the English word cool. 

6. ia, nearly like ia in the English word medial. 

* Eu in the verb avoir like the French u in vu. 



16 fasquelle's introductory 

7. ie like ee in the English word bee. 

8. ua ) the u is pronounced lightly, though distinctly, 



\ 



uo j the a or o more strongly. 



9. ui 



t have no equivalent in English. 



10. In ay, ey, oy, uy, followed by a vowel, y is pro- 
nounced like two i's : moyen, citoyen, are pronounced 
moi-ien, citoi-ien ; pays, paysage, paysan, etc., are pro- 
nounced pai-is, pai-isage, pai-isan. 

11. Gua, gue, gui, guo, are pronounced like gah, ga, 
gee, go / gue is pronounced like gue in tongue. The 
u after g is not sounded before the other vowels. 



Exercise 4. 



bai 


bais 


bau 


beau 


bceu 


beu 


<jai 


qais 


cau 


ceau 


cceu 


ceu 


dai 


dais 


dau 


deau 


dceu 


den 


fei 


fais 


fau 


fai 


foeu 


feu 


geai 


geais 


geau 


gai 


gOBU 


geu 


guai 


guai s 


gau 


gei 


gueu 


g*y 


gnai 


gnais 


gnau 


gneau 


gnoui 


gneu 


jai 


jais 


jau 


jeau 


jam 


jeu 


lai 


lais 


lau 


lean 


lOBU 


leu 


mai 


mais 


man 


mean 


mcru 


men 


nai 


nais 


nau 


neau 


nam 


neu 



FRENCH COURSE. 



17 



bue 


bia 


bie 


bua 


bui 


buo 


<jue 


cia 


cie 


cua 


cui 


cuo 


due 


dia 


die 


dua 


dui 


duo 


fue 


fia 


fie 


fua 


fui 


fuo 


gue 


gia 


gie 


gua 


gui 


g° 


gue 


gue 


gue 


gua 


gui 


geo 


( gnue 


gnia 


gnie 


gne 


gni 


gno 


jue 


jia 


J ie 


jua 


j ui 


juo 


lue 


lia 


lie 


lua 


lui 


luo 


mue 


mia 


raie 


mua 


nrui 


muo 


nue 


nia 


nie 


nua 


nui 


nuo 



Exercise 5. 



pai 


pais 


pau 


peau 


poeu 


peu 


phai 


phais 


phau 


pheau 


phoeu 


pheu 


quai* 


quais 


quau 


queau 


quosu 


queu 


rai 


rais 


rau 


reau 


roeu 


reu 


sai 


sais 


sau 


seau 


soeu 


seu 


tai 


tais 


tau 


teau 


tceu 


teu 


thai 


thais 


thau 


theau 


thoeu 


theu 


vai 


vais 


vau 


veau 


voeu 


veu 


kt m 


ks i 


gz 


ks 


9* 


flw 


xai 


xais 


xau 


xeau 


xoeu 


xeu 


zai 


zais 


zau 


zeau 


zoeu 


zeu 


pue 


pia 


pie 


pua 


pui 


puo 


phue 


phia 


phie 


phua 


phui 


phuo 


que 


quia 


quie 


qua 


qui 


quo 


rue 


ria 


rie 


rua 


rui 


ruo 


sue 


sia 


sie 


sua 


sui 


suo 



18 



fasquelle's introductory 



tne 


tia 


tie 


tua 


tui 


tao 


thue 


tbia 


thie 


tliua 


thai 


thuo 


vue 


via 


vie 


vua 


vui 


vuo 


g* 
xue 


0*. 

xia 


ka . 
xie 


xua 


XI 


9* 

xo 


zue 


zia 


zie 


zua 


zai 


zuo 



LEgON V. LESSON V. 

THE NASAL SOUNDS. 

1. The nasal sounds are : 
am 



an 
ean 
em 
en 



>. pronounced nearly like an in want zxi&pant. 



en, after », at the end of a word, is pronounced 
nearly like an in sank, crank. 



> nearly like an in sank, crank. 



2. aim 
ain 
ein 
im 
in 
ym 

3. eon \ 

om > nearly like on ki song, wrong. 
on ) 



FRENCH COURSE. 



19 



4. urn ) pronounced nearly like un in hunting, 

mi j wrung, 

5. When the in or n of the above combinations is 
doubled, there is no nasal sound, and the vowel is 
shorter than in the nasal syllable. 

6. When those combinations are follow 3d by a vowel 
or a silent A, the m or n is carried to the next syllable, 
and the preceding vowel has its proper sound. 

Exercise 6. 

blan blen bien* bain bin bein ben brun 

cran qan cien* cam cm cein cen clun 

dan don dien* claim din clem den dun 

fran fron flan faim fin frein fen fum 

gean gan gron grain gin gein gen gun 

guan gnan guon gnain gnin gnein gnen gnun 

jean jain jon jain jin jein jen jun 

Ian len Ion lain lin lien* lam lun 

Exercise 7- 



man men 
nan nen 
plan pren 



ran 



mien 

nain 

pain 



main 
naim 
pen 



mm mon mem mun 
nin non nym nun 
pin plon plom plun 



quan quen quain quien* quin qu'on qu'en qu'un 



ren 



rain 



nen* 



nn 



ron 



rein 



run 



* See en, last line of No. 1 of this lesson. 



20 



fasquelle's introductory 



san 


sen sain 


sien* sin 


son 


sein sun 


tan 


tem tain 


tien* tim 


ton 


tein tun 


van 


yen vain 


vien* vin 


von 


vein vun 


san 


zem zain 


zien zin 
Exercise 


zon 

8. 


zein zun 




ruban 


turban 




brandon 




crainte 


plainte 




feinte 




bonte 


oncle 




monde 




aucun 


tribun 




lundi 




loin 


coin 




foin 




combien* 


gardien* 




maintien* 




ambigu 


encore 




entree 




empire 


embleme 




empli 




benin 


malin 




imbu 




nombre 


ombre 




pronom 




branle 


fantome 




friand 




plaindre 


craindre 




romain 




montre 


faucon 




facon 




parfum 


quelqu'un 




imp or tun 




poinc^on 


temoin 




lointain 




italien* 


ancien* 




coined i en* 




dentiste 


en ere 




fend re 




temple 


tempete 




emploi 




impur 


timbre 




enclin 




coton 


bonbon 




daim 



* See 67i, last line of No. 1 of this lesson. 



FRENCH COURSE. 21 

LEgON VI. LESSON VI. 

THE LIQUID L. THE SOFT TI. 

1. L or 11 preceded by i (il, ill), not in the begin, 
ning, but in the middle or at the end of words,* has the 
liquid sound found in the English words, William, 
brilliant. 

2. Many of the French give to the liquid I the sound 
of ye in the English word eye. This pronunciation is 
now so common, that it is no longer deemed wrong. 

3. At, ei, preceding the liquid I, have not their com- 
mon sound (a in fate) ; ai has the sound of a in fat, 
and ei of e in there. The i seems merely to indicate 
the liquid sound of the I. 

4. T is pronounced like c in cedar, or s in sir, in the 
combinations lial, tiel, tion, in the middle or at the end 
of words; as, portion, partial, essentiel. If these syl- 
lables are preceded by s or x, the t is hard. In patient, 
'patience, Gratien, initier, Egyptien, &c, it is also pro- 
nounced like s in sir. The French words in which the 
above combinations occur are very much like the 
English words which have the same meaning, and in 
which ti has the sound of sh. 

* L is not liquid in ^ Bresil, Nil, mil, mille, mile, profit, tranquille, 
&c. It is silent in baril, chenil, cont'd, fits, fusil, grit, outil, persil, 
2)ouls, soul, sour oil. 



22 



FAS QUELL E'S INTRODUCTORY 



FRENCH WORDS. 

Nation 

Notion 

Ration 

Patience 

Confidentiel 



ENGLISH WORDS. 

Nation 

Notion 

Ration 

Patience 

Confidential 



5. In words ending with tie (in English cy), t is also 
pronounced like c in cedar : aristocratic, aristocracy ; 
democratic, democracy. 





Exercise 9. 




bataille 


ecureuil 


mantille 


patrouille 


bataillon 


sommeil 


tailleur 


bouillon 


canaille 


bouteille 


portail 


feuille 


travail 


oseille 


serail 


cueillirf 


eventail 


cerfeuil 


abeille 


feuillage 


detail 


ail 


corbeille 


medaille 


vieillard 


postilion 


oreille 


medaillon 


fauteuil 


cotillon 


merveille 


echantillon 


linceuil 


papillon 


meilleur 


million 


cercueil 


Bastille 


conseil 


paille 


seuil 


famille 


mouille 


portail 


deuil 


fille 


citrouille 


orgueil* 


muraille 


grille 


grenouille 


ecueilf 


ceil* 


jonquille 


canaille 


bail 



* ffi'in ail, and ue in orgueil, are pronounced nearly like u in bwl. 
f Cue in this verb and its derivatives, as also in ccrcueiJ, is pro- 
nounced nearly like cu in curb. 



FRENCH COURSE, 



23 



Exercise 10, 



caution 

ablution 

tradition 

attention 

consolation 

condition 

action 

affliction 

munition 

resolution 

question* 

mixtion* 

bastion* 



addition 

conviction 

Dalmatie 

dalmatien 

Helvetie 

helvetien 

aristocratic 

prophetie 

venitien 

Egyptien 

initial 

initiation 

confidentiel 



diplomatic 

emotion 

discretion 

partial 

partiel 

difTerentiel 

Beotie 

beotien 

quotient 

patience 

Diocletien 

Domitien 

initier 



Gratien 

insatiable 

minutie 

national 

Titien 

congestion* 

digestion* 

fraction 

faction 

satiete 

ratio nn el 

conventionnel 

initiation 



LE^OX VII. LESSOX VII. 

THE SILEXT E.— THE FIXAL COX'S OX AXTS. 

1. ^without an accent is silent at the end of words 
of more than one syllable. Ex., plume, volume, regime. 

2. i? after i is generally silent. Ex., bale, paiement. 

3. In conversation and familiar reading the e of the 
second monosyllable is frequently dropped : je ne le ells 
}yeis,je ne sens pas, may be pronounced je rC le dispos^ 
je tC sen's pas. 



* See the second part of Rule 4. 



21 fasquelle's introductory 

4. E is frequently silent at the end of a syllable in 
the middle of a word, but in that case its suppression 
should occasion no harsh sound; appeler may be pro- 
nounced appHer, but prenant should by no means be 
pronounced prenant. No general rule can be given on 
this point. 

5. A consonant at the end of a word is generally 
silent. 

6. The letters c,f, I* r,\ are generally pronounced 
at the end of words. 

7. A final consonant is generally pronounced with 
the vowel, or silent A, which begins the next word. 
This connection does not take place, however, when 
there is a pause between the two words. In conver- 
sation and familiar reading, this connection is often dis- 
pensed with, as it would appear too formal. 

8. When d,f,.g, s, x, are to be joined to the vowel, 
or silent h, which commences the next word, d sounds 
like t, f like v, g like k, s like z, x like z. 

9. The t of et is never pronounced. 

10. The n of mon, ton, son, an, on, en, etc., is pro- 
nounced with the next word, commencing with a vowel, 
or a silent h, as if that word began with an n, without 
however changing the nasal sound of the preceding 

* See 1st Note, Lesson VI. 

f R preceded by e is silent except in amer, cher, cuiller, fer, enfer, 
kiver, &c. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



25 



word : son argent^ un honnete ho?nme, en arrivant, are 
pronounced, son nargent, un nhonnete homme, en nar- 
rivant. 



Exercise 11. 



cerise 


passable 


front 


huit|| 


chef 


mer 


poinme 


possible 


poulet 


neuf|| 


plaisir 


ceuf 


poire 


notre* 


barii 


quatre 


franc§ 


parasol 


fraise 


votre 


fusil 


soufre 


pouvoir 


baptemeff 


legume 


centre 


filsf 


blanc§ 


messager 


baptiserff 


pere 


theatre 


ost 


tard 


admirer 


compteff 


mere 


montre 


banc§ 


lard 


chercher 


exemptff 


fete 


poutre 


dos 


fard 


banquier 


argent 


figue 


mauvais 


dix|| 


second^ 


amateur 


chapelet 


table 


mont 


six|| 


fecond^f 


soif 


voix 


nez 


fond 


cinqll 


port 


clef** 


poix 


fable 


pret 


deux || 


fort 


cerf** 


fer 


etabl© 


pont 


sept || 


bref 


boeuf 


cher 



* Tre, at the end of words, seems to be almost whispered, the e not 
being heard. 

f JS in fits is pronounced by some, and dropped by others. 

\ S is silent in this word, except before a vowel. 

§ C is silent in banc, blanc, franc, estomac, iabac, &c. 

| The last consonant is sounded in these words, except when they 
eome before a consonant. P in sept, septieme, &c, is silent. 

Tf G sounds like g in these words. 

** F is silent in clef, cerf, and in the plural words oeufs, bceufs, also 
in chef-d'oeuvre. 

ff P is silent. 



26 



f asquelle's introductory 



E 

mes_ami3 

nos^enfants 

cetjiomme 

un^Anglais 

ces^ Anglais 

cesjiommes 

en w argent 

lesion gles 

vos w abricots 

ton^ardoise 

bonjiabit 

certain Jlrlan dais 

lesJEspagnols 

les^epingles 



x e r c i s e 12. 

leurs^efforts 

leursjdees 

mesjiabits 

les^yeux 

il estjci 

cet^esprit 

toutji vous 

ils w ont hi 

nous^avons 

vous^avez 

nous^avions 

vousjiviez 

vous^aimez 

cinq livres 



nousjximons 
grandjiomme 
neufho mines 
dix^enfants 
septjiommes 
huitjiommes 
deux^amis 
sixjirdoises 
chagrin jimer 
clef de fer 
chef-d'oeuvre 
pain blanc 
mauvais tabac 
six livres 



LEgON VIII. LESSON VIII. 

THE ARTICLE. GENDER. 

1. In French, as well as in English, the names of 
males belong to the masculine gender, and those of 
females to the feminine render. 



MASCULINE. 

Homme, man. 

Lion, lion. 



FEMININE. 

Femme, woman. 

Lionne, lioness. 



2. The article has a different form for each gender. 
Masculine, Le ; Feminine, La, the. 

Le lion, the lion. La lionne, the lioness. 



FRENCH COURSE. 27 

3. Before a masculine or feminine noun, commen- 
cing with a vowel or silent h (Lesson II., Rule 4), the 
article is V. 

L' Anglais, the Englishman. L'Anglaise, the Englishwoman. 

Vocabulary. 

m. indicates a masculine ; f. a feminine noun. 

Aigle, m. Eagle. Horloger, m. Watchmaker. 

Bru, f. Daughter-in-law, Mari, m. Husband. 

Cousin, m. Cousin. Marraine, f. Godmother. 

Cousine, f. Cousin. Mere, f. Mother. 

Epoux, m. Husband. Oncle, m. Uncle. 

Epouse, f. Wife. Orfevre, m. Goldsmith. 

Ferame, f. Wife., Woman. Orphelin, m. Orphan boy. 

Fille, f. Daughter, Girl. Orpheline, f. Orphan girl. 

Pre re, ra. Brother. Parent, m. Relation. 

Garcon, m. Dog. Parente, f. Delation. 

Gendre, m. Son-in-law. Parrain, m. Godfather. 

Grand-pere, m. Grand- Pere, m. Father. 

father. Soeur, f. Sister. 

Grand-mere, f. Grand- Veuf, m. Widower. 

mother. Veuve, f. Widow. 

Exercise 13. 

1 Le frere. 2 La soeur. 3 L'orphelin. 4 Le cousin. 
5 L'aigle. 6 La parente. 7 Le pere. 8 La bru. 
9 La cousine. 10 L'epoux. 11 L'epouse. 12 
L'homme. 13 L'orfevre. 14 L'horloger. 15 La 
femme. 16 La fille. 17 Le garcon. 18 Le gendre. 
19 Le veuf. 20 La veuve. 21 Le parent. 22 Le 



28 fasquelle's introductory 

mari. 23 Le parrain. 24 La marraine. 25 La mere. 
26 L'oncle. 

Exercise 14. 

1 The uncle. 2 The father. 3 The mother. 4 The 
sister. 5 The brother. 6 The grandfather. 7 The grand- 
mother. 8 The daughter. 9 The husband. 10 The wife. 
11 The godmother. 12 The boy. 13 The girl. 14 The 
son-in-law. 15 The daughter-in-law. 16 The goldsmith. 
17 The orphan boy. 18 The orphan girl. 19 The 
watchmaker. 20 The widow. 21 The widower. 22 The 
cousin, m. 23 The cousin,/. 24 The godfather. 25 The 
eagle. 26 The relation, m. 27 The relation,/. 



LEQON IX. LESSON IX, 

GEXDER CONTINUED. UX, UXE ; A, AN, ONE. 

1. There is in French no neuter or third gender; the 
names of things are either masculine or feminine. 

MASCULINE. FEMININE. 

Le papier, the paper. La plume, the pen. 

L'arbre, the tree. La branche, the branch. 

Le livre, the book. L'aiguille, the needle. 

2. Uh before a masculine noun, line before a feminine 
noun, answer to the English a, an, one. 

MA80ULINE. FEMININE. 

Un tailleur, a tailor. Une modiste, a mill I- 

Un crayon, a pencil. Une ardoise, a slate. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



29 



3. Present tense of Avoir, to have. 



J-ai, I have, 
Tu as, Thou hast. 
II a, He has. 
Eile a, She has. 



Nous avons, We have. 
Vous avez, You have. 
lis out, They have, m. 

Elles ont, They have, f. 



4. The e of Je, I, is dropped before a vowel or a 
silent h. 



Model Sentences. 



J'ai le papier. 
Nous avons un livre. 
Le garcon a l'arbre. 
La fille a une plume. 
Vous avez 1' argent, 
lis ont For. 

L'orphelin a la maison. 
lis ont le jardin. 
Elles ont le pain. 
L'enfant a la viande, la cuiller 
et la fourchette. 



I have the paper. 
We have a hook. 
The boy has the tree. 
The girl has a pen. 
You have the money or silver. 
They have the gold. 
The orphan has the house. 
Tliey have the garden. 
TJiey (f.) have the bread. 
The child has the meat, the spoon 
and the fork. 



Vocabulary. 



Arbre, m. Tree. 
Assiette, f. Plate. 
Balai, m. Broom. 
Beurre, m. Butter. 
Boeuf, m. Beef. 
Cafe, m. Coffee. 
Chocolat, m. Chocolate. 
Couteau, m. Knife. 



Cuiller, f. Spoon. 
Eau, f. Water. 
Et, and. 

Fourchette, f. Fork. 
Jardin, m. Garden. 
Lion, m. Lion. 
Mo nt on, m. Mutton. 
Poulet, m. Chicken. 



30 pasquelle's introductory 

Plat, m. Dish. Verre, m. Glass. 

Table, f. Table. Viande, f. Meat. 

Veau, m. Veal. Volaille, f. Poultry. 

Before translating the exercise, the pupil will give the 
nouns in the vocabulary with le, la, 1', the, or un, une, 
«, or an before them. 

Exercise 15. 

1 L'enfant a le pain. 2 L'orphelin a le cafe. 3 Nous 
avons le jardin. 4 Le lion a la viande. 5 La fille a la 
volaille. 6 Vous avez le papier. 7 Elle a le chocolat. 
8 Vous avez la cuiller. 9 Nous avons le mouton. 10 Le 
garc^on a le cafe. 11 L'orfevre a l'or. 12 J'ailebeurre. 
13 L'horloger a la table. 14 Elles ont le plat. 15 lis 
out le veau. 16 Le garqon a le balai. 17 II a le 
couteau. 18 Le pere a le chocolat. 19 La mere a 
l'arbre. 20 La cousin e a le plat. 

Exercise 16. 

1 The boy has the bread. 2 You have the meat, 
3 The father has the coffee. 4 The mother has the spoon. 
5 We have the chocolate. / 6 We have the pen. 7 The 
child has the butter. 8 He has the gold. 9 You 
have the fork. 10 She has the mutton. 11 The watch- 
maker has the gold. 12 The goldsmith has the silver. 
13 You have the plate. 14 We have the dish. 
15 They have the chicken. 10 The girl has the coffee. 
17 The boy has the veal. 18 I have the dish. 19 The 
orphan-boy has the book. 20 The orphan-girl has the 



FRENCH COURSE. 



31 



needle. 21 The brother has the table. 22 We have 
the money. 23 You have a knife. 24 The tailor lias 
a book. 25 The watchmaker has a table. 26 They 
have a garden. 



LEQOX X. LESSOR X. 

NAME OF MATERIAL. AVOIR INTERROGATIVELY. 

1. The name of the material of which an object is 
composed follows the name of the object, the two 
words being joined by de before a consonant, or cV be- 
fore a vowel or a silent h. 

Une robe de soie, A silk dress. 

La plume d'acier, The steel pen. 

Literally: A dress of silk ; The pen of steel. 

2. Present tense of Avoir interrogatively. 
Ai-je ? Have I? Avons-nous ? Have we ? 
As-tu ? Hast thou ? Avez-vous ? Have you ? 
A-t-il ? Has he ? Ont-ils ? Have they ? 
A-t-elle ? Has she ? Ont-elles ? Have they ? 

3. When, in asking a question, il or elle comes im- 
mediately after a verb ending with a vowel, -t~ is put 
between that vowel and the verb. 

A-t-il le livre ? Has he the book ? 

A-t-elle le bois ? ' lias she the wood? 



82 fasquelle's introductory 

Model Sentences. 

Le tailleur a l'habit de clrap. TJie tailor has the cloth coat. 
La blancliisseuse a le mouchoir The washerwoman has the cam- 

de batiste. brie handkerchief. 

La demoiselle a la robe d'in- TJie young lady has the calico 

dienne. dress. 

Avez-vous la bague d'or ? Have you the gold ring ? 

Avons-nous le couteau d'ar- Have we the silver knife f 

gent? 
Ont-ils une maison de brique ? Have they a brick house ? 
Ai-je la plume d'or ? Have I the gold pen ? 



Vocabulary. 

Acier, m. Steel. Gilet, m. Vest. 

Argent, m. Money, silver. Ivoire, f. Ivory. 

Bague, £ Ring. Maison, f. House. 

Batiste, £ Cambric. Monsieur, in. Sir, gentleman. 

Blancliisseuse, f. Washer- Mouchoir, ra. Handkerchief. 

woman. Non, No. 

Bois, m. Wood. Oui, Yes. 

Brique, f. Brick. Or, m. Gold. 

Cairif, m. Penknife. Plume, f. Pen. 

Cravat e, f. Cravat. Soie, f. Silk. 

Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Tablier, m. Apron. 

Dentelle, f. Lace. Tailleur, m. Tailor. 

Drap, m. Cloth. Velours, m. Velvet. 

Indienne, f. Print, calico. Voile, ra. Veil. 

Put the proper article le, la, l\ or un, une, before 
the nouns. 



FRENCH COUESE, 



Exercise 17. 



33 



1 La demoiselle a !e mouchoir de soie. 2 Le tailleur 
a une maison de brique. 3 Vous avez nne maison de 
bois. 4 Avez-vous une bague d'argent ? 5 Nous 
avons la dentelle de soie. 6 La blanchisseuse a une 
robe d'indienne. 7 Avez-vous un couteau d'acier ? 
8 Non, Monsieur, j'ai un couteau d'ivoire. 9 A-t-elle 
un voile de dentelle ? 10 Elle a un voile de batiste. 
11 Avons-nous la maison de bois? 12 Vous avez la 
maison de brique. 13 La fille a un tablier de batiste. 
14 Elle a un tablier d'indienne. 15 Le garcon a un 
gilet de drap. 16 Le monsieur a un mouchoir de soie. 
17 II a un mouchoir de batiste. 18 La demoiselle a 
une plume d'or. 19 lis ont une plume d'acier. 



Exercise 18. 

. 1 Have you the steel ring ? 2 No, sir, I have the 
gold ring. 3 The young lady has the silver ring. 4 Has 
she the cambric handkerchief? 5 No, sir, she has 
the silk handkerchief. 6 The washerwoman has the 
steel knife. 7 The tailor has the brick house. 8 Have 
you a wood house ? 9 No, sir, we have a brick house. 
10 The young lady has a print dress. 11 You have an 
ivory knife. 12 He has a silk cravat. 13 You have a 
cambric handkerchief. 14 The boy has a cloth vest. 
15 The gentleman has a velvet vest. 16 The young 
lady has a velvet dress. 17 She has a silk veil. 18 Has 
she a gold pen? 19 No, sir, she has a steel pen. 
20 Have you a silk apron ? 21 No, sir, I have a cam- 



34 fasquelle's introductory 

brie apron. 22 We have the silk lace. 23 You have 
the print dress. 24 She has the silk dress. 25 She 
has the gold ring. 



LEgON XI. LESSON XI. 

DU, DE L', DE LA ; OF THE, FROM THE, SOME, AXY. 

1. Before a masculine noun in the singular, not com- 
mencing with a vowel or a silent A, du is always used for 
of the, some or any. EST" De le is never used. 

Dujardin, Of the garden* 

Du menuisier, Of the joiner. 

Du pain, Some bread. 

2. Before a feminine noun, in the singular, beginning 
with a consonant, or a pronounced A, de la is used 
for of the, so?ne or any. 

De la femme, Of the woman. 

De la toile, Some linen. 

3. Before a noun of cither gender, commencing with 
a vowel or a silent A, de l' is equivalent to of tJie, some 
or any. 

De riiommc, Of the man. 

De l'argent, Some money. 

4. Often the word some or any is not expressed be- 
fore a noun in English, but when it may be put without 



FRENCH COUESE, 



35 



changing the meaning of the sentence, du, de la, de l\ 
must always be used in French. 

Vous avez du papier, You have (some) paper. 

Avez-vous de la cire ? Have you (any) wax ? 

lis ont de l'argent. They have (some) money. 

But de (or cV before a vowel or silent h) alone is used 
when the noun following is preceded by an adjective ; as, 

Donnez-moi de bon pain. Give me good bread. 

Je bois d'excellente biere. I drink excellent beer. 

E. possede de belles mai- He possesses beautiful 
sons. houses. 

5. A noun preceded by some or any, expressed or 
understood, is said to be used in the partitive sense. 



Model 
J'ai parle du medecin. 
Vous avez parle de la dame. 
Ont-ils parle de Phomme ? 
Le marc hand a de la toile. 
Avons-nous de la dentelle ? 
L'epicier a du poivre. 
Le tourneur a de Pivoire. 



Sentences. 

i" have spoken of the physician. 
You have spoken of the lady. 
Have they spoken of the man? 
The merchant has (some) linen. 
Have we (any) lace f 
The grocer has (some) pepper. 
The turner has (some) ivory. 



VOCAB 

Achete, Bought. 
Apporte, Brought. 
Boulanger, m. Baker. 
Ble, m. Wheat. 
Chaleur, f. Heat. 
Cire, £ Wax. 

Confiseur, m. Confectioner. 
Cuisiniere, f. Cook. 
Drap, m. Cloth. 
Fermier, m. Farmer. 
Garc^on, m. Boy, waiter. 



ULAKT. 

Huile, f. Oil. 
Madame, Madam, Mrs. 
Mademoiselle, Miss. 
Medecin, m. Physici&n. 
Morceau, m. Piece. 
Orge, f. Barley. 
Parle, Spoken. 
Pluie, f. Rain. 
Sarrasin, m. Buckwheat. 
Seigle, m. Bye. 
Sucre, m. Sugar. 



30 fasquelle's introductory 

Toile, f. Linen. Viande, f. Meat. 

Verre, m. Glass. Vinaigre, ra. Vinegar. 

Put du, de la, de 1', of tJie^ some or any, before the 
nouns in the vocabulary. 

Exercise 19. 

1 Nous avons parle du verre. 2 Vous avez parle 
de la chaleur. 3 Le medecin a parle du drap. 4 Le 
garcon a parle de la pluie. 5 Avez-vous de l'eau ? 
6 Non, monsieur, j'ai de l'huile. 7 La cuisiniere a du 
vinaigre. 8 Le fermier a du ble. 9 Avons-nous du 
seigle ? 10 Non, mademoiselle, nous avons du sarrasin. 
11 Le boulauger a du pain de seigle. 12 Le confiseur 
a du suere d'orge. 13 Avez-vous achete de la toile ? 
14 Non, madam e, j'ai achete du drap. 15 Avez-vous 
de l'or ? 16 Non, monsieur, j'ai de l'argent. 17 Avez- 
vous de la cire ? 18 Avez-vous apporte de l'eau? 
19 Oui, madame, j'ai apporte un verre d'eau. 20 Le 
garcon a apporte un morceau de bois. 21 Le fermiei 
a apporte un morceau de viande. 

Exercise 20. 

1 Have you vinegar, sir ? 2 No, sir, we have oil. 
3 The merchant has cloth. 4 The baker has rye-bread. 
5 No, madam, he has wheat bread. 6 The confec- 
tioner has barley sugar. 7 The merchant lias silk lace. 
8 Have you spoken of the lady ? 9 We have spoken 
of the man. 10 You have spoken of the physician. 
11 The farmer has brought buckwheat. 12 The waiter 



FRENCH COURSE. 37 

lias brought a glass of water. 13 Have you bought 
cloth? 14 I have bought linen. 15 The cook has 
bought a piece of meat. 16 She has bought poultry. 
17 The cook has brought the oil. IS You have 
brought oil. 19 The young lady has spoken of the 
silk lace. 20 The gentleman has bought silk lace. 
21 Have you brought meat? 22 I have brought a 
piece of meat. • 23 I have spoken of the rain. 2 * I 
have wax. 25 The physician has money. 



LEgOX XII. LESSOX XII. 

PLACE OF OBJECT POSSESSED. AH, A LA, A L' ; AT OR 

TO THE. 

1. The name of the possessor must, in French, follow 
the name of the object possessed ; they are joined by 

DU, DE LA, DE L\ 

Le fusil du soldat, The soldier's gun. 

Le chapeau cle la dame, The lady's hat. 
L'ecorce de l'arbre, The bark of the tree. 

Literally : The gun of the soldier / The hat of the 
lady, &c. 

2. The preposition A, to or at, and the article le, the, 
are before a masculine noun beginning with a consonant, 
contracted into au, to the, at the. Z3F* A le is never 
used. c J£2 

Au libraire, To the bookseller. 

Au heros, To the hero. 



38 



FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



3. Before a word commencing with a vowel, or a 
silent A, and before a feminine word, no contraction of 
A with the article takes place. 



A l'horloger, 
A la dame, 



To the watchmaker. 

To the lady. 



Model Sentences. 



Nous avons le gant du monsieur. 
Avez-vous la clef de la porte ? 
J'ai l'eventail de la dame. 
I] a parle au me deem. 
Elle a parle a 1' Anglais. 
Donnez le livre a l'horloger. 
Yous avez le cheval du fermier. 



We have the gentleman's glove. 
Have you the key of the door? 
I have the lady's fan. 
lie has spoken to the physician. 
She has spoken to the Englishman. 
Give the hook to the watchmaker. 
You have the farmer s horse. 



Vocabulary. 



Anglais, m. Englishman. 
Arbre, m. Tree., 
Aubergiste, m. Innkeeper. 
Boulanger, m. Baker. 
Cafe, m. Coffee. 
Chapeau, m. Hat, bonnet. 
Cheval, m. Horse. 
Chocolat, m. Chocolate. 
Coupe, Cat. 
Cuisiniere, f. Cook. 
Demoiselle, f. Young lady. 
Ecorce, f. Bark. 
Ecossais, n. Scotchman. 
Envoy e, Sent. 



Eventail, m. Fan. 
Farine, f. Flour. 
Fermiere, f. Farmers icife. 
Fusil, m. Gun. 
Gant, m. Glove. 
Libraire, m. Bookseller. 
Livre, m. Book. 
Maison, f. House. 
Marechal, m. Blacksmith. 
Montre, f. Watch. 
Neige, f. Snow. 
Oiievre, m. Goldsmith. 
Perdu, Lost. 
Prete. Lent. 



FRENCH COURSE. od 

Puiuuiiei-, m. Apple-tree. Soldat, m. Soldier. 
Pupitre, m. Ltesk. Trouve, Found. 

Serrurier, m. Locksmith. Vent, m. Wind. 

Put da, +de la, de l\ before the nouns in the voca- 
bulary. 

Exercise 21. 

1 Le serrurier a la clef de la maison. 2 Nous avons 
la farine du boulanger. 3 Avez-vous le gant de la 
cuisiniere ? 4 Non, mademoiselle, j'ai le chapeau de la 
fille. 5 Avez-vous du chocolat ? 6 Oui, monsieur, j'ai 
du chocolat et du cafe. 7 Avez-vous envoye an livre 
au libraire ? 8 Xon, monsieur, j'ai prete un livre a la 
fermiere. 9 Avez-vous l'eventail de la demoiselle ? 
10 Donnez la montre a l'orfevre. 11 J'ai donne le fer 
au marechal. 12 Nous avons prete de 1' argent a l'au- 
bergiste. 13 Avez-vous parle a l'Ecossais ? 14 Nous 
avons parle de la neige. 15 Vous avez parle du vent. 
16 Vous avez coupe l'ecorce du pommier. 17 Le 
serrurier a coupe l'ecorce de l'arbre. 18 J'ai perdu la 
clef de la porte. 1 9 Vous avez trouve la clef du pupitre 

Exercise 22. 

1 Have you the girl's glove ? 2 No, sir, I have the 
cook's hat. 3 Have you lost the key of the house ? 
4 The locksmith has found the key of the house. 5 The 
young lady has found the gentleman's glove. 6 The 
gentleman has lost the young lady's fan. 7 Have you 
chocolate, sir ? 8 No, madam, I have tea. 9 Have you 
lent a book? 10 I have lent a book to the farmer's 



40 fasquklie's introductory 

wife. 11 Have you spoken to the goldsmith ? 12 No, 
sir, I have spoken to the Scotchman. 13 Have you 
the farmer's horse? 14 The blacksmith has the 
former's horse. 15 The Englishman has the soldier's gun. 
16 Have you cut the bark of the tree? 17 We have 
cut the bark of the apple tree. 18 Give the watch to 
the watchmaker. 19 Have you beef ? 20 No, madam, 
I have mutton. 21 Have you lent money to the book- 
seller ? 22 I have lent paper to the blacksmith. 23 I 
have sent coffee to the young lady. 24 Have you lost the 
key of the desk ? 25 I have found the key of the door. 



LEQON XIII. LESSON XIII. 

PLACE OF A NOUN IN A QUESTION. — REPETITION OF 
ARTICLE. 

1. In a question, the subject (actor or doer) if a 
noun, is generally placed at the beginning of the sen- 
tence, the verb follows, and after the verb comes a 
pronoun having the same gender and number as the 
subject. 

Le tailleur a-t-il une aiguille ? Has the tailor a needle? 
La modiste a-t-elle un chapeau? Has the milliner a bonnet? 

Literally : The tailor has he a needle ? The milliner 
has she a bonnet ? 

2. Le, la, l', the ; du, de la, be l', of the, some or 
any ; au, a la, A l', at or to the, are repeated before 
every noun or every word used as such. 



FRENCH COURSE, 



41 



Le couteau et la fourchette, The knife and fork. 

Du pain et du beurre, Bread and butter. 

A l'homme et a la femrae, To the man and woman. 

Literally: The knife and the fork / Some bread and 
some butter. 



Model Sentences, 



L'imprimeur a-t-il un crayon ? 
Le charpentier a-t-il du bois ? 
La dame a-t-elle un canif ? 
La tante a-t-elle un cheval ? 
Le monsieur et la dame ont-ils 

apporte de l'argent ? 
Vous avez du pain et du fro- 

mage. 
II a parle au monsieur et a la 

dame. 



Has the printer a pencil? 
Has the carpenter wood f 
Has the lady a penknife? 
Has the aunt a horse ? 
Have the gentleman and lady 

orought money t 
You have bread and cheese. 

He has spoken to the gentleman 
and lady. 



V O CABUL AE Y. 



A, To. 

Acier, m. Steel. 
Apporte, Brought. 
Ble, ra. Wheat. 
Casse, Broken. 
Couteau, m. Knife. 
Cuivre, m. Brass. 
Dentiste, m. Dentist. 
Donne, Given. 
Ecolier, m. Scholar. 
Ecrit, Written. 
En ere, f. Ink. 



Epee, f. Sicord. 
Earine, f. Flour. 
Foureliette, f. Fork. 
Gout, m. Taste. 
Meunier, m. Miller. 
Monnaie, f. Change. 
Peebe, f. Peach. 
Peintre, m. Painter. 
Porame, f. Apple. 
Portrait, m. Portrait. 
President, m. President. 
Professeur, m. Professor. 



42 f a.sqtjelle\s introductory 

Qui, WhO) whom. Sarrasin, m. Buckwheat. 

Roi, m. King. Tabatiere, f. Snuff-box. 

Reine, f. Queen. Tableau, m. Picture. 

Sabre, m. Broadsword. Vu, Seen. 

Put aw, a la-) a l\ before the nouns in the voca- 
bulary. 

Exercise 23. 

1 La dame a-t-elle du gout? 2 Oui, monsieur, la 
dame a du gout. 3 Le soldat a-t-ii un sabre' de cuivre ? 
4 Xon, madame, il a un sabre d'acier. 5 Avez-vous 
apporte de l'encre ? 6 J'ai apporte de l'encre et du 
papier. 7 Avez-vous une tabatiere d'argent ? 8 Xon, 
monsieur, j'ai une tabatiere d'or. 9 Le meunier a-t-il 
delafarine? 10 II a de la farine de ble. 11 A qui 
avez-vous donne la peche ? 12 J'ai donne la peche au 
professeur. 13 Avez-vous vu le dentiste? 14 J'ai vu 
le dentiste et le medecin. 15 Le peintre a-t-il un 
tableau? 16 Oui, monsieur, le peintre a le portrait du 
roi. 17 Avez-vous ecrit au president? 18 J'ai ecrit 
a l'ecolier. 19 Avez-vous de l'or et de 1' argent ? 20 J'ai 
de l'or et de la monnaie. 

Exercise 24. 

1 lias the lady change? 2 Yes, madam, the lady 
lias change. 3 Has the gentleman gold and silver ? 
4 The gentleman lias gold, silver, and paper. 5 lias 
the miller buckwheat flour? The miller has buck- 
wheat flour and wheat flour. 7 To "whom have you 



FRENCH COURSE. 



43 



given the apple? 8 We have given the apple to the 
lady. 9 Have you given the peach to the professor ? 
10 Have you brought the knife and fork? 11 I have 
broken the knife and fork. 12 Has the soldier a steel 
sword? 13 The soldier has a steel broadsword. 
14 Has the gentleman a gold snuff-box? 15 The gentle- 
man has a silver snuff-box. 16 To whom have you 
written? 17 "I have written to the painter. 18 Ha§ 
the painter the king's picture ? 19 He has the king 
and queen's portrait. 20 Have you seen the professor? 

21 I have seen the professor and the physician. 

22 Have you written to the dentist? 23 I have 
written to the dentist and to the physician. 24 Have 
you brought paper ? 25 We have brought ink and 
paper. 



LEQOX XIV. 



LESSOR XIV. 



THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE. MON, TOX, SOX ; MT, 

THY, HIS, HER. 

1. The possessive adjectives in French are : 

Before a masculine noun, or a 
feminine noun beginning with 
a vowel or a silent h. 

Before a feminine noun commen- 
cing with a consonant. 



Before a noun of either gender. 



Mon, 


My; 


Ton, 


Thy; 


Son, 


Tils, Tier ; 


Ma, 


My; 


Ta, 


Thy; 


Sa, 


Ills, Her / 


Notre, 


Our ; 


VoTRE, 


Your / 


Leur, 


Their ; 



44 fasquelle's introductory 

2. The possessive adjectives take the gender and 
number of the object possessed, and not, as in English, 
that of the possessor. 

Mon livre, My book. Ma plume, My pen. 

Son livre, His or her book. Sa plume, His or her pen. 

3. To avoid the meeting of two vowels, or of a 
vowel and a silent h, the masculine form of the possessive 
adjectives, mon, ton, son, is put as mentioned above, 
before a feminine noun commencing with a vowel or a 
silent h. 

Mon ame, My soul. Son habitude, His or her habit. 

4. The possessive adjectives are not used without the 
noun, and are repeated before every noun or word 
used as such. 

Mon pere et ma mere, My father and (my) mother. 

Son oncle et sa tante, His uncle and (his) aunt. 

Model Sentences. 

Quel habit avez-vous ? Wliat coat have you f 

J'ai l'habit de mon cousin. I have my cousin's coat. 

A-t-il la robe de sa cousine ? Has he his cousin's dress? 
II a le chapeau de son cousin. He has his cousin's hat. 
A-t-ellele Soulier de sonfrere? Has she her brothers shoe? 
Elle a le mouchoir de sa mere. She has her mothers handker- 

ch icf. 
Avez-vous le verre de leur Have you their mothers glass ? 

mere? 
Nous avons la tasse de notrc We have our father's cup. 

pere. 
J'iH vu votre frere et votre / have seen your brother and 

scour. Bister* 



FRENCH COURSE. 



45 



Vocabulary. 



Acier, ra. Steel. 

Ami, m. Friend. 

Apporte, Brought. 

Ardoise, f. Slate. 

Aujourd'hui, To-day. 

Beau-pere, m. Father-in- 
law. 

Belle-mere, f. Mother-in- 
law. 

Bois, m. Wood. 

Botte, f. Boot. 

Capitaina, m. Captain. 

Casse, Broken. 

Cordonnier, m. Shoemaker. 

Cousin, m. Cousin. 

Crayon, m. Pencil. 

Encre, f. Ink. 



Enfant, m. Child. 
Epee, f. Sword. 
Fini, Finished. 
Neveu, m. Nephew. 
Niece, f. Niece. 
Oncle, m. Uncle. 
Oublie, Forgotten. 
Parle, Spoken. 
Perdu, Lost. 
Pistolet, m. Pistol. 
Quel, What, lohich. 
Recu, Received. 
Relieur, m. Bookbinder. 
Secretaire, m. Secretary. 
Soeur, f. Sister. 
Soulier, m. Shoe. 
Vu, Seen. 



Put the article le, la> l\ before the nouns. 



Exercise 25. 



1 Le secretaire a mon crayon et mon encre. 2 A-t-il 
mon epee ? 3 II a l'epee de son capitaine. 4 Avez- 
vous vu notre oncle aujourd'hui ? 5 J'ai vu votre 
cousine. 6 Ont-ils parle a leur beau-pere ? 7 lis ont 
parle a leur belle-mere. 8 Le tailleur a-t-il fini mon 
habit? 9 II a fini l'habit de notre frere. 10 Le cor- 
donnier a fini ma botte. 11 Le relieur a fini le livre 



46 fasqttelle's introductory 

de ma cousine. 12 Avez-vous recu ma lettre ? 13 J'ai 
regu la lettre de votre ami. 14 Quel can if avez-vous? 
15 Nous avons le canif de notre soeur. 16 Avez-vous 
vu la maison de leur neveu ? 17 J'ai vu la maison de 
leur niece. 18 Ont-ils apporte du papier et de l'encre ? 
19 lis ont oublie leur encre et leur papier. 20 Le 
capitaine a casse son pistolet et son epee. 

Exercise 26. 

1 Who has my slate and pencil ? 2 The captain 
has your slate. 3 The tailor has your pencil. 4 What 
tailor has broken your slate ? 5 My brother's tailor 
has broken my slate. 6 Has the secretary brought his 
j>encil ? 7 He has forgotten his pencil. 8 He has 
brought your brother's pencil. 9 Have you seen my 
cousin's horse ? 10 I have seen your cousin's wooden 
horse. 11 Have you broken the child's wooden horse ? 
12 What penknife have you broken? 13 We have 
broken your steel penknife. 14 We have lost our 
sister's penknife. 15 Has the shoemaker brought my 
shoe? 16 The shoemaker has forgotten your shoe. 
17 Have you seen my mother's house ? IS We have 
seen your sister's house and garden. 19 We have seen 
your father and mother. 20 Have you gold and silver ? 
21 We have gold and paper. 22 We have seen the 
gentleman and lady. 23 Have you my sword ? 24 I 
have seen his father-in-law and his mother-in-law. 



FRENCH COURSE. 47 



LEgOX XV. LESSON XV. 

THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. LE MIEN, LA MIENNE, 

MINE, ETC. 

1. The possessive pronouns do not come before 
nouns, but merely refer to them ; they are : 



MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 




Le mien, 


La mienne, 


Mine. 


Le TIEN, 


La tienne, 


Thine. 


Le sien, 


La sienne, 


His or hers. 


Le NOTRE, 


La notre, 


Ours. 


Le votre, 


La votre, 


Yours. 


Le leur, 


La leur, 


Theirs. 



2. The possessive pronoun and the article which it 
contains take the gender and number of the noun to 
which it refers. 

Votre pere et le mien, Your father and mine. 

Sa mere et la mienne, His mother and mine. 

3. The contraction of the article with de and a must 
also take place. See Lesson 11, Rule 1, and Lesson 
12, Rule 2. 

J'ai pari 6 de son pere et I have spoken of his father 
du mien, and of mine. 

Vous avez ecrit a son frere You have vyritten to his 
et au mien. brother and to mine. 

4. In the adjectives votre, notre, there is no accent ; 



48 fasquelle's introductory 

the pronouns take the circumflex ( A ), le notre^ le 
voire. 

Notre livre et le votre, Our book and yours. 

Votre maison et la nqtre, Your house and ours. 

Model Sentences, 

Avez-vous vu mon jardin ? Have you seen my garden ? 

J'ai vu le sien. I have seen his or hers. 

Avez-vous ccrit a son cousin ? Have you vjrttten to his cousin? 

J'ai ecrit au mien. I have written to mine. 

Nous avons parle de votre ami. We have spoken of your friend. 

II a parle du sien. He has spoken of his. 

J'ai votre encrier et le mien. I have your inkstand and mine. 

Elle a votre ecritoire et la She has your inkstand and mine. 

mienne. 

II a mon argent et le sien. He has my money and his. 

II a ma plume et la sienne. He has my pen and his. 

Vocabulary. 

Achete, Bought. Fruit, m. Fruit. 

Aiguille, f. Needle. Lettre, f. Letter. 

Cafe, m. Coffee. Modiste, f. Milliner. 

Cafetiere, f. Coffee-pot. Nettove, Cleaned. 

Cocher, m. Coachman. Ou, Or. 

Decoupe, Cut uji, car red. Panier, m. Basket. 

Domestique, m. and f. Ser- Paysan, m. Countryman. 

vant. Paysanne, f. Countrymo- 
Ecritoire, f. Inkstand. man. 

Encrier, m. Inkstand. Plume, f. Pen. 

Fouet, m. Whip. Perdu, Lost. 



FRENCH COURSE. 49 

Viande, f. Meat. Tasse, f. Cup. 

Voiture, f. Carriage. The, m. Tea. 

Soie, f. Silk. Theiere, f. Teapot. 

Put the possessive adjectives mon, ?na, before the 
nouns in the vocabulary. 

Exercise 27. 

1 Votre ami a-t-ii mon fruit ? 2 II a votre fruit et 
le mien. 3 Avez-vous recti ma lettre ? 4 J'ai regu 
votre lettre et la sienne. 5 Avez-vous casse son fouet 
ou le mien ? 6 J'ai casse le votre. 7 Le paysan a-t-il 
oublie son panier ? 8 II a oublie le mien. 9 Avez- 
vous decoupe ma viande? 10 J'ai decoupe votre 
viande et la sienne. 11 Votre cocher a-t-il nettoye 
notre voiture ou la votre? 12 II a nettoye la notre. 
13 Avez-vous acbete ma soie ? 14 Nous avons achete 
la sienne. 15 Avez-vous parle de mon ami ? 16 J'ai 
parle du votre et du mien. 17 Avons-nous donne du 
cafe a son cousin? 18 Xous avons donne du the et 
du cafe au mien. 19 Yous avez son livre et le notre, sa 
plume et la mienne. 

Exercise 28. 

1 Have you broken my cup ? 2 I have broken 
mine and yours. 3 Has the coachman broken your 
carriage ? 4 He bas broken yours and ours. 5 Has 
the servant cleaned my coffee-pot ? 6 She has cleaned 
yours and mine. 7 Have you broken my tea-pot ? 

4 



50 fasquelle's introductory 

8 I have broken mine. 9 Have you lost my needle ? 

10 The countrywoman has lost your needle and hers. 

11 Has the countryman forgotten my basket ? 12 He 
has forgotten his and yours. 13 Has the coachman 
lost his. whip? 14 The coachman has lost my whip 
and his. 15 Has the milliner my silk or hers ? 16 She 
hashers and yours. 17 Have you spoken of my ink- 
stand or of yours ? 18 I have spoken of yours and of 
mine. 19 Have you broken mine or hers ? 20 I have 
broken yours and hers. 21 Have you written to my 
friend or to hers ? 22 I have written to yours, to 
hers, and to mine. 23 Have you written my letter ? 
24 I have written yours and mine. 25 Have you cut 
up the child's meat? 26 I have cut up mine and his. 



lEgON XVI. LESSON XVI. 

THE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. CE, CET, CETTE ; 

THIS, THAT. 

1. The demonstrative adjectives are : 

_ rriT . , ) before a masculine noun com- 

Ce, 1 his. that : L . . , 

9 ) mencing with a consonant. 

^ rm . / ) before a masculine noun begin- 

Cet, Ihis* that : I . . , 7 ., . 7 

} ) ning with a vowel or a silent h. 

Cette, Tills, that ; beforo a feminine noun. 

2. The demonstrative adjective always precedes 



BLENCH COURSE, 51 

nouns or other words used as such, and must be re- 
peated before every one. 

Ce charpentier, This or that carpenter. 

Get orfevre, This or that goldsmith. 

Cette cuisiniere, This or that cook. 

Cet or et cet argent, That gold and (thai) silver. 

3. Ci or la joined with the hyphen (-) to the noun, 
will make, in French, the difference existing in English 
between here and there. 

Ce livre-ci, This book (here). 

Cette plume-la, That pen (there). 

4. The demonstrative pronouns are never placed 
before nouns, but take the place of nouns mentioned 
before, and must be in the same gender and number. 
They are : 

Celui, This. that. ) „ . 

^ rni • w . r i° r the masculme. 

Celui-ci, lliis one, that one, ) 

Celle, This, that, 
Celle-ci, This one, that one, 

Mon livre et celui de votre My book and your sister's. 
sceur, 

Literally : My book and that of your sister. 

Ma lettre et celle-la, My letter and that one. 



\ for the feminine. 



Model Sentences. 

Avez-vous rencontre ce garcon ? Have you met that hoy ? 
J'ai rencontre cette fille. I have met this or that girl. 



52 



fasquelle's introductory 



Avez-vous leur argent ? Have you their money f 

J'ai celui de leur frere. I have their brother's. 

Avons-nouscelui-cioucelui-la? Have you this (one) or that 

(one) f 
Nous avons celui de notre We have our cousins. 

cousin. 
Avez-vous vu ma plume ? Have you seen my pen t 

J'ai vu celle-ci et celle de notre / have seen this (one) and our 

amie. friend's. 



Vocabulary. 



Achete, Bought. 
Agneau, m. Lamb. 
Aussi, Also. 

Dictionnaire, m. Diction- 
ary. 
Drap, m. Cloth. 
Gant, m. Glove. 
Gilet, m. Vest. 
Laine, f. Wool. 
Lion, m. Lion. 
Lionne, f. Lioness. 



Manteau, ra. Cloak. 
Marechal, m. Blacksmith. 
Mouton, m. Sheep. 
Oiseau, ra. Bird. 
Petit, Small, little. 
Quel, What, which. 
Qui, Who. 
Rencontre, Met. 
Soie, f. Silk-. 
Tapis, m. Carpet. 
Trouve. Found. 



Put the article fe, la, l\ before the nouns above. 



Exercise 29. 

1 Quel tapis avez-vous ? 2 J'ai ce petit tapis. 
3 Notre frere a-t-il trouve cet oiseau ? 4 II a trouve 
celui de son ami. 5 Avons-nous la laine de l'agneau ? 
C Nous avons celle du mouton. 7 Avez-vous aussi la 



FRENCH COURSE. 53 

mienne ? 8 Nous avons la votre et celle de votre 
soeur. 9 Avez-vous achete ce gant ? 10 J'ai achete 
ce gant-ci et celui-la. 11 Le tailleur a-t-il cette soie ? 
12 Non, monsieur, il a ce drap. 13 Quel gilet avez- 
vous achete ? 14 J'ai achete celui-ci et celui-la. 
15 Avez-vous rencontre ce marechal ? 16 Nous avons 
rencontre celui-ci, 17 Avez-vous vu mon dictionnaire? 
18 J'ai vu celui de votre cousine. 19 J'ai votre man> 
teau, le mien, et celui de votre soeur. 

Exercise 30. 

1 Have you seen that lion ? 2 We have seen that 
lion and that lioness. 3 Have you met that blacksmith ? 
4 My sister has met that blacksmith. 5 What waist- 
coat have you ? 6 I have mine and your father's. 
7 Have you my brother's ? 8 I have your brother's 
and your cousin's. 9 Have you their money ? 10 We 
have their sister's. 1 1 Which lamb have you ? 12 We 
have this (one) and that (one). 13 Have you bought 
that little lamb? 14 We have bought that sheep. 
15 Which carpet has your sister? 16 My sister has 
that small carpet. 17 Has the tailor your silk or mine ? 
18 He has this or that. 19 Has the lady that cloth? 
20 She has that cloth and that wool. 21 Who has 
that bird ? 22 The tailor has my bird and his brother's. 
23 Who has my sister's cloak? 24 We have your 
sister's and your cousin's. 25 We have this and that. 



£4 fasquelle's intkoductory 

LEgOX XYII. LESSON XVII. 

THE NEGATIVE SENTENCE. NE, PAS, RIEN, ETC. 

1. To render a sentence negative, the French use 
two words : 

Ne* — pas, Not, no. 

Ne — rien, Nothing, not any thing. 

IsTe — jamais, Never. 

2. The first word, ne, is put before the verb, and the 
second, pas, rien, or jamais, after it, when the verb has 
only one word, and between the first word and the 
secondf when it is composed of two words. 

When there is no verb, ne is not used. 
Je n'ai pas votre chapeau. / have not your hat. 

Yous n'avez pas trouve mon You have not found my hand- 

mouchoir. her chief. 

Qu'avez-vous ? Kien. What have you ? Nothing. 

3. Present tense of the verb Avoir, to have. 

NEGATIVELY. 

Je n'ai pas, I have not. 

Tu n'as pas, Thou hast not. 

II n'a pas, He has ?iot. 

Elle n'a pas, She has not. 

* The e of ne is dropped before a vowel or a silent h. See Lesson 
3, Rule 5 ; also § ] 46 of Larger Course 
f The auxiliary and participle. 



FRENCH COURSE. 55 

Nous n'avons pas, We have not. 

Vous n'avez pas, You have not. 

lis* n'ont pas, They have not. (m.) 

Ellesf n'ont pas, They have not. (f.) 

NEGATIVELY A2TD INTERBOGATTVELY. 

N'ai-je pas ? Have I not ? 

N'as-tu pas ? Hast thou not ? 

iST'a-t-il pas ? Has he not ? 

X'a-t-elle pas ? Has she not ? 

N~'avons-nous pas ? Have we not ? 

N'avez-vous pas ? Have you not f 

IST'ont-ils* pas ? Have they not ? (m.) 

N'ont-ellesf pas ? Have they not f (f.) 

4. Quelque chose, something, any tiling, is not used 
after ne with the meaning of not any thing / rien must 
be used. 

Yous n'avez rien apporte. You have not Drought any thing. 

Model Sentences. 

N'avez-vous pas mon cheval ° Have you not my horse f 

J'ai celui de votre associe. / have your partner's. 

Avez-vous quelque chose ? Have you any thing f 

Je n'ai rien. / have not any thing. 

N'avez- vous pas vu ma cravate ? Have you not seen my cravat ? 

Nous n'avons pas le bouquet. We have not the bouquet. 

Je n'ai jamais vu votre jardin. I have never seen your garden. 

N'a-t-elle pas ma clef? Has she not my hey f 

Elle n'a jamais vu votre clef. She has never seen your key. 

Nous n'avons pas votre rasoir. We have not your razor. 

* For the masculine. \ For the feminine. 



56 



FASQUELLE S IjNfttODlTCTOJRY 



Vocabulary. 



Bon, Good. 
Chasseur, m. Hunter. 
Chat, m. Cat. 
Chien, m. Dog. 
Chocolat, m. Chocolate. 
Collier, ra. Collar. 
Cuivre, m. Brass. 
Cuir, m. Leather. 
Dechire, Torn. 
Drap, m. Cloth. 
Enfant, m. Child. 

Put the article da, de la, 



Gouvernante, f. Governess. 
Joli, Pretty. 
Parent, m. Relation. 
Petit, Small, little. 
Pigeon, m. Pigeon. 
Qu', que, What, which. 
Repandu, Spilt. 
Robe, f. Press. 
The, m. Tea. 
Tue, Killed, 
Vu, Seen. 
de l\ before the above nouns. 



Exercise 31. 

1 Qu'avez-vous ? 2 J'ai le bon chien de mon 
cousin.^ 3 A-t-il son collier cle cuivre ? 4 Xon, mon- 
sieur, il n'a pas son joli collier de cuivre. 5 Le chat 
n'a-t-il pas un collier de cuir ? 6 Le chat a un petit 
collier de drap. 7 Avez-vous la robe de cette dame ? 
8 Je n'ai pas la robe de la dame. 9 Je n'ai pas celle 
de sa fille. 10 ]SP avez-vous pas dechire la mienne ? 
11 Nous n'avons pas vu la votre. 12 Xous avons 
dechire la votre. 13 X'avez-vous pas vu mon parent ? 
14 Je n'ai jamais vu votre bon parent. 15 Votre 
frere n'a-t-il pas tue le joli pigeon? 10 Mon frere n'a 
pas tue la pigeon. 17 Le chasseur a tue mon pigeon. 
18 II n'a pas tue celui de votre soenr. 19 X'avons- 
nous pas repandu not re chocolat ? 20 Yous avcz r£- 
pandu le voire, le mien, et celui de votre gouvernante. 



french course. 57 

Exercise 32, 

1 Have you not my pretty dog ? 2 I have not. seen 
your dog, my child. 3 Have you seen my sister's good 
dog ? 4 I have not seen your sister's. 5 I have seen 
yours and your cousin's. 6 Have you any thing, my 
good child ? 7 1 have nothing, sir. 8 Has the gover- 
ness any thing ? 9 She has chocolate. 10 Has the 
child seen my garden ? 11 The child has never seen 
your garden. 12 Has he not seen my cousin's ? 13 He 
has not seen the hunter's garden./ 14 Have you not 
the doo-'s leather collar ? 15 We have the clod's brass 
collar. 16 What collar has the cat? 17 The cat has 
a pretty cloth collar. 18 Has the lady torn her dress? 
19 The lady has not torn her dress. 20 What have you 
torn ? 21 I have torn nothing. 22 Has not the gover- 
ness seen my relation ? 23 She has not seen your re- 
lation. 24 What dog has the hunter killed? 25 He 
has killed your brother's. 26 You have not spilt my 
tea, you have spilt my sister's chocolate. 



LECOX XVIII. LESSOX XVIII. 

QUELQU'UX ; SOME BODY. PERSOXXE ; NOBODY. 



\ some body. 

: ~ , any body. 

1. Quelqu'ux means \ ° 



some one. 
any one. 
3* 



58 fasquelle's introductory 

J'ai vu quelqu'un. / have seen somebody, 

Avez-vous rencontre quelqu'un? Have you met any body f 

I nobody. 

^ , T , „ not any body. 

2. jne — personne is used for i ° 

no one. 

not any one. 

3. The first word, ne, is put before the verb, and 
the second, persoiine, after it.* 

Je n'ai vu personne. / have seen nobody. 

Je n'ai parle a personne. / have not spoken to any body. 

When there is no verb, ne is not used. 

Qui avez-vous vu ? Personne. Whom have you seen ? Nobody. 

4. Qfelqu^un is not used after ne in the sense of 
not any one, not any person y personne must be used. 

Nous n'avons vu personne. We have not seen any one. 

5. Ne, before the verb — que, after it ; only, but. 
Ne, before the verb— ni, repeated after it; neither, 

nor. 

Nous n'avons que le Sucre. We have only the sugar. 

Nous n'avons ni le cafe ni le We have neither the coffee nor 

sucre. the sugar. 

Model Sentences. 

Qu'avez-vous sur la table ? What have you on the tabic t 

Nous n'avons rien. We have nothing. 

* When personne is the subject, it comes before the ne. Per- 
sonne n'a raon livre, Nobody has my book. 



FRENCH COURSE, 



59 



Avez-vous bless e quelqu'un ? 
Nous n'avons blesse personne. 
Qui a ecrit une lettre a mon 

pere ? 
Personne. 

JSTavez-vous ecrit a personne ? 
Je n'ai que ce livre. 
Nous n'avons vu que notre 

cousin. 
Nous n'avons ni l'encre ni le 

papier. , 
Yous n'avez vu ni 1'homme ni 

la femme. 



Have you wounded any body f 
We have not wounded any one. 
Who has written a letter to my 

father ? 
No one. Nobody. 
Have you not written to any body? 
I have only that book. 
We have seen only our cousin. 

We have neither the ink nor the 

paper. 
You have seen neither the man 

nor the woman. 



Vocabulary. 



Achete, Bought. 
Apporte/ Brought. 
Aujourd'hui, To-day. 
Chambre, f. Boo?n. 
Chocolat, m. Chocolate. 
Commode, f. Bureau, 

drainers. 
Dame, f. Lady. 
Dans, In. 
Ean, f. Water. 
Ecrit, 'Written. 
Fromage, m. Cheese. 
Hier, Yesterday. 



Lettre, f. Lettre. 
Monsieur, m. Gentleman. 
Ou, Or. 
Page, f. Page. 
Pain, m. Bread. 
Parle, Spoken. m 
Poivre, m. Pepper. 
Poche, f. Pocket. 
Rien, Kothing. 
Sel, m. Salt. 
Temps, m. Time. 
Trouve, Found. 
Vinaigre, m. Vinegar. 



Put the adject ivos ce, cette, before the nouns. 



60 pasquelle's introductory 

Exercise 33. 

1 Avez-vous quelqu'un clans votre chambre ? 2 Je 
n'ai personne. 3 Mon frere n'a vu personne. 4 Qui 
a apporte clu pain ? o Personne. 6 Quelqu'un a-t-il 
parle a mon pere ? 7 Personne n'a parle a votre pere. 
8 X'avez-vous vu qu'un monsieur? 9 Je n'ai vu qu'une 
dame. 10 Qu'avez-vous trouve dans votre poche ? 
11 Je n'ai rien trouve dans la mienne. 12 Qu'avons- 
nous dans notre chapeau ? 13 Rien. 14 Xous 
n'avons rien. 15 Avez-vous l'eau ou le vinaigre ? 
16 Je n'ai pas l'eau, j'ai le vinaigre. 17 Avons-nous le 
pain ou le fromage ? 18 Xous n'avons ni le pain ni le 
fromage. 19 X'avez-vous rien apporte aujourd'hui? 
20 Xous n'avons rien apporte aujourd'hui, mais nous 
avons achete quelque chose hier. 

Exercise 34. 

1 Has your brother any thing in his bureau ? 2 My 
brother has nothing in his bureau. 3 Has he seen 
any body to-day ? 4 He has only seen his brother. 
5 Have you not seen your father ? 6 I have seen 
nobody to-day. 7 Has not your sister written her 
letter? 8 She has not had (the) time to write her 
letter. 9 She has written nothing. 10 Have you 
vinegar and water? 11 I have only water. 12 Has 
any one written a page ? 13 Xo one has written a 
page to-day. 14 lias any one spoken to my mother? 
I") Xo person has spoken to your mother. 10 Some- 
body has spoken to mine. 17 Have you the pepper or 



FRENCH COURSE. 61 

the salt? 18 We have neither the pepper nor the 
salt. 19 We have only the chocolate. 20 Your sister 
has only chocolate. 21 What have we found in our 
bureau ? 22 We have found nothing in our bureau. 
23 Have you found any one in the house ? 24 No- 
body. 25 Yesterday we (have) found nobody in the 
house, but to-day we (have) found somebody. 



LEQON XIX. LESSON XIX. 

PAS DE ; NO, NOT ANY. 

-r, I is used for no, not any. 

PoiXT DE j U 

Pas de soupe, No soup. 

Pas d'argent, No money. 

Je n'ai pas de creme, I have no cream. 

2. The French do not put an article before a noun 
following ni in those cases where, in English, the word 
any may be put before that noun, without changing 
the meaning. 

II n'a ni ami ni ennemi, He has neither (any) friend nor 

(any) enemy. 
Vous n'avez ni maison ni jar- You have neither house nor gar- 
din, 'den. 

3. Quel, before a masculine noun, ) TT _._ . , , 

^ -. . » . . v Which, what. 

Quelle, before a feminine noun, j 

Quel journal avez-vous lu ? What journal have you readf 
Quelle fleur avons-nous ? Wliat jlower have we ? 



62 



FAS QUELL E'S INTRODUCTORY 



Model Sentences, 



La dame a-t-elle une voiture ? 

La dame n'a pas de voiture. 

Avons-nous dechire la mousse- 
line? 

Nous n'avons pas de mousse- 
line. 

Avez-vous apporte du fruit ? 

Je n'ai pas de fruit. 

J'ai de la salade. 

Je n'ai pas de salade. 

Avons-nous de l'huile et du 
vinaigre ? ; ^~ 

Yous n'avez ni huile ni vinaigre. 

Yous n'avez ni l'huile ni le vi- 
naigre. 
Quelle cuiller avons-nous ? 
Quel plat avez-vous casse ? 



Has the lady a carriage f 
The lady has no carriage. 
Have we torn the muslin t 

We have no muslin. 

Have you brought (any) fruit $ 

I have no fruit. 

I have (some) salad. 

I have not any salad. 

Have we oil and vinegar f 

You have neither (any) oil nor 

(any) vinegar. 
You have neither the oil nor the 

vinegar. 
Which or what spoon have you ? 
What dish have you broken t 



Vocabulary, 



Acier, m. Steel. 
Beau, Handsome. 
Bon, Good. . 
Cadeau, m. Present. 
Camarade, m. School-mate. 
Can if, m. Penknife. 
Casquette, f. Cap. 
Casse, Broken. 
Chapeau, m. Hat. 
Ecolier, m. Scholar. 



Enfant, m. Child. 
Fer, m. Iron. 
Fille, f. Daughter. 
Fils, m. Son. 
Grand, Large. 
Jardin, m. Garden. 
Montre, f. Watch. 
Oublie, Forgotten. 
Parl6, Spoken. 
Pauvre, Poor. 



FEENCH COURSE. 83 

Perdu, Lost. Regu, Received. 

Petit, Small, little. Rien, Nothing. 

Plume, f. Pen. Tres, Very. 

Put the possessive adjectives, son, sa, before the 
above nouns. 

Exercise 35. 

1 Avez-vous vu leur grand jardin ? 2 lis n'ont pas 
de grand jardin. 3 lis n'ont qu'un ties petit jardin. 
4 N'avez-vous pas un beau chapeau ? 5 Je n'ai pas 
de chapeau, je n'ai qu'un e casquette. 6 Quelle montre 
avez-vous? 7 Je n'ai pas de montre. 8 Avez-vous 
parle de mon canif? 9 Je n'ai parle de rien. 10 Le 
niarechal a-t-il du fer ou de l'acier? 11 II n'a ni fer ni 
acier. 12 II n'a pas d'acier, ii a du fer. 13 Quel canif 
avez-vous casse ? 14 Je • n'ai pas casse de canif. 
15 Avez-vous oublie votre cadeau ? 16 Je n'ai pas 
recu de cadeau. 17 La pauvre femme a-t-elle un bon 
fils ? 18 Cette pauvre femme n'a pas d'enfant. 
19 Quelle plume avez-vous? 20 J'ai la mienne et 
celle de votre camarade. 21 Je n'ai ni la votre ni la 
leur, j'ai celle du bon ecolier. 

Exercise 36. 

1 Has the poor woman a son or a daughter ? 2 The 
poor woman has no daughter. 3 She has only a son. 
4 What tree have you in your small garden ? 5 I 
have no garden. 6 My sister has no tree in her large 
garden. 7 Have you spoken of my book ? 8 We have 



"i 



64 



fasqtjelle's introductory 



not spoken of any thing. 9 Has your brother forgotten 
his cap? 10 My brother has no cap, he has a hat. 
11 Have you forgotten your pen ? 12 I have no pen. 
13 Have you not a steel pen ? 14 1 have neither pen 
nor paper. 15 Has that poor woman's son lost his 
present? 16 That poor woman's son has received no 
present. 17 My school-mate has neither father nor 
mother. 18 Have you a brother or a sister? 19 I 
have neither brother nor sister. 20 Have we lost our 
handsome book? 21 We have no book. 22 Have 
you forgotten your watch ? 23 I have no watch, I 
have brought my brother's. 24 Have we the steel or 
the iron ? 25 We have neither the steel nor the iron. 



LEgON XX. 



LESSOX XX. 



AVOIR FADI, AVOIR SOIF ; TO BE HUNGRY, TO BE 
THIRSTY, ETC. 



1. The French say: 



J'ai faim, 

II a soif, 

Vous avez chaud, 

Nous avons froid, 

lis ont peur, 

J'ai honte, 

Vous avez sommeil, 

II a raison, 

Elle a tort, 



I have hunger, 
He has thirst, 
You have warmth, 
We have cold, 
They have fear, 
I have shame, 
You have sleep, 
He has reason, 
Site lias iv ron g, 



for 



I am hungry. 
He is thirsty. 

You are warm. 

We are cold. 
TJiey are afraid. 
Lam asha 

You <■ 

He is right. 
She is ivrong. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



65 



2. The verb avoir is also used in the following sen- 
tences : 

i I have something. 
Something ails me. 
Something is the matter with me. 
iHave you any thing t 
Does any thing ail you f 
Is any thing the matter with you t 
f We have nothing. 
Nothing ails us. 
Nothing is the matter with us. 

Your brother has nothing. 
Nothing is the matter with your 

brother. 
Nothing ails your brother. 



Nous n'avons rien. 



Yotre frere n'a rien. 



Model Sentences. 

Avez-vous fairn ? Are you hungry f 

ISTon, monsieur, j'ai soif. No ) sir, I am thirsty. 

N'avez-vous pas cbaud ? Are you not warm t 

ISTon, madam e, j'ai bienfroid. No, madam, I am very cold. 
Avez-vous peur, mon petit ami? Are you afraid, my little friend? 
Oui, madame, j'aipeur du chien. Yes, madam, lam afraid of the 

dog. 

lam not afraid, I am sleepy. 

Of what are you ashamed ? 

lam neither afraid nor ashamed. 

Are you not wrong t 
Non, mademoiselle, j'ai raison. No, miss, I am rigid. 
Qu'avez-vous, monsieur ? What is the matter with you, sir ? 

Je n'ai rien, madame. Nothing is the matter with me, 

madam, 
5 



Je n'ai pas peur, j'ai sommeil. 
De quoi avez-vous honte ? 
Je n'ai ni peur ni honte. 
N'avez-vous pas tort ? 



$6 



fasquelle's introductory 



Vocabulary. 



Animal, m. Animal. 
Aujourd'hui, To-day. 
Banquier, ra. Banker. 
Chien, m. Dog. 
Colombe, f. Dove. 
Conduite, f. Conduct. 
Dejeune, Breakfasted. 
Dormi, Slept. 
Fermier, m. Farmer. 
Gros, Large, big. - 
Joli, Pretty. 



Libraire, m. Bookseller. 
Marchand, m. Merchant. 
Nuit, f. Night. 
Ouvrier, m. Workman. 
Parceque, Because. 
Peintre, m. Painter. 
Petit, Little, small. 
Pourquoi, Why. 
Renard, m. Fox. 
Sellier, m. Saddler. 
Ties, Very. 



Put the article ait, a la, a V, before the nouns in the 
vocabulary. 



Exercise 37. 

1 Avez-vous froid mon ami? 2 Non, monsieur, j'ai 
bien chaud. 3 Votre frere a-t-il faim ou soif? 4 Mon 
frere a dejeune, il n'a ni faim ni soif. 5 Xotre ami 
a-t-il honte de sa conduite ? 6 Ii n'a pas honte de sa 
conduite. 7 A-t-il honte de celle de son cousin ? 8 II 
a honte de la mienne et de la votre. 9 De quoi avez- 
vous peur ? 10 Nous avons peur du gros chien. 
11 Notre marchand a-t-il raison ou tort ? 12 II a tort. 
13 Avez-vous sommiel mon petit ami? 14 Oui, mon- 
sieur, j'ai bien sommiel, je n'ai pas dormi cette nuit. 
15 Le banquier a-t-il quelque chose? 16 Le banquier 
a quelque chose, mais le fermier n'a rien. 17 Le 



FRENCH COURSE. 67 

libraire a-t-il peur cle ce joli petit animal? 18 Avez- 
vous peur ou bonte ? 19 Je n'ai ni peur ni honte. 
20 Le sellier a-t-il raison ou tort ? 21 Le sellier a 
raison, inais l'ouvrier a tort. 



Exercise 3S. 

1 Are you afraid of that dove ? 2 I am not afraid 
of the dove, I am afraid of tbe fox. 3 Is your painter 
sleepy ? 4 Why is be sleepy ? 5 Because be bas not 
slept to-day. 6 Of what are you ashamed? 7 I am 
not ashamed, sir, I am afraid. 8 Why are you hungry, 
my child ? 9 I am hungry, sir, because I have not 
breakfasted. 10 What is the matter with the banker ? 
11 Nothing ails him. 12 Is any thing the matter with 
that dog? 13 Something is the matter with him. 
14 Is the merchant right or wrong? 15 The mer- 
chant is right, but tbe banker is wrong. 16 Are you 
not afraid of that large doo; ? 17 We are afraid of the 
little fox. 18 My sister is afraid of that pretty little 
animal. 19 Are you afraid or ashamed? 20 I am 
neither afraid nor ashamed. 21 Is your sister right or 
wrong ? 22 My sister is right, she is not wrong. 
23 Is any thing the matter with the saddler ? 24 Noth- 
ing ails him, but something is the matter with the 
bookseller. 25 Nothing is the matter with me. 



68 



FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



LEQON XXI, 



LESSON XXI. 



£tre : 



TO BE. 



1. Present of the Indicative. 



AFFIRMATIVELY. 



Je snis, I am. 

Tu es, Thou art. 

II est, lie is. 

Elle est, She is. 

Nous sommes, We are. 
Vous etes, You are. 

lis sont, (m.) They are. 
Elles sont, (f.) TAey «re. 



INTERROGATIVELY. 



Suis-je ? 
Es-tu ? 
Est-il ? 
Est-elle ? 
Sornmes-nous ? 
Etes-vous ? 
Sont-ils ? (m.) 



Am I? 

Art thou . 
Is he f 

Is she ? 
Are toe ? 
Are you J 
Are they , 



Sont-elles ? (f.) Are they ? 



NEGATIVELY. 



Je ne suis pas, 
Tu n'es pas, 
II n'est pas, 
Elle n'est j)as, 
Nous ne sommes pas, 
Vous n'etes pas, 
lis ne sont pas, (?n.) 
Elles no sont pas, (f.) 



I am not. 
Thou art not. 
lie is ndt. 
She is not. 
IVe are not. 
You are ?wt. 
They are not. 
They are not. 



NEGATIVELY AND INTERROGATIVELY. 



Ne suis-je pas ? 
N'es-tu pas ? 
N'est-il pas ? 
N'est-elle pas? 



Am I not? 
Art thou not ? 
Is he not f 
Is she not f 



FRENCH COURSE. 69 

Ne somrnes-nous pas ? Are we not ? 

N'etes-vous pas ? Are you not ? 

~Ne sont-ils pas ? (m.) Are they not ? 

Xe sont-elles pas ? (f) Are they not ? 

3. In a question beginning with ou, where, the words 
may be arranged as in English, or according to Rule 1, 
Lesson 13. 

On est mon mouchoir ? Where is my handkerchief? 
Mon mouchoir ou est-ii ? Where is my handkerchief? 



Model Sentences. 

Ou est notre jardiuier ? Where is our gardener t 

II est dans votre jardin. He is in your garden. 

Oa avez-vous laisse mon pere Where have you left my father 

et ma mere ? and {my) mother f 

lis sont dans la cour. They are in the yard. 

lis ne sont pas ici. Tliey are not here. 

Ma mere et ma cousine sont- Are my mother and (my) cousin 

elles ici ? here f 

Elles sont dans la chambre de Tliey are in my sister s room. 

ma sceur. 
Oa etes-vous, mon ami ? Where are you, my friend? 

Je suis dans la bibliotheque. I am in the library. 
Votie cheval ou est-il ? Where is your horse f 

II est dans le champ. He is in the field. 

« 

Vocabulary./ 

A, At, in. Banc, m. Bench. 

Attentifl Attentive. Bibliotheque, f. Library. 



70 fasquelle's introductory 

Bien, Well. Jamais, Never, ever. 

Biscuit, m. Biscuit. Laisse, Left. 

Bureau, m. Office. Messieurs, Gentlemen. 

Content, Pleased, con- Mis, Put. 

tented. Mo u cb oir, m. Handkerch ief. 

CoYdLonx\\ev,m. Shoemaker. Office, f. Pantry, buttery. 

Done, Then. Ou, Where. 

Encore, Yet. Pourquoi, Why. 

Fatigue, Tired. Sur, On, upon. 

Gant, m. Glove. Tiroir, m. Drawer. 

Ici, Here. Tres, Very. 

Put the article le, la, V, before the nouns. 



Exercise 39. 

1 Votre frere est-il ici ? 2 Non, mademoiselle, il 
n'est pas ici. 3 Ou est-il ? 4 II est a son bureau ou 
au mien. 5 Ou avez-vous mis votre gant? 6 Mon 
gant est dans le tiroir. 7 Ou est mon cordonnier ? 
8 Votre cordonnier est a New York, et le mien est a 
Boston. 9 Pourquoi n'etes-vous pas attentif, mon 
enfant? 10 Je suis fatigue, monsieur. 11 Avez-vous 
apporte du pain et du biscuit? 12 Le pain et le bis- 
cuit sont dans l'office. 13 Les dames ne sont-elles pas 
ici? 14 Elles ne sont pas encore ici. 15 Ne sommes- 
nous }>as bien ici? 16 Oui, messieurs, vous etes ties 
bien ici. 17 Le petit garcon est-il content ? 18 Non, 
monsieur, il n'est jamais content. 19 Ou est done 
mon mouchoir ? 20 Vous avez laisse votre mouchoir 
sur le banc dans le jardin. 



french course. 71 

Exercise 40. 

1 Where is the bread ? 2 It is in the pantry. 
3 Where are my friend and yours ? 4 My friend is in 
the garden, and yours is in the library. 5 Is not your 
mother here ? 6 No, sir, my father and (my) mother 
are in (a) New York. 7 Why is not the little boy 
here ? 8 The little boy is tired. 9 Why is he not 
attentive? 10 He is never attentive, sir. 11 Is my 
handkerchief in 'the office? 12 You have left your 
handkerchief on the table in the office. 13 My hand- 
kerchief is in the pantry. 14 Is the bread in the 
pantry? 15 The bread and butter are in the pantry. 
16 Is the biscuit in the drawer ? 17 The biscuit is not 
in the drawer, it is on the bench. 18 Is not your 
father in his office? 19 My father and (my) brother 
are in the office. 20 Where are my father and {my) 
mother? 21 They are in the library. 22 Is your 
shoemaker tired ? 23 Yes, gentlemen, my shoemaker 
is very tired. 24 Are your brother and (your) sister 
here ? 25 No, sir, my brother and (my) sister are 
never here. 



LEQON XXII. LESSON XXII. 

FEMININE FORM OF ADJECTIVES. 

1. The adjective does not change in English, but in 
French it takes the gender and number of the noun to 
which it belongs. 



12 



fasquelle's intkoductoet 



2. An adjective belonging to a feminine noun, takes 
the feminine form by adding e. 

Le petit garqon, La petite fille, 

The little boy. The little girl. 

Le gargon est petit, La fille est petite, 

TJie boy is small. TJie girl is small. 

3. An adjective ending in e without an accent, is not 
changed for the feminine ; 



Le pauvre homme, 
TJie poor man. 
L'homme est pauvre, 
The man is poor. 



La pauvre femme, 
The poor woman. 
La femme est pauvre, 
The woman is poor. 



4. Adjectives ending in/*, change f into v, and add e 
for the feminine : 



Le gargon est act if, 
The boy is active. 



La fille est active, 
The girl is active. 



5. Those ending in #, change x into s, and add 6 
also. 

Cet homme est heureux, Cette femme est heureuse, 
That man is happy. That icoman is happy. 



Model Sentences. 

Avez-vous une petite pomme ? Have you a small apple f 
Ma pomme est tres petite. My apple is very small. 

Notre maison est grancle. Our house is large. 

Nousavonsunc graride maison. We hare a large house. 
Cet ecolier est diligent. TJiat scholar is diligent. 

Notre sceur.est diligente. Our sister is diligent. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



13 



Le soldat est fort timide. 

Sa femme est fort timide aussi. 

Le lion n'est pas craintif. 

La colombe est bien craintive. 

Cette demoiselle est-elle peu- 

reuse ? 
L' ecolier n'est pas peureux. 



The soldier is very timid. 
His wife is very timid also. 
Tlie lion is not timorous. 
The dove is very timorous. 
Is that young lady fearful t 

Tlie scholar is not fearful. 



Vocabulary. 



Attentif, Attentive. 
Blanchisseuse, f. 'Washer- 
woman. 
Botte, f. Boot. 
Douteux, Doubtful. 
Ecolier, m. Scholar. 
E cohere, f. Scholar. 
Epouse, f. Wife. 
Industrieux, Industrious. 
Jeune, Young. 
Mari, m. Husband. 



Nappe, f. Table-cloth. 
Xouvelle, f. News. 
Paresseux, Idle, lazy. 
Pensif, Thoughtful. 
Peureux, Fearful. 
Rencontre, Met. 
Soulier, m. Shoe. 
Sur, Sure, certain. 
Table, f. Table. 
Timide, Timid. 
Yache, f. Cow. 



Give tbe above nouns with notre, our ; voire, your ; 
leur, their ; before them. 



Exercise 41. 

1 Avez-vous une grand e table? 2 Nous avons une 
petite table et une grande nappe. 3 Avez-vous rencon- 
tre le jeune ecolier? 4 Nous avons rencontre la jeune 
ecoliere. 5 Votre petite fille est-elle attentive ? C Mon 

4 



74 fasquelle's introductory 

petit garqon est tres attentif. 7 Ma petite iille n'est 
pas attentive. 8 La blanchisseuse est-elle industrieuse ? 

9 Elle est tres industrieuse, mais son mari est paresseux. 

10 Cette nouvelle est-elle sure? 11 Non, monsieur, 
elle est douteuse: 12 Votre cousin est-il pensif? 
13 Mon cousin n'est pas pensif, mais son epouse est 
pensive*. 14 Votre Soulier est-il neuf? 15 Mon 
Soulier n'est pas neuf, mais ma botte est neuve. 
16 Avez-vous peur de cette petite vache ? 17 La 
vache n'est pas petite, monsieur. 18 L'ecoliere n'est-elle 
pas peureuse? 19 Elle est peureuse et elle a tort. 
20 Elle a tort d'avoir peur de la vache. 



Exercise 42. 

1 Is your little girl timid ? 2 My little girl is not 
timid, but my little boy is very timid. 3 Is the young 
scholar here? 4 The young scholar is here, and his 
sister is in her room. 5 Is your little girl industrious? 
6 My little girl is very industrious. 7 Is your mother's 
washerwoman idle ? 8 She is not idle, she is very in- 
dustrious. 9 Is she not right? 10 Yes, sir, she is 
right. 11 Is your brother's boot new? 12 My 
brother's shoe is new, but his boot is not new. 13 My 
sister's dress is new. 14 Has your brother a very largo 
table ? 15 My brother has a very large table. 16 Is 
not that news certain? 17 No, sir, that news is not 
certain, it is very doubtful. 18 Is your scholar (/'.) 
fearful? 19 No, sir, she is not fearful 20 Is she 
afraid of my dog? 21 No, sir, she is not afraid of 



FRENCH COURSE. 



75 



your dog. 22 Is your sister's husband idle ? 23 No, 
sir, my sister's husband is industrious. 24 Is your 
cousin's wife thoughtful ? 25 My cousin's wife is 
thoughtful, but my cousin is not thoughtful. 



LEgOX XXIII. LESSOX XXIII. 

IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 

1. Adjectives having the following terminations, 
double the last consonant and add e for the feminine: 





MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 




EL, 


Te', 


Telle, 


Such. 


EIL, 


Pareil, 


• Pareille, 


Like. 


EX, 


Chretien, 


Chretienne, 


Christian 


ET, 


Muet, 


Muette, 


Mute. 


ox, 


Bon, 


Bonne, 


Good. 



2. The feminine form of the following adjectives is 
more irregular still : 

Blanc, White, makes hi the feminine, Blanche. 



Doux, Sweet, soft f 

Faux, False, 

Frais, Fresh , 

FrariCj Frank, 

Gras, Fat, 

Gros, Large, big, 

Long, Long, 

Sec, L)ry, 



u 



Douce. 

Fausse. 

Fraiche. 

Franche. 

Grasse. 

Grosse. 

Longue. 

Soche. 



76 fasquelle's introductory 

3. The following adjectives have three terminations 

MASCULINE 

Before a conso- Before a vowel, 

nant. or silent h. feminine. 

Beau, Bel, Belle, Handsome, beautiful. 

Fou, Fol, Folle, Foolish. 

Mou, Mol, Molle, Soft. 

Nouveau, Nouvel, Nouvelle, New. 

Vieux, VieiJ, Vieille, Old. 

Model Sentences. 

Ma cousine a une belle robe. My cousin has a handsome dress. 
Yotre eravate n'est pas seche. Your cravat is not dry. 
Vous avez une tres bonne You have a very good pen. 

plume. 
II a une mauvaise pomme. He has a had apple. 

Sa pomme est tres mauvaise. His apple is very had. 
Cette mauvaise poire est grosse. TJiat had pear is large. 
Cette grosse poire est mauvaise. That large pear is had. 
Son cousin a un bel habit. His cousin has a handsome coat. 

Son habit est tres beau. His coat is very handsome. 

Cette petite fille est muette. TJiat little girl is clumh. 
La belle dame est petite.- The handsome lady is small. 

Cette bonne nouvelle estfausse. TJiat good news is false. 

Vocabulary. 

Abricot, m. Apricot. Dentelle, f. Lace. 

Cerise, f. Cherry. Doux, Sweet, mild. 

Chatnbre, f. Room. Frais, Fresh. 

Court, Short. Fraise, f. Strawberry. 

Cueilli, Picked, Gathered. Framboise, f. llaspberry. 

Dans, la Long, Long. 



FSENCH COUESE, 77 

Mange, Eaten. Poire, f. Pear. 

Mort, Dead. Pomme, f. Apple. 

Mouille, Wet. Sec, Dry. 

Muet, Mute. Sar, Sour. 

Noir, Black. Voix, f. Voice. 

Peche, f. Peach. Vu, Seen. 

Give the nouns in the vocabulary with C6, cet, cette, 
before them. 

Exercise 43. 

1 La robe de ma cousine est-elle trop longue ? 
2 Non, monsieur, elle n'est pas trop longue. 3 Elle 
est trop courte. 4 Cette dentelle est-elle seche ? 
5 Non, mademoiselle, elle est encore mouiliee. 6 Ce 
bel arbre est il mort ? 7 Non, madame, ce bel arbre 
n'est pas mort. 8 N'est-il pas tres beau ? 9 Oui, mon 
cher monsieur, cet arbre est beau et grand. 10 Qu'avez- 
vous cueilli dans votre grand jardin ? 11 Nous avons 
cueilli une grosse cerise. 12 Mon frere a cueilli une 
grosse fraise et une petite framboise. 13 Avez-vous 
apporte une bonne cerise ? 14 J'ai apporte une petite 
cerise. 15 Cette cerise est blanche et votre cerise est 
noire. 16 N'avez-vous pas mange le bel abricot ? 
17 Le bel abricot est sur la petite table. 18 A qui 
avez-vous donne la belle peche? 19 J'ai donne la 
mauvaise peche au petit garfon. 20 Cette pomme est- 
elle douce? 21 Non, monsieur, elle est ties sure. 
22 Mon frere a an bel habit. 23 La cravate est blanche. 
24 Ma soeur a une robe blanche. 25 Cette eau est 
fraiche. 26 Ce poisson n'est pas frais. 



78 fasquelle's introductory 

Exercise 44. 

1 Have you a large apple ? 2 No, sir, I have a 
small apple. 3 Is that peach sweet ? 4 Yes, sir, it is 
very sweet. 5 This strawberry is sour, it is not sweet. 
6 Is your sister's lace white ? 7 No, madam, her lace 
is not white, it is black. 8 Where is the fine apricot ? 
9 It is on the table in your mother's room. 10 Is that 
young lady mute ? 11 She is not mute. 12 Her voice 
is very sweet. 13 Is not that lady's dress, too long? 

14 No, miss, her dress is not too long, it is too short. 

15 Is that good news false ? 16 The bad news is 
false. 17 Have you picked a fine apple? 18 This 
apple is fine, but it is very sour. 19 Have you seen my 
cousin's handsome coat ? 20 I have not seen his 
handsome coat, I have seen his old cravat. 21 Have 
you fresh water ? 22 This water is good, bat it is not 
fresh. 23 Is this pear good or bad? 24 It is very 
large, but it is not good. 25 Your cravat is wet, and 
mine is dry. 



LEQON XXIV. LESSON XXIV 

PLACE OF TII.7J ^J>JECTIVE. 

1. The adjective, in Yv^/Jj t commonly follow? the 
noun : 

Un chapeau noir, A Hack hat. 

Une robe blanche, A white dress. 

De l'eau fraichc, JfiVcsh water. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



79 



2. The following adjectives, however, are generally 



put before the noun : 

Beau, Handsome, fine. 
Bon, Good. 
Brave, Worthy. 
Cher, Dear. 
Grand, Large, great. 
Gros, Large, big. 



Jeune, Young. 
Joli, Pretty. 
Mauvais, Bad. 
Meilleur, Better. 
Petit, Small, little. 
Vieux, Old. 



Model Sentences. 



Ma sceur a une rose blanche. 
Yous avez apporte une pomme 

douce. 
Nous avonsvule brave homme. 
Avez-vous apporte une tulipe 

rouge ? 
Ma sceur a une tulipe bleue. 
II a ecrit sur du papier jaune. 
Ce jeune homme a tort. 
La grosse peche est mure. 
Cette grande maison est belle. 
Cette belle maison a une petite 

cour. 



My sister has a white rose. 
You have Drought a sweet apph. 

We have seen the worthy man. 
Have you brought a red tulip f 

My sister has a blue tulip). 
He has written on yellow paper \ 
TJiat young man is ivrong. 
Tiie large peach is ripe. 
TJiat large house is beautiful. 
That beautiful house has a small 
• yard. 



Vocabulary. 

Amusant, Amusing, enter- Conduite, f. Conduct. 

taining. Cour, f. Yard. 

Bleu, Blue. Cueilli, Picked, gathered. 

Chien, m. Bog. Eau, f. Water. 

Commode, Convenient. Indienne, f. Print. 



80 FASQUELLE's INT P. ODUCDPvY 

Jardin, m. Garden. Rouge, Red. 

Mftr, Ripe. Satin, m. Sat hi. 

Xouveau, New. Soie, f. Silk. 

Peche, f. Peach. Toile, f. Linen. 

Pomrae, f. Apple. Tulipe, f. Tulip. 

Prune, f. Plum. Vache, f. Cow. 

Rose, f. Rose. Vert, Green. 

Give the nouns with le, la, l\ before them. 

Exercise 45. 

1 Avez-vous peur de cette petite vache ? 2 Xous 
avons peur de la grosse vache. 3 Votre fiere a-t-il 
honte de sa conduite ? 4 II a honte de sa mauvaise 
conduite. 5 Ou avez-vous cueilli cette tulipe ? 6 J'ai 
cueilli la belle tulipe rouge dans votre grand jardin. 
7 Ce petit enfant a-t-il tort ? 8 La petite tille a peur du 
gros chien. 9 La belle demoiselle a raison. 10 Xous 
avons cueilli une rose jaune. 11 La belle prune est- 
elle mure? 12 La petite peche est mure. 13 Avez- 
.vous de Teau fraiche? 14 Xous avons de l'eau, mais 
elle n'est pas fraiche. 15 Votre grande maison est 
belle et commode. 1G Avez-vous de la toile blanche? 

17 Xous avons de la toile blanche et de l'indienne blcue. 

18 Ce vieux livre est-il amusant ? 19 Le livre nouveau 
n^est pas amusant. 20 Mon frere est dans la petite cour. 

Exercise 46. 

1 Are you afraid of the large dog? 2 Xo, sir, I am 
not afraid of the large dog, I am afraid of the red cow. 



FRENCH COURSE. 81 

3 Is the beautiful peach ripe ? 4 The beautiful yellow 
peach is ripe. 5 The small green apple is not ripe. 
6 Where have you picked the beautiful rose ? 7 In 
your small garden, sir. 8 Is the little young lady 
wrong? 9 The handsome young lady is right. 10 Is 
your little sister ashamed? 11 My little sister is 
ashamed of her bad conduct. 12 Have you blue 
print? 13 We have no blue print, we have blue silk 
and blue satin. 14 Have you fresh water? 15 We 
have no fresh water, sir. 16 The water is not fresh. 
17 Is your large house convenient ? 18 Our beautiful 
house is not convenient. 19 Have you white linen, 
sir ? 20 We have no white linen, madam. 21 Is that 
new book amusing ? 22 That old book is amusing. 
23 Have you a handsome yellow tulip? 24 I have no 
yellow tulip, I have a red tulip. 25 Is that blue plum 
ripe? 26 The blue plum is not ripe, the green plum 
is ripe. 



LEQON XXV. LESSON XXV. 

THE PLURAL. 

1. The general way of making a noun plural is, in 
French, as in English, by adding s to the singular. 

2. A noun ending with s, x, or z, is not changed for 
the plural. 

3. Les, the, is always the plural of le, la, or l\ and is 
placed before masculine or feminine nouns. 

6 



82 



fasquelle's inteoductoet 



La maison, the house. 
Le frere, the brother. 
La sceur, the sister. 
Le bas, the stocking. 
La voix, the voice. 



Les maisons, the houses. 
Les fie res, the brothers. 
Les scours, the sisters. 
Les bas, the stockings. 

Les voix, the voices. 



Model Sentences. 



Avez-vous les poires du jar- 

dinier ? 
J'ai les pommes de la dame. 
Les cliarpentiers sont-ils ici ? 
Les menuisiers sont dans la 

maison. 
Les dames ont-elles raison ? 
Les demoiselles ont tort. 
Les soeurs de mon ami ont-elles 

faim ? 
Elies ri ont pas faim, elles-ont 

soif. 
Oil sont les habits de mon frere ? 
lis sont dans ma chambre. 
Oa avez-vous plante les arbres ? 
Dans les champs de rfton frere. 



Have you the gardener's pears f 

I have the ladys apples. 
Are the carpenters here f 
The joiners are in the house. 

Are the ladies right ? 

The young ladies are wrong. 

Are my friend's sisters hungry f 

TJiey are not hungry, they are 
thirsty. 

Where are my brothers coats ? 
They are in my room. 

Wherehave you plantedthe trees f 
In my brother s fields. 



Vocabulary. 

Bibliotheque, f. Library. Fermier, m. Farmer. 
Chambre, f. Room. Fil, m. Thread. 

Champ, m. Field. Gouvernante, f. Governess^ 

Cousine, f. Cousin. Habit, m. Coat, 

Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Ici, I Lie. 
Drap, m. Cloth. Lettrc, f. Letter. 



FRENCH COUESE, 83 

Magasin, m. Store. Oublie, Forgotten. 

Messieurs, in. Gentlemen. Ouvrier, m. Workman. 

Mis, Pat. Tailleur, m. Tailor. 

Modiste, f. Jfilliner. Velours, m. Velvet. 

Monsieur, m. Gentleman. Vert, Green. 

Mousseline, f. Muslin. Yu, Seen. 

Give the nouns in the vocabulary with the plural 
article les. 

Exercise 47. 

1 Les ouvriers du tailleur sont-ils ici ? 2 Us ont 
oublie les habits de nion frere. 3 Les modistes sont- 
elles dans les mao-asins ? 4 Eiles sont dans les mao-a- 
sins. 5 Cette dame a-t-eile les livres de notre biblio- 
theque? 6 Elle a les livres de la votre. V Ou avez- 
vous mis les lettres ? 8 Dans la chambre de votre 
cousine. 9 Les soeurs de ce monsieur sont-elles ici? 
10 Non, monsieur, elles ne sont pas ici. 11 Ou sont- 
elles ? 12 Elles sont dans la chambre de leur gouver- 
nante. 13 *Les demoiselles ont-elles froid ? 14 Les 
messieurs ont froid. 15 Les demoiselles n'ont-elles pas 
tort? 16 Les petites filles ont tort et honte. 17 Les 
tailleurs ont du fil, de la soie, du drap et de la toile. 
18 Les modistes ont du velours, mais elles n'ont pas de 
drap. 19 Les marchands ont de bon drap de belle 
mousseline et de la soie verte. 

Exercise 48. 

1 Have the ladies good velvet ? 2 The tailor's 
workmen have good velvet. 3 Have you seen the 



84 fasquelle's introductory 

tailor's sisters ? 4 I have seen the lady's sisters, 
where are they ? 5 They are in my brother's fields. 
6 Have the ladies black silk ? 7 -They have no black 
silk, they have green silk. 8 Are the ladies cold? 
9 The ladies are not cold, they are warm. 10 Are the 
farmers right or wrong? 11 The farmers are right, 
they are not wrong. 12 Where are the young ladies? 
13 Are they not in their governess's room? 14 Xo, 
madam, they are not in her room. 15 Have the mer- 
chants handsome muslin ? 16 They have no muslin. 
17 What have they? 18 They have good cloth, good 
thread, and good velvet. 19 Have you a handsome 
library? 20 No, sir, we have no library. 21 The 
books of your library are her<\ 22 Are the gentlemen 
cold ? 23 No, sir, the gentlemen are not cold, they 
are warm. 24 Where has your brother put the letter ? 
25 He has put the letters in his room. 



LEQON XXVI. LESSON -XXVI. 

THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 

1. Nouns ending with au and eu, take x for the plural. 
Le marteau, the hammer. Lesmarteaux, the hammers. 
Le chapeau, the hat. Leschapeaux, the hats. 

Le neveu, the nephew. Les neveux, the nepheics. 
Le feu, the fire. Les feux, the fires. 

2. Nouns ending in aZ, generally form their plural 
in aux. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



85 



Le marechal, the black- Les rnarechaux, the black- 
smith, smiths. 
Le capital, the capital. Les capitaux, the capitals. 

3. Bijou, caillou, chou, genou, hibou,joujou, take a 
for the plural. 

Le bijou, the jewel. Les bijoux, the jewels. 

Le joujou, the plaything. Les joujoux, the playthings. 

4. Travail makes travaux, ciel makes cieux, and ceil 
makes yeux for the plural. 

Le travail, the work, Les travaux, the works. 
Le ciel, the heaven. Les cieux, the heavens. 
L'ceil, the eye. Les yeux, the eyes. 

For further rules and exceptions, see " Larger 
Course," pp. 47, 286 and 287. 

5. Des, of the, some, is the plural of da, cle la, de l\ 
Aux, at the, to the, is the plural of au, a la, a l\ 

They are placed before masculine or feminine nouns. 
Des livres, {some) books. Aux livres, to the books. 
Des amis, of the friends. Aux amis, to the friends. 
Des dames, (some) ladies. Aux dames, to the ladies. 
t Z3F* De les, a les, are never used. 



Model Sentences. 

Les dames ont-elles des cha- Have the ladies silk hats t 

peaux de soie ? 
Elles ont des manteaux de Tliey have velvet cloalcs. 

velours. 
Avez-vous des bijoux d'or ? Have you gold jewels ? 
Nous avons des joujoux de bois. We have wooden play-things. 



86 



FASQIELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



Les neveux ne sont pas ici. The nephews are not here. 
J'ai vu les yeux de la dame. I have seen the ladys eyes. 
Les freres des marechaux sont The blacksmiths' brothers are 

ici. here. 

Vous avez casse les manches You have broken the hammer- 

des marteaux. handles. 

Avez-vous apporte des mar- Have you brought wooden ham- 

teaux de bois ? mers f 

J'ai parle aux freres des dames. I have spoken to the ladies 1 

brothers. 



Vocabulary. 

Arsenal, m. Arsenal. Jete, Thrown. 

Beau, bel, Fine, hand- Joujou, m. Plaything. 



some. 
Bijou, m. Jewel. 
Caillou, ra. Pebble, stone. 
Castor, m. Beaver. 
Chambre, f. Room. 
Ciseaux, m. Scissors. 
Chapelier, m. Hatter. 
Donne, Given. 
Fait, Made. 
Garcon, m. Boy. 
General, m. General. 
Hopital, ra. Ilospitcd. 



Manteau, m. Cloak. 
Marechal, ra. Blacksmith. 
Marte.au, m. Hammer. 
Neveu, m. Nephew. 
CEil, ra. Eye. 
On, Where. 
Oublie, Forgotten. 
Parle, Spoken. 
Porte, Worn. 
Qui, Who. 
Vu, Seen. 
Yeux, m. Eyes. 



Give the above nQuns preceded by des (some, any). 

Exercise 49. 

1 Les tailleurs ont-ils des manteau x de soie ? 2 lis 
ont les manteaux des mar6chaux. 3 Avez-vous parle 



F K E X C II COUESE. 



87 



aux neveux des generaux ? 4 J'ai parle aux nieces 
des chapeliers. 5 Le chapelier a-t-il fait des chapeaux 
de soie ? 6 II a fait des chapeaux de soie et des cha- 
peaux de castor. 7 Les bijoux des dames sont-ils ici ? 
8 Les bijoux et les joujoux sont ici. 9 A qui avez- 
vous donne les marteaux ? 10 Nous avons donne les 
marteaux aux marechaux. 11 Avez-vous jete des 
cailloux ? 12 Xous avons jete des cailloux. 13 Avez- 
vous vu les neveux des generaux ? 1-4 J'ai vu les 
generaux. 15 Les dames ont-elles oublie les ciseaux? 
16 Elles ont donne les ciseaux aux tailleurs. 17 Avez- 
vous vu les hopitaux ? 18 Xous avons vu an hopital 
et un arsenal. 19 Mon frere a vu des hopitaux et des 
arsenaux. 20 New York a un bel arsenal. 



Exercise 50. 

1 Have we seen the tailor's cloaks ? 2 We have 
seen the cloaks. 3 Have the blacksmiths worn silk 
hats ? 4 They have worn beaver hats. 5 Have the 
generals seen the hospitals ? 6 They have seen the 
hospitals. 7 To whom have you spoken ? 8 We have 
spoken to the generals. 9 Have you not spoken to 
the ladies ? 10 We have not spoken to the ladies. 
11 To whom have you given the playthings? 12 We 
have given the playthings and the jewels to the ladies. 

13 Have the ladies' nephews thrown the pebbles? 

14 They have thrown the pebbles. 15 Where have 
you seen the ladies' scissors? 16 In their (leurs) 
nephews' rooms. 17 Has your brother seen the hos- 
pitals? 18 He has seen the hospitals and the arsenals. 



*38 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 

19 Have you not seen the children's eyes? 20 I have 
not seen the boy's eyes. 21 Where are the general's 
nephews? 22 Has the tailor made silk cloaks? 23 He 
has made cloth cloaks. 24 The hatter has made beaver 
hats. 25 My brother has not seen the hospital. 



LEgON XXVII. LESSON XXVII. 

THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 

1. We have seen, Lesson 22, that the adjective is 
put in the same gender and number as the noun to 
which it belongs ; an adjective belonging to a plural 
noun must therefore be put in the plural. 

2. All feminine adjectives add s for the plural. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

La belle dame. Les belles dames. 

The handsome lady. The handsome ladles. 

La robe noire. Les robes noires. 

The black dress. The black dresses. 

3. Masculine adjectives ending with 5 or a*, are not 
changed for the plural. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

TJn mauvais livre. Deux mauvais livres. 

A bad book. Ttco bad books. 

Un homme heureux. Des honimes heureux. 

A happy man. Happy men. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



89 



4. Other masculine adjectives (not ending with eau 
and at) take s for the plural. 



Le grand arbre. 
The large tree, 
Le jardin est petit. 
The garden is small. 



PLURAL. 



Les grands arbres. 
The large trees. 
Les jar dins sont petits. 
The gardens are small. 



Model Sentences. 

Avez-vous cueilli les belles Have you gathered the beautiful 

noisettes ? hazel-nuts f 

J'ai cueilli les gros abricots. I have picked the large apricots. 
Yotre sceur a les bonnes ai- Your sister has the good needles. 

guilles. 
Les enveloppes sont-elles trop Are the envelopes too small? 

petites ? 
Eiles sont trop etroites. They are too narrow. 

Avez-vous mange les mauvaises Have you eaten the bad apples f 

pommes? 
Les pommes ne sont pas mau- The apples are not bad. 

vaises. 
Les petites filles sont-elles heu- Are the little girls happy f 

reuses ? 
Elles sont tres malheureuses. They are very unhappy. 
Les enfants sont toujours heu- The children are always happy. 

reux. 
Les cerises sont-elles m fires ? Are the cherries ripe f 
Avez-vous vu les jolies tour- Have you seen the pretty doves ? 

terelles ? 

Vocabulary. 
Apporte, Brought. Blanc, White. 



Attentif, Attentive. 



Botte,/*. Boot. 



90 fasquelle's introductory 

Cordonnier, m. Shoemaker* Neuf, New. 
Decline, Tom. Petit, /Small, little. 

Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Poire, f. Pear. 
Excellent, Excellent. Pomme, f. Apple. 

Enveloppe, f. Envelope. Soulier, m. Shoe. 
Joli, Pretty. Studieux, Studious. 

Lecon, f. Pesson. Tiroir, m. Drawer. 

Mange, Eaten. Toujours, Always. 

Mauvais, Pad, poor. Tourterelle, f. Turtle-dove. 

Miir, Pupe. Ties, Very. 

Give the nouns with mow, ma, before them. 



Exercise 51. 

1 Les petites filles sont-elles jolies ? 2 Elles ne sont 
pas tres jolies. 3 Les jolies demoiselles sont stiulieuses. 
4 Sont-elles attentives a leurs leqons ? 5 Elles sont 
toujours attentives. 6 Avez-vous vu mes belles tour- 
terelles ? 7 J'ai vu les tourterelles blanches de votre 
soeur. 8 Ou sont les petites enveloppes ? 9 Dans les 
petits tiroirs de la table. 10 Ou avez-vous mis (put) 
les bottes neuves ? 11 Les bottes neuves sont dans 
votre charabre. 12 Le cordonnier a-t-il apporte les 
souliers neufs ? 13 II a apporte les souliers neufs. 
14 Les poires sont-elles mauvaises ? 15 Les poires 
sont excellentes. 16 Avez-vous dec-hire les belles enve- 
loppes ? 17 Jc n'ai pas dechire les belles enveloppes. 
18 Avez-vous mange les bonnes pommes ou Irs mau- 
vaises? 10 J'ai mange les mauvaises pommes. 



FRENCH COURSE. 91 

Exercise 52. 

1 Are the apples good ? 2 The apples are not very 
good. 3 They are not yet {encore) ripe. 4 Have you 
seen my brother's pretty turtle-doves ? 5 We have 
seen your pretty cousin's white turtle-doves. 6 Are 
those young ladies pretty ? 7 They are very pretty. 
8 Are they not very studious ? 9 They are very stu- 
dious and very happy. 10 Where have you put the 
ripe pears? 11 In my mother's room. 12 Have you 
eaten the good pears? 13 I have eaten the ripe pears. 
14 Are the pears very good, sir? 15 They are not very 
ripe. 16 Why (pourquoi) have you not eaten the large 
apples? 17 They are not good, sir. 18 Why have 
you torn the small envelopes ? 19 They were (etaient) 
too (trop) small, madam. 20 Where are the new 
shoes? 21 They are in your room. 22 Has the shoe- 
maker brought the new boots? 23 He has brought the 
new boots and the new shoes. 24 Are the turtle-doves 
very white ? 25 They are very white and very beautiful. 



LEgOX XXVIII. LESSOX XXVIII. 

THE PLURAL, C0XTINUED. 

1. Adjectives ending with eaa, add x for the plural 
masculine. 

6IXGULA/R. PLURAL. 

Le livre nouveau. Les livres nouveaux. 
The new book. The new books. 

Le beau cheval. Les beaux chevaux. 
The beautiful horse. The beautiful horses. 



02 fasquelle's introductory 

2. Many adjectives ending with a/, take aux for the 
plural masculine. 

Un officier general. Des officiers generaux. 

A general officer. General officers. 

3. An adjective belonging to two or more singular 
nouns is put in the plural. 

La rose et la peche sont The rose and peach are 

belles, beautiful. 

Le cheval et le chien sont The horse and dog are 

noirs, black. 

4. Should an adjective belong to a masculine noun 
and to one or more feminine nouns, it must be put in 
the masculine plural. 

Le gargon et la fille sont The boy and girl are good. 

bons, 
Le chat et la vache sont The cat and the cow are 

blancs, white. 

5. De is put instead of des (some, any) before a 
plural noun preceded by an adjective. 

Votre soeur a de bons Your sister has good boohs. 
livres, 

6. De is also put instead of des before a plural noun, 
after a negative verb. 

II n'a pas de cerises, He has no cherries. 

Model Sentences. 

Ou sont les beaux habits ? Where are the beautiful, clothes ? 

Vous n'avez pas de beaux habits. You have no beautiful clothes. 



FRENCH COURSE, 



93 



Nous n'avons pas de chevaux. 
Le gar 9 on et la fille sont at- 

tentifs. 
Les pommes sont-elles bonnes ? 
Les prunes et les cerises sont 

blanches. 
La peche et la prune sont 

jaunes. 
Le tailleur et la modiste sont 

adroits. 
Le chien et la vache sont noirs. 
Le garcon et la fille sont stu- 

dieux. 



We have no horses. 
The boy and girl are attentive. 

Are the apples good t 

The plums and cherries are white. 

Tlie peach and plum are yellow. 

Tlie tailor and milliner are skil- 
ful. 

The dog and cow are black. 
Tlie bog and girl are studious. 



Vocabulary. 



Apporte, Brought. 
Blanc, White. 
Cerisier, m. Cherry-tree. 
Certainement, Certainly. 
Chevre, f. Goat. 
Excellent, Excellent. 
General, General. 
Ileureux, Happy. 
Ici, Here. 

Industrieux, Industrious. 
Jaime, Yellow. 
Malheureux, Unhappy. 



March and, m. Merchant. 
Modiste, f. Milliner. 
Mouton, ra. Sheep. 
Noir, Black. 
Nouveau, New. 
Officier, m. Officer. 
Peche, f. Peach. 
Pommier, m. Apple-tree. 
Rouge, Red. 
Rose, f. Rose. 
Vache, f. Cow. 
Verger, m. Orchard. 



Put the article le, la, l\ before the nouns in the 
vocabulary. 



94 fasquelle's introductory 

Exercise 53. 

1 Ma sceur a apporte les livrea nouveaux. 2 Eile 
a des livres excellents. 3 Elle a de beaux cerisiers. 
4 Elle n'a pas de pomuriers. 5 Les officiers gen6raux 
sont-ilsici? 6 Les beaux clievaux sont noirs. 7 Les 
enfants sont-ils heureux? 8 Les petites filles ne sont 
pas heureuses. 9 Les petits gallons sont tres nial- 
heureux. 10 Les petits garqons et les petites filles 
sont tres heureux. 11 Votre belle chevre est-elle 
blanche? 12 Ma chevre et mon mouton sont blancs. 
13 Les moutons de mon cousin sont-ils beaux ? 14 Ses 
vaches et' ses moutons sont tres beaux. 15 Avez-vous 
des cerises blanches dans votre verger? 16 Nous 
n'avons pas de cerises blanches. 17 Nous avons des 
cerises noires et des cerises rouges. 18 Le marchand 
est-il heureux? 19 Le marchand et la modiste sont in- 
dustrieux. 20 Ont-ils raison ou tort ? 21 lis out rai- 
son, certainement. 

Exercise 54. 

1 Where are the beautiful apples? 2 I have no beau- 
tiful apples. 3 Your brother has no apples. 4 Has 
the merchant fine apple-trees ?.* 5 He has no apple- 
trees. 6 He has excellent cherry-trees. 7 Are your 
(vos) sisters happy ? 8 They are very happy. 9 My 
brother and (my) sister are happy. 10 Is the milliner 
industrious? 11 She is very industrious. 12 Her 
brother and she are industrious. 1 3 Are your brother's 
sheep white? 14 No, sir, they are black. 15 lie has 



PEENCH COUESE. 95 

no white sheep. 16 Is your goat black or white? 
17 My goat and (my) sheep are white. 18 Have you 
black cherries in your orchard? 19 I have fine black 
cherries, 20 I have no white cherries. 21 Have you 
new books? 22 I have new books. 23 Are the general 
officers in your room ? 24 The general officer is in my 
room. 25 Are the rose and the peach beautiful ? 
26 They are very beautiful. 



LEgOX XXIX. LESSON XXIX. 

THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 

AND PRONOUNS. 

L.Mes, my, is the plural of mon, ma. 

Tes, thy, " " " ton, ta. 

Ses, his, her, " " " son, sa. 

Xos, our, " " " notre. 

Yos, your, " " " voire. 

Leurs, their, " " " leur. 

The above words are put before plural nouns of either 
gender, and must be repeated before every noun. 

Mes amis, ses amis, leurs Jfy friends, his or her 
amis, friends, their friends. 

2. Les miens, mine, is the plural of le mien. 
Les tiexs, thine, " " " le tien. 

Les siexs, his, Iters, " " " le sien. 



96 fasquelle's introductory 

These pronouns refer to masculine nouns preceding 
in the same or in another sentence. 

Mes enfants et les siens, 3fy children and his. 

3. Les miennes, mine, is the plural of la mienne. 
Les tiennes, thine, " " " la tienne. 
Les siennes, his, hers, " u " la sienne. 

The above pronouns relate to feminine nouns. 

Vos soeurs et les miennes, Your sisters and mine. 

4. Les notres, ours, is the plural of le notre, la not re. 
Les votres, yours, " " " le votre, la votre. 
Les leurs, theirs, " " " le leur, la leur. 

These pronouns relate to plural nouns of either 
gender. 

Vos neveux et les notres, Your nephews and ours. 

Model Sentences, 

Mes fleurs et les siennes. My flowers and his or hers. 

Ses tulipes et les miennes, His or her tulips and mine. 

Ma place et la votre. My place and yours. 

Les montres de l'horloger et The watchmaker's watches and 

les votres. yours. 

Sa patrie et la mienne. His or her native country and 

mine. 
ISTos miroirs et les siens. Our looking glasses and his or 

hers. 
Votre miroir et le sien. Your looking glass and his or 

hers. 
Avez-vons apporte ma lettre? Have you hrought my left* 
Je n'ai pas apporte la votre. I hare not brought yours. 
Vos cousines et les notnss. Your cousins and ours. 



FRENCH COURSE. 
V O CABULAEY. 



97 



Blanc, White. 
Cerisier, m. Cherry-tree. 
Double, Double. 
Fleur, f. Floioer. 
Gant, m. Glove. 
Giroflee, f. Gilly -flower. 
Grand, Large. 
Habit, m. Coat. 
Indulgent, Indulgent. 
Jardin, m. Garden. 
Jaune, Yellow. 
Lis, m. Lily. 



Mou choir, m. Handkerchief. 

Neuf, New. 

(Eillet, m. Pink. 

On, Where. 

Parterre, m. Floioer- gar den. 

Poirier, m. Pear-tree. 

Pommier, m. Apple-tree. 

Prunier, m. Plum-tree. 

Rose, f. Pose. 

Rouge, Red. 

Simple, Single. 

Tulipe, f. Tulip. 



Put the article des or les before the nouns. 



Exercise 55. 

1 Les tulipes de votre frere sont-elles doubles ? 
2 Les siennes ne sont pas doubles. 3 Les miennes 
sont simples. 4 Vos ceillets sont-ils rouges ou blancs ? 
5 Les miens sont blancs, les votres sont rouges. 6 Ou 
sont vos lis et les^siens ? 7 Les siens sont dans le par- 
terre. 8 Les notres sont dans le grand jardin. 9 Votre 
amie a-t-elle de belles giroflees? 10 Ses giroflees sont 
rouges et les miennes blanches. 1 1 Leurs lis sont-ils blancs 
ou jauncs? 12 Les leurs sont blancs. 13 Les miens 
ne sont' pas jaune 8. 14 Mes roses sont' rouges et les 
votres sont blanches. 15 Mes poiriers, mes cerisiers, 
et mes pruniers sont en fleurs (in the blow). 16 Les 



P8 FAS< 

miens, les votres, et les siens ne sont pas en fleurs. 
17 Ses habits, ses gants, ses mouchoirs ne sont pa* 
neuls. 18 Les votres, les siens, et les miens sont neufs. 
19 Mon pere et ma mere sont indulgents. 



Exercise 58. 

1 Has your sister my beautiful flowers ? 2 She has 
hers, mine, and yours. 3 Are your cherry-trees in 
the blow? 4 Mine are not in the blow. 5 Yours are 
in the blow. 6 Has not your cousin handsome roses ? 
7 Her roses are not handsome. 8 Mine are red and 
very handsome. 9 Are your coats and handkerchiefs 
new? 10 My gloves and handkerchiefs are new. 

11 Mine are not new, but (rnais) they are good. 

12 Mine, yours, and hers are white. 13 Have they 
lilies in their flower-garden ? 14 They have lilies and 
roses in theirs. 15 I have beautiful yellow tulips in 
mine. 16 My tulips are single and yours are double. 
17 Mine are not very beautiful. 18 My father and 
(my) mother are in the flower garden. 19 My cherry- 
trees and (my) apple-trees are in the blow. 20 Are 
your gilly-flowers double, sir? 21 Mine are not double, 
sir. 22 Where are your new gloves? 23 Mine, yours, 
and hers are here. 24 Your lily is white, but mine is 
yellow. 25 My brothers and my sisters are not in my 
garden. 26 My roses are yellow and yours are red. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



99 



LEgOX XXX. LESSON XXX. 

THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. — DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES 
AND PRONOUNS. 

1. Ces, these, those, is the plural of ce, cet, cette. 

It is put before plural nouns, either masculine or 
feminine, and is repeated before every noun. 
Ces homines et ces femrnes. TJiose men and (those) 

women. 
Ces chevaux et ces vaches. These horses and (these) 

cows. 

2. Ceux, those, is the plural ofcelui. 
It refers to nouns masculine plural. 

Ces tapis et ceux de votre These carpets and your 
soeur. sister'' s. 

Literally : These carpets and those of your sister. 

3. Celles, those, is the plural of celle. 

It relates to nouns in the plural feminine. 
Ces maisons et celles de These houses and our 
notre oncle. uncle's. 

Literally : These houses and those of our uncle. 

4. Ceux-ci, these, is the plural of celui-ci, this one. 
Ceux-la, those, " " " celui-la, that one. 

These words relate to nouns in the plural masculine. 
Quels tapis avez-vous ? What or which carpets have 

you ? 
J'ai ceux-ci et ceux-la. I have these and those. 









100 fasquelle's introductory 

5. Celles-ci, these, is the plural of celle-ci, this one. 
Celles-la, those, " " " celle ld 9 that one. 

These pronouns refer to plural nouns in the fem- 
inine. 
^Queues demoiselles sont What or which young 

studieuses ? ladies are studious ? 

Celles-ci et celles-la. These and those. 

Model Sentences. 

Ces livres sont-ils interessants ? Are those boohs interesting ? 
Ceux de moil frere sont amu- My brother's are amusing. 

sants. 
Ces robes sont-elles a la mode ? Are those dresses fashionable ? 
Celles de ma soeur sont a la My sister s are fashionable ? 

mode. 
Avez-vous vu mes sceurs et Have you seen my sisters and 

celles de votre ami ? your friend's (those of your 

friend) ? 
J'ai vu celles de votre ami. I have seen your friend's. 

Ces chevaux et ces vaches sont Those horses and (those) cows are 

beaux. beautiful. 

Ces tapis sont-ils neufs ? Are these carpets new? 

Quelles ardoises avez-vous? What or which slates have you? 

Vocabulary. 

Aiguise, Sharpened. Carte, f. Map. 

Assiette, f. Plate. Casse, Broken. 

Blanc, Clean, white. Chandelle, f. Candle. 

Bougie, f. Wax-light* Commode, f. Bureau. 

Brave, Brave. Cuisiuier, m. Cook. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



101 



Epicier, m. Grocer. 

Glace, f. Looking-glass. 

Haut, Sigh. 

Matelot, m. Sailor. 

Mauvais, Bad, poor. 

Meilleur, Better. 

Mo u choir, m. Handker- 
chief. 

Perruquier, m. Hair 
dresser. 



Petit, Little, small. 
Quel, Which) what. 

Rasoir, m. Razor. 
Sale, Soiled, dirty. 
Serviette, f. Dinner-napkin. 
Soldat, m. Soldier. 
Suif, m. Tallow. 
Sur, Upon, on. 
Tiroir, m. Drawer. 
Trop, Too, too much. 



Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce, cet, or 
cette before them. 






Exercise 57, 

1 Mes cartes et les votres sont-elles grandes ? 
2 Les miennes sont tres grandes. 3 Celles de votro 
soeur sont petites. 4 Ces commodes ne sont pas belles, 
5 Celle de notre epicier est trop haute. 6 Avez' 
vous casse les glaces de ma soeur? 7 J'ai casse celles 
de votre cousine. 8 Nos serviettes sont-elles sales ? 
9 Celle de mon frere est blanche. 10 La inienne n'est 
pas blanche. 11 Celles de notre cuisiniers sont dans 
le tiroir. 12 Avez-vous aiguise les rasoirs ? 13 J'ai 
aigui>;e ceux-ci et ceux-la. 14 Je n'ai pas aiguise ceux 
du perruquier. 15 Ces soldats sont-ils braves ? 16 Ces 
soldats et ces matelots sont tres braves. 17 Ces chan- 
delles et ces bougies sont mauvaiscs. 18 Celles de 
l'epicier sont mauvaises. 19 Ces assiettes sont belles, 
maia celles-lu sont meilleures. 



102 fasquelle's introductory 

Exercise 58. 

1 Is your bureau too large ? 2 My bureau is too 
small.' 3 My sister's is too small, and your brother's 
is too high. 4 Where are your maps ? 5 Mine are 
in my room. 6 Your brother's are upon the small 
bureau. 7 Are our dinner-napkins clean ? 8 Your 
brother's are dirty. 9 My handkerchiefs are clean. 
10 My brother's and sister's are clean. (Those of ray 
"brother and those of my sister). 11 Has the hair- 
dresser sharpened my razors ? 12 He has not sharpened 
mine. 13 He has* sharpened my brother's and my 
cousin's./ 14 Are your wax-lights good? 15 Mine 
are not good, but my brother's are good. 1G Those 
looking-glasses are small. 17 The grocer's are too 
large. 18 Are those sailors and {those) soldier's 
brave? 19 These are brave. 20 Are those handker- 
chiefs and napkins clean ? 21 These are clean. 
22 Those are not clean. 23 What candles have you ? 
24 I have "tallow candles and wax-lights. 25 Those 
wax-lights and your friends'. 26 Mine, yours, and 
your cousin's. 



LEgON XXXI. LESSON XXXI 

CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 

1. There are in French four classes or conjugations 
of verbs. They arc distinguished by the endings of 
their infinitives or names. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



103 



1st. 2d. 3d, 4th. 

ER, IR, OIR, RE. 

Donn-er, to give. Pun-ir, to punish. Dev-oir, to owe, Vend-re, to sell. 

2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
of the regular verbs of the first conjugation are : e, es, 
e, ons, ez, ent. 



3. Present of the Indicative of 
Pret-er, to lend. 



Je pret-e, 

Tu pret-es, 
II pret-e, 
Elle pret-e, 
Nous pret-ons, 
Vous pret-ez, 
lis pret-ent, 
Elles pret-ent, 



I lend, I do lend, or 

I am lending. 
TIxou lendest. 
He lends. 
She lends. 
We lend. 
You lend. 
Tliey (m.) lend. 
They (£) lend. 



Je donn-e, 

Tu donn-es, 
II donn-e, 
Elle donn-e, 
Nous donn-ons, 
Vous donn-ez, 
lis donn-ent, 
Elles donn-ent, 



DONN-ER, TO GIVE. 

I give, I do give, or 

I am giving. 
Thou givest. 
He gives. 
She gives. 
We give. 
You give. 
They (m.) give. 
They (f.) give. 



104 fasquelle's introductory 

Cherch-er, to seek, to look for. 

Je cberch-e, 1 look for. 

Tu cherch-es, Thou seekest. 

II cherch-e, He looks for. 

Elle cherch-e, She looks for. 
Nous cherch-ons, We seek. 

Vous ehereh-ez, You look for. 

lis cherch-ent, They (m.) seek. 

Elles cherch-ent, They (f.) look for. 

Demand-er, to ask, to ask fob, to request. 

Je demand-e, I ask for. 

Tu demand-es, Thou askest for. 

II demand-e, He asks for. 

Elle demand-e, She asks for. , 

Nous demand-ons, We ask for. 

Vous demand-ez, You ask for. 

lis demand-eiit, They (m.) ask for. 

Elles demand-ent, They (f.) ask for. 

4. As will be seen above, Je prete, Je donne, &c, 
mean Z ?e?ic?, cfo lend, or am lending / 1 give, do 
give, or am giving. These expressions, and similar 
ones, can only be exi3ressed in French by the present 
of the indicative. 

Model Sentences. 

Je donne un livre a ma soeur. I give a book to my sister. 
Vous pretez le couteau a mon You lend the knife to my brother. 

frere. 
Elle cherche la clef do sa- She hols for the key of her room. 

chambre. 



FEENCH COURSE. 



105 



H demande une pomme. 
Xous demandons notre cousine. 

Yous cherchez leur soeur. 
Ma soear chercbe son amie. 
Xous pre tons notre argent. 
«Te demande des fraises. 
Elles donnent des noix. 



He is asking for an apple. 

Y\ T e (ask) are asking for our 

cousin. 
You look for or seek their sister. 
My sister looks for her friend. 
We lend our money. 
I am asking for strawberries. 
They give nuts. 



Vocabulary, 



Argent, m. Money. 
Avoine, f. Oats. 
Chaise, f. Chair. 
Cheval, m. Horse. 
Couteau, m. Knife. 
Cuisiniere, f. Cook. 
Domestique, m. Servant. 
Foin, m. Hay. 
Fourchette, f. Fork. 
Grand, Large. 
Oncle, m. Uncle. 
Marechal, m. Blacksmith. 



Panier, m. Basket. 
Papier, m. Paper. 
Parapluie, m. Umbrella. 
Parasol, m. Parasol. 
Pauvre, Poor. 
Petit, Small, little. 
Plume, f. Pen. 
Soie, f. Silk. 
Tante, f. Aunt. 
The, m. Tea. 
Velours, m. Velvet. 
Volatile, f. Poultry. 









Give the nouns with le, la, or V before them. 



Exercise 59. 

1 Je prete mon parapluie. 2 Ma soeur prete son 
parasol. 3 Xous demandons notre argent. 4 Nous 
donnons une chaise a la pauvre femrae. 5 Vous donnez 
le velours de soie. 6 Xous cherehons du the. 7 Xous 

5* 



106 fasquelle's introductory 

demandons de bon the. 8 Ma soeur demande de la 
volaille. 9 La euisiniere cherche de bonne volatile. 
10 Elle demande mon cousin. 11 Je donne un grand 
panier au garcon. 12 Vous donnez un petit panier a 
la demoiselle. 13 Vous cherchez mon fiere et ma 
soeur. 14 Vous demandez mes oncles et mes tantes. 
15 Je donne de l'argent aux marechaux. 16 Le 
domestique donne de l'avoine aux chevaux. 17 Je 
cherche mes couteaux et mes fourchettes. 18 Ma 
mere demande les grands couteaux et les grandes 
fourchettes. 19 Je demande mon papier et ma plume. 

Exercise 60. 

1 I ask for my umbrella. 2 You lend your books 
to my sister. 3 We ask for our large silk parasol. 
4 You ask for my mother. 5 My cousin asks for my 
father. 6 We ask for our father and (our) mother. 
7 We give good paper to your sister. 8 Your servant 
gives oats to the horse. 9 He gives hay to the horse. 
10 You lend money to the poor woman. 11 You give 
. a chair to my uncle. 12 I look for my uncle and (my) 
aunt. 13 The cook asks for good poultry. 14 She 
looks for poultry. 15 The servant gives money to the 
blacksmith. 16 The blacksmiths look for the horses. 
17 1 give a knife and (a) fork to the cook. 18 I look 
for the large knives and (for the large) forks. 19 You 
are looking for tea. 20 We are looking for good tea. 
21 I am asking for my brother and (my) sister. 22 I 
am looking for my knives and (un/) forks. 28 My 
sister gives poultry to the poor woman. 24 I look for 



FEEXCH COURSE. 



107 



the large basket. 25 They lend their money to our 
friends. 



LEQOX XXXII. LESSOR XXXII. 



VERBS OF FIRST CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.- 
GATIVE FORM. 



-INTERRO- 



1. Present of the Indicative of Preter, Donner, 
Chercher, Demander, interrogatively. 

Do I lend? or 



Est-ce que je prete ? j 

Pretes-tu ? 
Prete-t-ii ? 
Prete-t-elle ? 
Pretons-nous ? 
Pretez-vous ? 
Pretent-ils ? 
Pretent-elles ? 



Est-ce que je donne? 

Donnes-tu ? 
Donne-t-il ? 
Donne-t-elle? 
Donnons-nous ? 
Donnez-vous ? 
Donnent-ils ? 
Donnent-elles ? 



am I lending ? 
Dost thou lend? 
Does he lend? 
Does she lend? 
Do ice lend? 
Do you lend ? 
Do they (m.) lend? 
Do they (f.) lend? 



j Do I give ? or 
( am I giving ? 

Dost thou give ? 

Does he give ? 

Does she give ? 

Do ice give ? 

Do you 'give ? 

Do they (m.) give ? 

Do they (f.) give ? 



108 FiSQUELLE's INTRODUCTOKT 

Est-ce que je cherche ? Do I look for ? or seek? 

Cherches-tu ? Dost thou seek ? 

Cherche-t-il ? Does he look for ? 

Cherche-t-elle ? Does she look for ? 

Cherchons-nous ? Do we look for ? 

Cherchez-vous ? Are you looking for ? 

Cherchent-ils ? Do they (m.) look for ? 

Cherchent-elles ? Are they (f.) looking for ? 

Est-ce que je clemande ? Do I ask for ? 

Demandes-tu ? Art thou asking for ? 

D eman de-t-il ? Is he asking for ? 

Demaude-t-elle ? Does she ask for ? 

De man dons-nous ? Do we ask for ? 

Demand ez-vous ? Are you asking for ? 

Demandent-ils ? Do they (m.) ask for ? 

Demandent-elles ? Are they (f.) asking for ? 

2. In conversation, the French use est-ce que before 
the first person of the verb when asking a question. 
See Larger Course, L. 25, R. 1, 2, 3, 4. 

Est-ce que je demande Am I asking for your 

votre fiere ? brother ? 

Est-ce que je cherche mon Do Hook for my book? 

livre ? 

Literally : 7"s it that I ask for my brother ? Is it 
that lam looking for my book? 

3. Est-ce que may also be used with the other persons. 
Esi-ce qu'il prete fin livre? Is he lending a book ? 
Est-ce que nous donnons Do ice give money ? 

de l'areent ? 



FRENCH COURSE, 



109 



Model Sentences. 



Qu'est-ce que je cherche ? 
Que demandez-vous ? ) 

Qu'est-ce que vous demandez? J 
Demandons-nous de l'argent? \ 
Est-ee que nous deinandons l 
de l'argent ? ) 

Cherchez-vous votre frere ? 
Est-ce que vous cherchez votre 
frere ? 

Pretez-vous tout votre papier ? \ 
Est-ce que vous pretez tout > 
votre papier ? ) 

Quel livre cherchez-vous ? 



WJiat am I looking for % 
( What do you ash for f or 
( WJiat are you asking for f 

\ Are we asking for money ? or 
J Do we ask for money f 

f Do you look for your broth- 
er f or 
Are you looking for your 
(^ brother f 

\ Do you lend all your paper? or 
) Are you lending ally our paper f 

What book do you seek? or 
are you looking for f 



Vocabulary. 



Armoire, f. Cupboard. 
Botte, f. Boot. 
Bouilli, m. Boiled meat. 
Canif, m. Penknife. 
Canne, f. Cane. 
Clef, f. Key. 
Cuisiniere, f. Cook. 
Dejeuner, m. Breakfast. 
Diner, m. Dinner. 
Enfant, m. Child. 
Gant, m. Glove. 
Garqon, ra. Boy. 



Jarabon, m. Ham. 
Lampe, f. Lamp. 
Legume, ra. Vegetable. 
Mi el, m. Honey. 
Plume, f. Pen. 
Poisson, m. Fish. 
Que, What. 
Qui, Whom. 
Roti, m. Boast meat. 
Salad e, f. Salad. 
Salon, m. Parlor. 
Soupe, f. Soup. 



Put the word notre or votre before the nouns 



110 fasquelle's introductory 

Exercise 61. 

1 Qu'est-ce que vous cherchez ? 2 Je cherche votre 
plume et la mienne. 3 Que demaudez-vous mon ami ? 
4 Je demande mon frere ; est-il ici ? 5 Pietez-vous 
votre livre ? 6 Je prete mon livre et celui de mon 
cousine. 7 Est-ce que vous pretez vos gants ? 8 Je 
prete ceux de ma mere. 9 Cherchez-vous la clef de 
I'armoire ? 10 Nous cherchons celle du salon. 11 Que 
demandez-vous ? 12 Nous demandons notre lampe. 
13 Votre frere demande-t-il sacanne? 14 II demande 
sa canne et ses bottes. 15 La cuisiniere cherche-t-elle 
du poisson ? 1 6 Elle cherche du poisson pour le de- 
jeuner. 17 Demandez-vous du miel ? 18 Nous ne 
demandons pas de miel. 19 Donnez-vous du bouilli ou 
du jambon a l'enfant? 20 Je donne du roti a 1' enfant 
et de la soupe au petit garcon. 

Exercise 62. 

1 Whom are you asking for ? 2 I ask for my cousin. 
3 Does your brother ask for his penknife ? 4 He asks 
for Ins penknife and his pen. 5 Why do you lend your 
umbrella ? 6 My cousin has no umbrella. 7 Are you 
looking for your gloves ? 8 We are looking for our 
gloves and my brother's. 9 Do you give honey to the 
little child? 10 We give boiled meat and roast meat 
to fhe little boy. 11 What do you ask for (pour) your 
breakfast? 12 We ask for fish. 13 Does the cook 
look for fish ? 14 She is looking for fish. 15 Your 
sister looks for salad. 1G Do you lend your penknife 



FRENCH COURSE. Ill 

to the little boy? 17 Tour brother is asking for his 
books. 18 We are asking for our boots. 19 Are we 
asking for honey ? 20 To (a) whom do you lend 
money ? 21 Are you asking for roast meat ? 22 We 
ask for boiled meat. 23 We are looking for vegetables. 
24 Are you looking for your lamp ? 



LEQOX XXXIII. LESSOR XXXIII. 

verbs of first conjugation, continued. negative, 

and negative and interrogative form. 

1. Indicative of Chercher and Demander con- 
jugated : 

NEGATIVELY. 

Je ne cherche pas. Jam not seeking. 

Tu ne cherches pas. Thou art not looking for. 

II ne cherche pas. He is not seeking. 

Elle ne cherche pas. She is not looking for. 

Xous ne cherchons pas. We are not seeking. 

Vous ne cherchez pas. You do not look for. 

lis ne cherchent pas. They (m.) do not look for. 

Elles ne cherchent pas. They (f.) do not look for. 

Je ne demande pas. I do not ask for. 

Tu ne demandes pas. Thou art not asking for. 

II ne demande pas. lie does not ask for. 

Elle ne demande pas. She does not ask for. 

Xous ne demandons pas. We are not asking for. 

Vous ne demandez pas. You do not ask for. 

lis ne demandent pas. Tliey (m.) do 'not ask for. 

Elle ne demandent pas. They (f.) do not ask for. 



112 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 

INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY. 

Est-ce que je ne cherche Do I not look for f 

pas ? 

Ne cherches-tu pas ? Dost thou not see/c ? 

Ne cherche-t-il pas ? Does he not look for ? 

Ne cherche-t-elle pas ? Does she not look for ? 

Ne cherchons-nous pas ? Are we not looking for? 

Ne cherchez-vous pas ? Are you not looking for ? 

Ne cherchent-ils pas? Do they (m.) not seek? 

Ne cherchent-elles pas ? Do they (f.) not look for ? 

Est-ce que je ne demancle Do I not ask for ? 

pas ? 

Ne demandes-tu pas ? Dost thou not ask for ? 

Ne demande-t-il pas ? Does he not ask for ? 

Ne demande-t-elle pas ? Does she not ask for? 

Ne deman dons-no us pas ? Are ice not asking for ? 

Ne deman dez-vous pas ? Do you not ask for ? 

Ne demandent-ils pas? Do they (in.) not ask for? 

Ne dernandent-elles pas? Do they (f.) not ask for? 

2. Like the models given in the last and in the 
present lessons, are formed generally the verbs ending 
with er, such as : 

Montr-er, to show. Plant-er, to plant 

Trouv-er, to find. Parl-er, to speak. 

Port-er, to carry. Desir-er, to desire, to wish 

Aim-er, to like. Coup-er, to cut. 

Model Sentences. 

Ne cherchez-vous pas dcs fleurs ? Are you not looking for flowers t 
Nous ne cherchons pus de Hours. We arc not seeking for flox 



FRENCH COURSE. 113 

Que montrez-vous a votre What do you show to your 

ecolier ? pupil 3 

Je ne ruontre rien. I do not show anything. 

Plantez-vous des rosiers ? Do you plant rose-bushes? 

N'aimez-vous pas le mouton? Do you not like (the) mutton? 
. ±$e parlez-vous pas franc ais ? Do you not speak French ? 
Comment trouvez-vous ce gar- How do you find (like) this cake ? 

teau ?* 
Nous trouvons ces peches tres ) We find these peaches very good. 

bonnes ) We like these peaches very much. 

Vocabulary. 

Allemand, ra. German. Jardinier, ra. Gardener. 

Anglais, ra. English. Mauvais, Bad. 

Boeuf, ra. Beef. Monde (tout \e), Everybody. 
Chevre-feuille, m. Honey- Moiitrer, To show. 

suckle. Mouton, m. Mutton. 

Desirer, To desire. CEillet, m. Pink. 

Done, Then. Orrae, m. Elm-tree. 

Erable, m. Maple-tree. Parler, To speak. ' 

Espagnol, ra. /Spanish. Parent, Relation. 

Fleur, f. Flower. Personne, Nobody. 

Franc, ais, ra. French. Poramier, m. Apple-tree. 

Italien, m. Italian. Salade, f. Salad. 

Jardin, ra. Garden. Tulipe, f. Tulip. 

Give the nouns with the words mon or ma before them. 

* After the word comment, how, and in some other cases, the 
French use the verb trouver, instead of aimer, to like: 
Comment trouvez-vous ce mouton? How do you like {find) this mutton? 

_ , . „ . ) I like it very much. 

Je le trouve excellent. J- _ . 7 ., _ , 

) J find it excellent. 

8 



114 fasquelle's inteoducioki 
exeecise 63. 

1 Ne desirez-vous pas des fleurs ? 2 Nous desirons 
du chevre-feuille. 3' Que montrez-vous au jardinier ? 
4 Nous montrons au jardinier de belles tulipes et de 
beaux ceillets. 5 Aimez-vous la salade ? 6 J'aime la 
salade. 7 Trouvez-vous cette salade bonne ? 8 Nous 
ne la trouvons pas bonne. 9 Ne la trouvez-vous pas 
bien tendre ? 10 Nous la trouvons tres mauvaise. 
11 Ne plantez-vous pas des ormes ? 12 Nous ne 
plantons pas d'ormes. 13 Que plantez-vous done? 
14 Je pi ante des e rabies et de beaux pommiers. 15 A 
qui parlez-vous ? 16 Je ne parle a personne. 17 Est- 
ce que je n'airae pas mes parents? 18 Vous aimez 
tout le monde. 19 Nous airaons les grands jardins et 
les belles fleurs. 20 Notre cousine parle anglais, 
francais, allemand, espagnol, et italien. 

EXEECISE 64. 

1 Do you speak French, my child ? 2 No, sir, I do 
not speak French. 3 Does that young lady speak 
English ? 4 She does not speak English, but she speaks 
German. 5 Does not your relation speak German ? 
6 My relation does not speak German. 7 We speak 
Spanish, Italian, French, and English. 8 Are you 
looking for flowers ? 9 We are not looking for flowers. 
10 Do I ask for the gardener? 11 You do not ask 
for any body. 12 Do you like beef? 13' We like (the) 
beef and (the) mutton. 14 'How do you like this mut- 
ton ? 15 I like it very much. (I find It very good.) 



FRENCH COURSE. 115^ 

16 What do you find ? 17 We find flowers and trees. 
18 Do you like those peaches? (Do you find those 
peaches good?) 19 I like these peaches very much. 
{I find these peaches very good.) 20 Are we not look- 
ing for the gardener? 21 We are looking for him. 
22 What do you plant ? 23 You plant elms and maple 
trees. 24 What do we show to the gardener? 25 We 
show to the gardener the beautiful apple-trees. 



LEQOK XXXIV. LESSON XXXIV. 

IRREGULAR VERBS. ALLER ; TO GO. 

1. There are verbs, in the several conjugations, which 
do not, in all their tenses, end like the model verb of 
the conjugation to which th«y belong', they are there- 
fore called irregular verbs. 

For a complete list of these, see Larger Course, page 
356 and following. 

For the peculiarities of some verbs of the first conju- 
gation, see page 336 of the same book. 

2. The only verb of the first conjugation which is 
irregular in the present of the indicative, is Aller, 
to GO. 

3. Present of the Indicative of Aller, to go. 





AFFIUMATIVELY. 


Je vais. 


I go or I am going \ 


Tu vas. 


Thou art going. 


11 va. 


lie is going. 


Elle va 


She is going. 



116 FASQUELLE's INTEODUC10ET 

Nous allons. We go or are going. 

Vous allez. You go or are going. 

lis vont. They go or are going. 

INTERROGATIVELY. 

Est-ce que je vais ? Am I going ? 

Vas-tu ? Art thou going ? 

Va-t-il ? Is he going ? 

Va-t-elle ? Does she go ? 

Allons-nous ? Do we go ? 

Allez-vous ? Are you going ? 

Vont-ils ? Are they going ? 

4. The following irregular verbs of the second con- 
jugation take, in the present of the indicative, the ter- 
minations of the first : 

Couvrir, to cover. Offrir, to offer. 

Cueillir, to gather, to pick. Ouvrir, to open. 

Decouvrir, to uncover, to discover. Recueillir, to collect. 

5. Present of the Indicative of Offrir and 
Cueillir. 

J'offr-e. I offer. 

Tu offr-es. Thou offerest. 

II offr-e. He offers. 

Elle offr-e. She offers. 

Nous offr-ons. We offer. 

Vous offr-ez. You offer. 

lis offr-ent. They offer. 

Je cueill-e. I gather or pick. 

Tu cueill-es. Thou gatherest. 

II cueill-e. He gathers. 

Elle cueill-e. She gathers. 



FRENCH COUKSE. 117 

Nous cueill-ons. We gather. 

Vous cueill-ez. You gather. 

lis cueill-ent. They gather. 

Model Sentences. 

A qui offrez-vous des fleurs ? To whom do you offer flowers ? 

J'offre des fleurs a mes amis. I offer flowers to my friends. 

Est-ce que j'offre de l'argent ? Do I offer money f 

Pourquoi ouvrez-vouslaporte? Wliy do you open the door? 

Nous cueillons de bonnes peches. We pick good peaches. 

Nous allons a Rome. We are going to Rome. 

Nous allons a Turin et a Rome. We are going to Turin and to 

Rome. 

Oj allez-vous ce matin ? Where are you going this morn- 

ing ? 

Je vais a Londres. I am going to London. 

Est-ce que je vais a New York ? Am I going to New York f 

Vocabulary. 

Aller, To go. Offi-ir, To offer. 

Annee, f. Year. Orpheline, f. Orphan. 

Bruxelles, Brussels. Ouvrir, To open. 

Couvrir, To cover. Parceque, Because. 

Cueillir, To gather, to pick. Pourquoi, Why. 

Enfant, m. Child. Pauvre, Poor. 

Gateau, m. Cake. Pen, Little. 

Lentement, Slowly. Porte, f. Boor., 

Matin, m. Morning. Prochain, Next* 

Mendiant, Beggar. Quand, When. 

Maison (a la), At home. Rue, f. Street. 

Maison, f. House. Seraaine, f. Week. 



118 fasquelle's introductory 

Toujour*, Always. Viande, f. Meat. 

Trop, Too^ too much. Vite, Quick. 

Exercise 65. 

1 Ou allez-vous mon enfant ? 2 Je vais a la maison. 
3 Votre frere va-t-il a Paris l'annee procbaine ? 4 Xous 
allons a Paris et a Bruxelles. 5 Qu'offrez-vous a ce 
pauvre mendtant? 6 Je lui offre du pain et de la 
viande. 7 Est-ce que je cueille de belles fleurs ? 
8 Vous cueillez de tres belles ileurs. 9 Pourquoi 
ouvrez-vous la porte ? 10 Parceque je vais dans {into) 
la rue. 11 N'allez-vous pas trop vite? 12 Xous 
allons trop lentement. 13 Xous offrons du gateau a 
notre ami. 14 Est-ce que j'offre trop pen? 15 Yous 
n'offrez pas trop pen. 16 Couvrez-vous votre livre? 
17 Je couvre toujours mes livres. 18 Quand allez- 
voua a Turin? 19 Xous allons a Turin la semaine 
prochaine. 20 J'orlre de 1'argent et des fleurs a cette 
pauvre orpheline. 

Exercise 66. 

1 Where do we go next week ? 2 Xext week we 
are going to New York. 3 Why do you offer flowers 
to that poor orphan? 4 Why do you offer money to 
the beggar? 5 AV<j pick xcvy fine flowers. G We 
always* offer cake to the child. 7 Do I go too quick ? 
s "> ou always go too quick. 9 Why do you not cover 



* Put I ter the verh. 



FRENCH COURSE. 119 

your book? 10 Why do you not open the door? 
11 Because I am not going home. 12 Do I offer too 
much cake to the child ? 13 Do we go to Brussels or 
to Paris ? 14 We are not going to Turin arid to 
Rome. 15 Are you going into the street ? " 16 We 
are going home. 17 You always* go too fast. 18 Our 
friend goes too slowly. 1 9 We open the door because 
our father is at home. 20 I am going to London. 
21 You are not going home. 22 What do you offer 
to your friend ? 23 I offer flowers. 24 I offer bread 
and meat. 25 Wo open the door and offer meat to 
the poor beggar. 



LEgosr xxxv. lesson xxxv. 

VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. ENDING IN JR. 

1. The regular verbs of the second conjugation end 
in the present of the indicative in, is, is, it, issons, 
issez, issent. 

2. Present of the Indicative of Punir, to punish, 

AND FlNIR, TO FINISH. 

Je pun-is. I punish. 

Tu pun-is. Thou art punishing. 

II pun-it. i He punishes. 

Elle pun -it. She does punish. 

* Put toujour s after the verb. 



120 



fasquelle's introductory 



Nous pnn-issons. 
Vous pun-issez. 
lis pun-isseot. 
Elles pun-issent. 

Je fin-is. 
Tu fin-is. 
II fin-it. 
Elle fin-it. 
Nous fin-issons. 
Vous fin-issez. 
lis iin-issent. 
Elles fin-issent. 

3. Interrogative Form. 
Est-ce que je punis ? 
Punis-tu ? 
Punit-il ? 
Punit-elle ? 
Punissons-no-us ? 
Punissez-vous ? 
Punissent-ils ? 
Punissent-elles ? 

Est-ce que je finis ? 
Finis-tu ? 
Finil-il ? 
Finit-elle? 
Finissons-noua ? 
Finissez-vous ? 
Finissent-ils ? 
Finissent-elles P 



TJ 7 ^ punish. 
You punish. 
TJiey (m.) punish. 
They (f.) punish. 

I finish. 

Thou dost finish. 
lie is fin ish ing. 
She finishes. 
We finish. 
You finish. 
They (m.) finish. 
They (f.) finish. 



Do I punish ? 
Dost thou punish ? 
Does he punish f 
Does she punish ? 
Do we punish ? 
Do you punish ? 
Do they (m.) punish? 
Do they (t\) punish f 

Do I 'fin ish ? 
Dost thou finish f 
Does lie finish ? 
Does she finish ? 
,Do we finish f 
Do you finish ? 
Do they (ra.) finish ? 
Do they (f.) finish? 



FRENCH COURSE, 



121 



4. For the Negative and the Negative and Interroga- 
tive form, see the place of ne and pas in the 33d 
Lesson ; as also Lesson 17, Rules 1 and 2. 

5. Conjugate in the same manner all regular verbs 
of this conjugation, such as : 

Avertir, to vmm. Munir, to provide. 

Guerir, to cure. Noircir, to blacken. 

Embellir, to embellish. Blanchir, to bleach. 



Cherir, to cherish. 
F o u rni r , to fu rn ish. 



Unir, to unite. 
Salir, to soil. 



Model Sentences. 



Finissez-vous votre travail ? 

Je finis ma lecon. 

Que finissez-vous ? 

Nous fmissons nos themes. 

Est-ce que je punis l'enfant ? 

Yous punissez le petit garcon. 

Nous blanchissons la toile. 

Vous noircissez le papier. 

Le medecin guerit ses malades. 

Ces enfants cherissent leur 

mere. 
Le boucher fournit la viande. 
Les jardiniers fournissent les 

legumes. 



Bo you finish your work ? 

I finish my lesson. 

What do you finish f 

We finish our exercises. 

Do I punish the child f 

You punish the little hoy. 

We bleach the linen. 

You blacken the paper. 

The physician cures his patients. 

TJiose children cherish their 
mother. 

The butcher furnishes the meat. 

The gardeners furnish the vege- 
tables. 



Vocabulary. 

Arrivee, f. Arrival. Blanchir, To bleach. 

Avertir, To inform^ to Boucher, m. Batcher. 
warn. Boulanger, in. Baker. 

6 



122 fasquelle's introductory 

Cocher, ra. Coachman* Medecin, m. Physician. 

Dessin, m. Drawing. Mouchoir, ra. Ilandker- 
Ecolier, ra. Scholar. chief. 

Embellir, To embellish. Noircir, To blacken. 

Fournir, To furnish. Pain, ra. Bread. 

Gouvernante, f. Governess. Paresseux, Idle. 

Guerir, To cure. Punir, To punish. 

Jardinier, m. Gardener. Que, What. 

Leqon, f. Lesson. Qui, Whom. 

Legume, ra. Vegetable. Robe, f. Dress. 

Malade, m. Patient. Salir, To soil. 

Marchand, ra. Merchant. Toile, f. Linen. 

Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce, cet, cette, 
before them. 

Exercise 67. 

1 Que finissez-vons ? 2 Nous finissons notre leqon. 

3 Est-ce que je noircis le papier ? 4 Vous noircissez 

le mouchoir. 5 Vous salissez votre robe. 6 Le bou- 

langer fournit-il de bon pain ? 7 II fournit d'excellent 

pain. 8 Lea marchands fournissent d'excellent drap. 

L'architecte embellit notre maison. 10 Vousembel- 

5 le jardin. I] Vous ayertissez le cocKer. 12 Qui 

gu6rissez-vous f 13 Nous guerissons nos malades. 

II Est-ce que je fournis de bona legumes? 15 Les 

jardiniere fournissent dea legumes. 16 No punissez- 

voua pas voa Gcoliers. 17 Je punia mes ecoliers quand 

• lit paresseux. 18 Quelle toile blanchissez-vous ? 

lelle que {which) le marchand fournit. 20 Nous 

avertissons votre gouvernante de votre arrivee. 



•french course. 123 

Exercise 68. 

1 Do you finish your book? 2 I do not finish my 
book. 3 We finish our drawing. 4 What do you 
embellish ? 5 We embellish our dresses. 6 Do you 
inform my cousin of my arrival ? 7 1 inform her of 
your arrival. 8 Does the physician cure his patients ? 
9 The physicians cure their patients. 10 Do I cure 
the patients? 11 You do not cure the patients. 12 Does 
your gardener furnish you vegetables? 13 He does 
not furnish me vegetables. 14 He furnishes me flowers. 
15 Do you blacken your dress ? 16 We do not blacken 
our dresses. 17 Do you soil your sister's handker- 
chiefs? 18 I soil hers and mine. 19 Do you not 
punish your scholars ? 20 I do not punish my scholars. 
21 Does the butcher furnish you good meat ? 22 He 
furnishes me good meat. 23 The gardeners furnish us 
good vegetables. 24 We finish our drawings. 25 You 
do not finish your brother's drawings. 



LEgON XXXVI. LESSOX XXXVI. 

SECOND CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. VERBS ENDING 

IN TIB. 

1. The following verbs of the second conjugation, 
ending in tir, are irregular in the present of the in- 
dicative, and conjugated according to the model given 
under : 



124 



FAS QUELLE' S INTEODUCtORy 



Consentir, to consent. Repartir, to set out again. 

Dementir, to give the lie. Ressentir, to resent. 
Mentir, to lie. Ressortir, to go out again. 

Partir, to set out, to go Sentir, to feel. 

away, to leave. Se repentir, to repent. 

Pressentir, to foresee. Sortir, to go out. 

2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
are s, s, t, tons, tez, tent. 

3. Present of Indicative of Sor-tir, to go ouT y 

AND PaR-TIR, TO SET OUT. 



Je sor-s. 
Tu sor-s. 
II sor-t. 
Elle sor-t. 
Nous sor-tons. 
Vous sor-tez. 
lis sor-tent. 

Je par-s, 
Tu par-s. 
II par-t. 
Elle par-t. 
Nous par-tons. 
Vous par-tez. 
lis par-tent. 



Est-ce que je sors ? 
Sors-tu ? 
Sort-il ? 
Sort-elle? 



I go out. 
Thou goest out. 
He goes out. 
She goes out. 
We go out. 
You go out. 
TJiey go out. 

I set out. 

Thou art setting out. 
He is going away. 
She is going away. 
We are setting out. 
You ore going away. 
They are going away. 

INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Do I go out ? 
Dost thou go out ? 
Is he going out ? 
Is sfu going out? 



FRENCH COUESE, 



125 



Sortons nous ? 
Sortez-vous ? 
Sortent-ils ? 

Est-ce que je pars? 
Pars-tu ? 
Part-il ? 
Part-elle ? 
Partons-nous ? 
Partez-vous ? 
Partent-elles ? 



Are we going out ? 
Are you going out ? 
Are they going out ? 

Do I set out ? 
Art thou going away , 
Is he going away f 
Is she going away ? 
Do we set out ? 
Do you go away ? 
Do they set out ? 



Model Sentences. 



Partez-vous aujourd'hui ? 
Je pars demain matin. 
Est-ce que je sors trop tot ? 
Yous sortez trop tard. 
Nous ne sentons pas le froid. 
Yous sentez la chaleur. 
Yous consentez a ma demande. 
Je consens a cela. 
A quelle heure partons-nous? 
Nous partons a midi. 



Do you go away to-day ? 
I go away to-morrow morning. 
Am I going out too early f 
You go out too late. 
We do not feel the cold. 
You feel the heat. 
You consent to my request. 
I consent to that. 
At what hour do we set out t 
We set out at noon. 



Vocabulary. 
Apres-demain, the day Cinq, Five. 



after to-morrow. 
Aujourd'hui, To day. 
Bon, Good. 
Consentir, To consent. 
Chaleur, f. Heat. 



Demain, To-morrow. 
Dimanehe, m.. Sunday. 
Hote, m. Guest. 
Jeudi, m. Thursday. 
Lundi, m. Monday. 



126 fasquelle's introductory 

Malade, Side, ill. Repartir, To go again, to 

Mardi, in. Tuesday. go back. 

Matin, m. Morning. Saraedi, m. Saturday. 

Mentir, To tell a false- Sortir, To go out. 

hood. Trois, Three. 

Mercredi, m. Wednesday. ^Yendredi, m. Friday. 
Partir, To leave. Voisin, m. Neighbor. 

Prochain, Next. Sentir, To feel, to smell. 

Exercise 69. 

1 Votre amie sort-ell e aujourd'hui ? 2 Elle ne sort 
pas, elle est malade. 3 Partez-vous lundi ou mardi ? 
4 Nous partons mercredi et notre voisin part jeudi ou 
vendredi. 5 Sentez^vous le froid ce matin ? 6 Xous 
ne sentons pas le froid, nous avons cliaud. 7 Vos 
botes repartent-ils aujourd'hui ? 8 lis repartent samedi 
prochain. 9 Consentez-vous a partir dinianche? 
10 Nous consentons a partir apres-demain. 11 Cos 
roses ne sentent-elles pas? 12 Oui, Monsieur, elles 
Bentent tres bon. 13 Est-ce que je sens la chaleur? 
14 Yous sentez le froid et la chaleur. 15 Ces . belles 
roses ne sentent pas bon. 16 Nous partons a cinq 
hemes. 17 Votre soeur sort ties tard. 18 Les bons 
enfants ne mentent jamais. 19 A quelle heure re- 
partez-vous ? 20 Nous repartons a trois heures. 

E X E B CISE 70. 

1 Do you go out to-day ? 2 I do not go out this 
morning, I am Biok. 3 Do you Leave this morning? 
4 We do not leave this morning. 5 My sister leaves 



FRENCH COURSE. 



127 



to-morrow morning. 6 We leave Sunday or Monday. 

7 Does your brother leave Tuesday or Wednesday ? 

8 He leaves Saturday. 9 Do I go back to-day? 
10 You go back Thursday or Friday. 11 Do you feel 
the cold, gentlemen (messieurs) ? 12 We do not feel 
the cold. 13 Does that rose smell good? 14 That 
rose does not smell good. 15 Do you consent to go 
away next Saturday? 16 I do not consent to go out 
Saturday. 17 Do I go out too (trop) late? 18 You 
go out too late. 19 We go out at five o'clock. 20 We 
set out at three o'clock. 21 Does your friend feel the 
cold? 22 She does not feel the cold. 23 (The) good 
children do not tell a falsehood. 24 We do not go 
away to-day. 25 We go away the day after to-morrow. 



LEQON XXXVII. 

SECOND CONJUGATION.- 



LESSOR XXXVII. 

-VERBS ENDING IN EXIR. 



1. There are twenty-four irregular verbs of this con- 
jugation which end in enir* 

2. They are all made out of Venir, to come, and 
Tenir, to hold, and are conjugated like them. 



* S'abstenir. 


Devenir. 


Parvenir. 


Soutenir. 


Appartenir. 


Disconvenir. 


Prevenir. 


Se souvenir. 


Contenir. 


Entretenir. 


Provenir. 


Subvenir. 


Contrevenir. 


Intervenir. 


Petenir. 


Survenir. 


Convenir. 


Maintenir. 


Se ressouvenir. 


Tenir. 


Detenir. 


Obtenir. 


Revenir. 


Venir. 



See List of Verbs, Larger Course, page 35G. 



128 



fasquelle's introductory 



3. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
in these verbs are tens, iens, lent, enons, enez, iennent. 

4. Present of the Indicative of Yexir, to cojif, 

AND TeNIR, TO HOLD. 



Je v-iens.* 

Tu v-iens. 
II v-ient. 
Elle v-ient. 
Nous v-enons. 
Vous v-enez. 
lis v-iennent. 

Je t-iens. 
Tu t-iens. 
II t-ient. 

Elle t-ient. 
Nous t-enons. * 
Vous t-enez. 
lis t-iennent. 



I come. 

T/iou art coining. 

He is coining. 

She comes. 
We come. 
You come. 
They come. 

I hold. 
Thou /widest. 
He holds. 
She holds. 

We hold. 

You hold, 
They hold. 



INTERROGATIVE FORM. 



Est-ce que je viens ? 
Viens-tu ? 
Vient-il ? 
Vient-elle? 
Venons-nous ? 
Venez-vous ? 
Yiennent-ils ? 



Do I come ? 
Dost thou come ? 
Does he come ? 
Does she come ? 
Do ice come ? 
Do you come ? 
Do they come ? 



'■'■'■ Pronounced like an in crank. See Lesson 5. 
nil the verbs given in note, page 127. 



This holds in 



FRENCH COURSE. 



129 



Est-ce que je tiens ? 
Tiens-tu ? 
Tient-il ? 
Tient-elle ? 
Tenons-nous ? 
Tenez-vous ? 
Tiennent-ils ? 



Do 1 hold? 
Dost thou hold f 
Z>oes Ae hold? 
Does she hold ? 
Do we hold ? 
Do you hold? 
Do they hold? 



Model Sentences. 



Que tenez-vous ? 

Je tiens ma plume. 

Est-ce que je viens trop tot ? 

Obtenons-nous de l'argent ? 

!Nous obtenons de l'emploi. 

La malle contient-elle des 
habits ? 

La petite fille devient-elle 
bonne ? 

Est-ce que je maintiens mon 
opinion ? 

Nous soutenons le pauvre ma- 
lade. 

Vous retenez ces livres. 

Ce livre appartient a ma sceur. 

Les estampes appartiennent au 
libraire. 



Wliai do you hold ? 

I hold my pen. 

Bo I come too soon? 

Do we obtain money ? 

We obtain employment. 

Does the trunk contain clothes ? 

Does the little girl become good ? 

Do I maintain my opinion? 

We keep up the poor patient. 

You retain these books. 
Tliat book belongs to my sister. 
The engravings belong to the 
bookseller. 



Vocabulary. 

Appartenir, To belong. Bronze, m. Bronze. 

Argent, m. Money, silver. Brosse, f. Brush. 

Bientot, Soon. Compagnon,m. Companion, 

Boite, f. Box. Contenir, To contain. 



130 



FASQUELLE S IXTRODTTCTOTCY 



Cuivre, Brass, copper. 
Devenir, To become. 
Fer, m. Iron. 
Fer blanc, m. Tin. 
Ferblantier, m. Tinman. 
Malle, f. Trunk, 
March and, m. Merchant. 
Metaux, Metals. 
Obtenir, To obtain. 
Orlevre, m. Goldsmith. 



PI orab, ra. Lead. 

Q i land, When. 

(2 ue, What. - 

Qui, Whom. 

Revenir, To return, to come 

back. 
Soutenir, To keepmp. 
Tenir, To hold, to keep. 
Tout, All. 
Yenir, To come. 



Exercise 71. 

1 Venez-vous de New York ? 2 Nous venons de 
Brooklyn. 3 Notre compagnon revient de France. 
4 Quaud obtenez-vous votre argent ? 5 Nous obte- 
nons notre argent demain. 6 A qui appartient ce 
livre? 7 II appartient a la petite fille. 8 Cette brosse 
ne nous appartient pas. 9 Ces metaux apparticnnent 
aux raarcliands. 10 Le mareehal tient le cuivre et le 
fer. 11 Les ferblantiers tiennent le fer blanc. 12 Les 
ortevres tiennent l'or, l'argent, et le bronze. 13 Que 
contient cette boite? 14 Ellecontiontdu plorab. 15 Yos 
ecoliera deviennent-ils attentifs? 16 Mes ecolieres de- 
viennent trea attentives. 17 Quand revenez-vous a 
Paris? 18 Nous revenons dans line heure. 19 Nous 
revenons bientot. 



E x E BCISB 72. 

1 What do you hold ? 2 I hold my pen and ray 
book. 8 When do you come to Paris? 4 We come 



FEE X Cn COURSE. 131 

to Paris to-morrow. 5 Does that box belong to your 
brother ? 6 It belongs to my mother. 7 What does 
it contain? 8 It contains gold, silver, and copper. 
9 Does not that tin belong to the tinman ? 10 The tin 
and copper belong to the tinman. 11 What do the 
goldsmiths hold? 12 They hold bronze and gold. 
13 The merchants keep copper and iron. 14 The 
goldsmiths keep (the) gold and (the) silver. 15 Does 
your companion come soon ? 16 He comes in an 
hour. 17 Are those little girls becoming attentive? 
18 They are becoming very attentive. 19 Are you 
coining to Xew York ? 20 We are not coming to 
Xew York. 21 We return to-morrow. 22 We obtain 
(des) metals. 23 To whom does that brush belong? 
24 It belongs to my father. 25 Those brushes belong 
to my mother. 



LE£OX XXXYIII. LESSOX XXXYIII. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. — EXDIXG IX OIR. 

1. The regular verbs of the third conjugation end in 

EVOIR. 

2. In the present of the indicative the terminations 
are, ow, ois^ oit, evons, evez, oivent. 

3. In the verba of this conjugation, the c takes a 
cedilla ( c, ) when it comes before o and u. 



132 



FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



4. Present of the Indicative of Devoir, to owe, 

AND ReCEVOIR, TO RECEIVE. 

Je d-ois. I owe. 

Tu d-ois. Thou owest. 

II d-oit. He owes. 

Elle d-oit. She owes. 

Nous d-evons. We owe. 

Vous d-evez. Y~ou owe. 

lis d-oivent. They oice. 



Je rec-ois. 
Ta reg-ois. 
II reg-oit. 
Elle reg-oit. 
Nous rec-evons. 
Vous rec-evez. 
Us reg-oivent. 



I receive. 
Thou receivest. 
He receives. 
She receives. 
We receive. 
You receive. 
They receive. 



INTERROGATIVE FORM. 



Est-ce que je dois ? 
Dois-tu ? 
Doit-il ? 
Doit-elle ? 
Devon s-nous ? 
Devez-vous ? 
Doivent-ils ? 

Est-ce que je recois ? 
Regois-tu? 
Recoit-il? 
Recoit-elle? 



Do I owe? 
Dost thou oice f 
Does he owe ? 
Does she owe ? 
Do we owe ? 
Do you owe ? 
Do they owe ? 

Do I receive ? 

Dost thou receive f 
Docs he r< cekh f 
Doi $ she receive f 



FRENCH COURSE, 



133 



Recevons-nous ? Do we receive ? 

Recevez-vous ? Do you receive ? 

Regoivent-ils ? Do they receive ? 

5. There are only seven regular verbs in this con- 
jugation : 

Percevoir, to collect duties, 

taxes. 
Recevoir, to receive. 
Redevoir, to owe again. 



Ape rce voir, to perceive. 
Concevoir, to conceive. 
Decevoir, to deceive. 
Devoir, to owe. 



6. Combien? How muchl how many ? 
Beaucoup. Much, many. 

Combien recevez-vous? How much do you receive? 
Je re^ois beaucoup. I receive much. 

7. Before a noun-DE follows combien and beaucoup. 

Combien de livres ? How many boohs ? 

Beaucoup de personnes. Many persons. 



Model Sentences. 



Combien devez-vous? 
Je dois dix dollars. 
A qui devons-nous ? 
Vous devez a tout le monde. 
Recevez-vous des lettres ? 
Mon cousin reeoit un billet. 
Nous recevons de l'argent. 
Vous n'apercevez pas l'enfant. 
lis apercoivent le chien. 
Combien recevez-vou3 ? • 



How much do you owe ? 
I owe ten dollars. 
To whom do we owe? 
You owe every body. 
Do you receive letters f 
My cousin receives a note. 
We receive money. 
You do not perceive the child. 
They perceive the dog. 
How much do you receive t 



134 



FASQUELLE S IXTKODUCTOBV 



Nous recevons six francs. 
Yous ne recevez rien. 



We receive six francs. 
You receive nothing. 



Vocabulary. 



Api es-midi, f. Afternoon. 
Argent, m. Money. 
Aujourd'hui, To-day. 
Bagatelle, f. Trifle. 
Capitaine, m. Captain. 
Cocher, m. Coachman. 
Denx, Two. 

Domestique, m. Servant. 
Dollar, m. Dollar. 
Franc, m. Franc. 
Frere, m. Brother. 
Gages, m. pi Wages, 
Ilonoraires, m. pi. Fees. 
Joli, Pretty. 
Lettre, f. Letter. 
Libraire, m. Bookseller. 



Matin, m. Morning. 
Medecin, m. Physician. 
Mille, Thousand. 
Ne — que, But, only. 
Oiseau, m. Bird. 
Presque, Almost. 
Quelque chose, Anything, 

something. 
Qui, Who, whom. 
Rien, Nothing, not any* 

thing. 
Rue, f. Street. 
Six, Six. 

Soldat, m. Soldier. 
Solde, Pay. 
Toujours, Always. 



Exercise 73. 

1 Devez-vous quelque chose ? 2 Je ne dois rien. 
3 Votre frere doit-il beaucoup d'argent ? 4 II doit 
deux mille dollars. 5 Reeevez-vous vos lettres ce 
matin ? G Je re^oia une lettre de mon frere. 7 N'a- 
percevez-voua pas Its jolis oiseaux ? 8 Je n'aper$ois 
pas les oiseaux. 9 Nous apercevons nos amis dans la 



FRENCH COURSE. 135 



rue. 10 A qui devez-vous six francs? 11 Je dois six 
francs a mon libraire. 12 Ce soldat doit-il beaucoup ?■ 
13 II ne doit que deux dollars. 14 II ne doit presque 
rien. 15 Est-ce que je dois beaucoup? 16 Vous ne 
devez qu'une bagatelle. 17 Le capitaine ne regoit pas 
sa solde. 18 Les medecins reqoivent leurs honoraires. 

19 Nos domestiques reqoivent toujours leurs gages. 

20 Nous ne devons rien a notre cocher. 

Exercise 74. 

1 How much do we receive ? 2 We receive three 
francs this afternoon. 3 Do you owe anything to the 
physician ? 4 I owe ray physician ten dollars. (Liter- 
ally : I owe ten dollars to my physician?) 5 Our phy- 
sicians receive their fees to-day. 6 Do you not per- 
ecive the bird ? 71 perceive nothing. 8 Does not your 
brother perceive the soldier in the street? 9 He per* 
ceives the physician. 10 Does not your physician re- 
ceive his fee? 11 The physician receives his fee this 
morning. 12 Do you not owe much money? 13 We 
owe almost nothing. 14 The captains do not receive 
their pay. 15 Our coachman receives his wages. 16 Do 
you owe your servants anything? (In French, the 
words should be placed thus : Do you owe anything to 
your servant?) 17 We owe ten dollars. 18 The 
soldier does not owe much. 19 We only owe six dol- 
lars. 20 How much does your bookseller owe? 21 He 
owes almost nothing. 22 We owe but a trifle. 23 Do 
I owe anything? 24' You owe nothing. 25 I do not 
receive anything to-day. 



136 



FASQ U ELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



LEgON XXXIX. LESSON XXXIX. 

VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. — ENDING IN RE. 

1. The regular verbs of this conjugation end mostly 
in endre and ondre. 

2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
are, efe, ds y d, dons, dez, dent. 

3. Present of the Indicative of Entendre, to 

HEAR, TO UNDERSTAND, AND PeRDRE, TO LOSE. 



J'enten-ds. 
Tu enten-ds. 
II enten-d. 
Elle enten-d. 
Nous enten-dons. 
Vous enten-dez. 
lis enten-dent. 

Je per-ds. 
Tu per-ds. 
II per-d. 
Elle per-d. 
Nous per-dons. 
Vous per-dez. 
lis per-dent. 



I hear. 
Thou hearest. 
He understands. 
She hears. 
We hear. 
You understand. 
They hear. 

I lose. 
Thou losest. 
He does lose. 
She loses. 
We lose. 
You lose. 
They lose. 



INTERROGATIVE FORM. 



Est-ec que j'entends ? 
Entends-tu ? 
Entend-il? 
EntencUelle? 



Do I hear? 
Dost thou understand ? 
Does he hear f 
Does she hearf 



FRENCH COURSE. 137 

Entendons-iious ? Do we hear ? 

Eutendez-vous ? Do you hear ? 

Entendent-ils ? Do they hear ? 

Est-ce que je perds ? Do Hose ? 

Perds-tu ? " Dost thou lose ? 

Perd-il ? Does he lose ? 

Perd-elle ? Is she losing ? 

Perdons-nous ? Do we lose ? 

Perdez-vous? Are you losing? 

Perdent-ils ? Do they lose ? 

3. Conjugate in the same manner : 

Attendre, to icait for, to Pretendre, to pretend. 

expect. Rendre, to render, to return. 

Descendre, to go or come Repandre, to spin, to spread. 

doicn. Repondre, to answer. 

Mordre, to bite. Yendre, to sell, &c. 



Model Sentences. 

Yendez-vous beaucoup de Do you sell many books ? 

livres ? 

Nous vendoris beaucoup de We sell much paper. 

papier. 

Perdez-vous vos livres ? Do you lose your boohs ? 

Nous perdons notre argent. We lose our money. 

Descendez-vous bientot ? Do you come down soon f 
Nous deseendons dans un mo- We are coming down in a mo- 

ment. menf. 

Xous attendons des livres. We are expecting boolcs. 

Vous attendez votre frere. You are expecting your brother. 



138 fasquelle's introductory 

Est-ce que je vends trop cher? Do I sell too dear? 
Vou3 no vendez pas trop cher. You do not sell too dear. 
Nous rendons l'argent. We return the money. 

Vous descendez trop tot. You come down too soon. 



Vocabulary. 

Associe, m. Partner. Mordre, To bite. 
Attendre, To expect, to wait Mouton, m. Sheep. 

for. Perdre, To lose. 

Berger, m. Shepherd. Personne, Nobody, any* 

Cafe, m. Coffee. body. 

Chien, m. Dog. Quel, Quelle, What, ichich. 

Deux, Two. Que, What. 

Descendre, To go or come Qui, Whom. 

down. Rend re, To render, to re- 

Da tout, At all. turn. 

Enveloppe, f. Envelope. Repandre, To spill, to 

Fermier, m. Farmer. spread. 

Ileure, f. Hour, time, Repondre, To answer, to 

o'clock. reply. 

Kilogramme, m. Kilo- Seize, Sixteen. 

gramme (about two The, m. Tea. 

pounds). Tondre, To shear. 

Libraire, m. Bookseller. Trois, Three. 

Livre, f. Pound. Vend re, To sell. 

Exercise 75. 

1 Qui attendez vous ? 2 Nous attendons notre as- 
boci£. S N'attencjez-vous personne ? 4 J'attends ma 



FKEKCH COURSE. 139 

soeur. 5 Le libraire vend-il des enveloppes? 6 II 
vend des enveloppes et du papier. 7 Le cbien ne 
raord-il pas ? 8 II ne mord personne. 9 A quelle 
heure descendez-vous ? 10 Je descends a trois heures. 
11 Le fermier tond-il ses moutons ? 12 Son berger 
tond les moutons. 13 Pourquoi ne rendez-voiis pas les 
seize francs ? 14 Est-ce que je reponds bien ? 15 Vous 
repondez correctement (correctly). 16 Que repondez- 
vous a cela ? 17 Je ne reponds rien du tout. 18 Coni- 
bien de cafe vendez-vous ? 19 Xous vendons dix 
livres de cafe et deux kilogrammes de the. 



Exercise 76. 

1 Does that dog bite ? 2 My dog does not bite. 
3 At what hour do you come down ? 4 We come 
down at three o'clock {heures). 5 Do you not expect 
the farmer? 6 We do not expect the farmer, Ave ex- 
pect the shepherd. 7 Does not the shepherd shear 
your brother's sheep ? 8 The shepherd shears my 
sheep. 9 Do I not answer well ? 10 You do not 
answer well. 11 My brother does not answer well. 
12 Do you sell envelopes ? 13 I sell envelopes. 14 Do 
you sell a kilogramme of tea? 15 We sell a pound of 
tea and a kilogramme of coffee. 16 What do von 
spill? 17 I spill my tea and (my)* coffee. 18 Do I 
spill your coffee ? 19 Do I lose my money ? 20 Do 
you expect any person ? 21 I expect nobody. 22 We 
expect our sister this morning. ' 23 What do you 
answer? 24 I answer nothing at all. 25 I am wait- 






140 



fasquell.es ixteoductory 



ing for my father and (my) mother. 26 The book- 
seller does not sell tea. 



LEgON XL. 



LESSON XL. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. VERBS ENDING 

IN UIRE. 

1. Those verbs of the fourth conjugation, which end 
in uire, are irregular. 

2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
are, ,9, s, £, so?is, sez, sent. 

3. Present of the Indicative of Conduire, to 

CONDUCT, AND TRADUIRE, TO TRANSLATE. 



Je condui-s. 
Tu condui-s. 
II condui-t. 
Elle condui-t. 
Nous condui-sons. 
Vous condui-sez. 
Us condui-sent. 

Je tradui-s. 
Tu tradui-s. 
U tradui-t. 

Elle tradui-t. 
Nous ti adui-sons. 
Vbus tradui-sez. 

Us tradui-sent. 



I conduct. 
Thou leadest. 
He conducts. 
She leads. 
We conduct. 
You lead. 
They lead. 

I translate. 
Thou translates^ 

He translates. 
She translates. 
117 t ran shite. 
You translate. 
They translate. ■ 



FRENCH COCTRSE. 



141 



INTERROGATIVE FORM. 



Est-ce que je conduis? 
Conduis-tu ? 
Conduit-il ? 
Conduit-elle? 
Conduisons-nous ? 
Conduisez-vous ? 
Conduisent-ils? 

Est-ce que je traduis ? 
Traduis-tu ? 
Traduit-il? 
Traduit-elle ? 
Traduisons-nous ? 
Traduisez-vous ? 
Traduisent-ils ? 



Do Head? 
Dost thou conduct ? 
Does he lead? 
Does she lead? 
Do we lead ? 
Do you lead ? 
Do they lead ? 

Do I translate ? 
Dost thou translate ? 
Does he translate ? 
Does she translate ? 
Do we translate ? 
Are you translating ? 
Are they translating ? 



4. The following verbs are conjugated like the above : 
Construire, to construct. Instruire, to instruct. 
Cuire, to cook. Produire, to produce. 
Detruire, to destroy. Reduire, to reduce. 
Introduire, to introduce. Seduire, to seduce. 

5. Que. Whom, vihicJi. 

L'enfant que je conduis. The child whom Head. 
Le livre que je traduis. The book which I translate 



Model Sentences. 

Oa conduisez-vous le garcon ? Where do you lead the hoy ? 
Je conduis l'enfant dans le jar- I conduct the child into the gar- 
din. den. 



142 



FAS QUELL ES INTRODUCTORY 



Dctruisez-vous cette lettre ? 
Nous detruisons ce livre. 
Instruisons-nous les ecoliers ? 
Quelle legem traduisez-vous ? 
Est-ce que je traduis bien ? 
La demoiselle traduit ce livre. 

Cette terre produit tres bien. 
Nous conduisons nos amis. 
Vous introduisez vos connais- 

sauces. 
Yous construisez une belle 

maison. 



Do you destroy that letter ? 

We are destroying that booh. 

Do we instruct the scholars? 

What lesson do you translate ? 

Do I translate well? 

Tlie young lady translates that 
booh. 

Tliat land produces very well. 

We are conducting our friends. 

You introduce your acquaint- 
ances. 

You construct a beautiful house. 



Vocabulary. 



Assez, Enough. 
Beauooup, Much, many. 
Bien, Very, well, easy. 
Boulanger, m. Baker. 
Combien, How much, how 

many. 
Conduire, To conduct, to 

take, to lead. 
Cuire, To cook, to bake. 
Desespoir, m. Despair. 
Detruire, To destroy. 
Difficile, Difficult. 
Ecole, f. School 
Ecolier, m. Scholar. 
Eglise, £ Church. 
Facile, Easy. 



Four, ra. Ove?i. 
Introduire, To introduce. 
Instruire, To instruct. 
Jar din, m. Garden. 
Le^on, f. Lesson. 
Legume, m. Vegetable. 
Mai, Badly. 
Page, f. Page. 
Plume, f. Pen. 
Produire, To produce. 
Que, What, which, ichom. 
Recevoir, To receive. 
lied aire, To reduce. 
Terre, f. Estate. 
Trad aire, To translate* 
Viande, f. Meat. 



F BENCH COTJPwSE. 143 

ElEKCISE 77. 

1 Est-ce que je trad iris mal ? 2 Xon, raon enfant, 
vous traduisez assez bien. 3 Traduisez-vous les livres 
que vous recevez ? 4 Xous traduisons cenx que nous 
recevons. 5 Conduisez-vous vos enfants a l'eglise ? 6 Je 
conduis ceux de mon frere a l'ecole. 7 Traduisez-vous 
uue lecon difficile ? 8 La lecon que je traduis est Lien 
facile. 9 Votre jardin produit-il beaucoup ? 10 II pro- 
duit beaucoup de legumes. 11 Xous reduisons nos amis 
au desespoir. 12 Combien de pages traduisons-nous? 

13 Combien d'ecpliers instruisons-nous ? 14 Xous 
cuisons des legumes. 15 Le boulanger cuit le pain. 
16 Le four ne cuit pas bien. 17 Ces legumes ne 
cuisent pas bien. 18 Pourquoi n'introduisez-vous pas 
votre frere ? 19 Pourquoi detruisez-vous cette jilume ? 

Exercise 73. 

1 How many scholars do you instruct ? 2 I instruct 
twenty scholars. 3 Do I cook the vegetables enough ? 
4 You cook the vegetables enough. 5 The baker does 
not cook the bread well. (Put bien before pain.) 6 Do 
you cook meat? 7 Xo, sir, we cook bread. 8 Where 
do you take {conduct) your brother ? 9 I take him to 
school. 10 Why do we not take our children to 
church? 11 We take them to church. 12 Why do 
you not translate? 13 I am translating my lesson. 

14 Am I translating? 15 How many pages do we 
translate? 10 The book which we are translating is 
not very difficult. 17 Does your garden produce good 



144 fasquelle's introductory 

vegetables? 18 It produces good vegetables. 19 You 

do not reduce our friends to (au) despair. 20 Does 
your oven Lake well ? 21 We cook our meat much. 
22 Do you destroy your books? 23 Do I destroy the 
book which I receive ? 24 You destroy your books. 
25 The lessons which I translate are not very difficult. 



LEQON XLI. LESSON XLI. 

FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.— VERBS ENDING IN 
AITBE AND OITRE. 

1. The principal irregular verbs of the fourth conju- 
gation, ending with the above terminations, are : 
Cormaitre, to know, to be Reconnaitre, to recognize. 

acquainted with. Croitre, to grow. 

Disparaitre, to disappear. Decroitre, to decrease, to 
Paraitre, to appear. grow less. 

2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
of these verbs are : 

1. Ais, ais, alt, aissons, aissez, aissent. 

2. Ois, ois, oitj oissoyis, oissez, oissent. (o instead of a). 

3. Present of the Indicative of ConnaItre, to 

KXOW, AND CROiTRE, TO GROW. 

Je conn-ais. I am acquainted with. 

To conn-ais. Thou art acquainted with. 

II conn-ait. He knows, 

Elle conn-ait. She is acquainted with. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



145 



Nous conn-aissons. 
Vous conn-aissez. 
lis conn-aissent. 

Je cr-ois. 
Tu cr-ois. 
II cr-oit. 
Elle cr-oit. 
Xous cr-oissons. 
Vous cr-oissez. 
lis cr-oissent. 



We know. 

You are acquainted with. 

They know. 

I grow. 

Thou art growing. 

He grows. 

She grows. 

We grow. 

You grow. 

They grow. 



INTERROGATIVE FORM. 



Est-ce que je connais' 
Conuais-tu ? 
Connait-il ? 
Connait-elle ? 
Connaissons-nous ? 
Conn aissez-v ous ? 
Conuaisseut-ils ? 

Est-ce que je crois? 

Crois-tu? 
Croit-il? 
Croit-elle ? 
Croissons-nous ? 
Croissez-vous ? • 
Croissent-ils ? 



Do I know ? 
Dost thou know ? 
Does he know ? 
Does she know ? 
Do r we know ? 
Do you know t 
Do they know ? 

Do I grow ? 

Art thou growing ? 
Does he grow ? 
Does she grow ? 
Do we grow ? 
Are you growing ? 
Do they grow ? 



Model Sentences. 

Je connais votre frere. / am acquainted with your 

brother. 
Connaissez-vous cette dame? Do you know that lady? 

10 



146 fasquelle's inteoductoey 

Est-ce que je connais ce mon- Am I acquainted with that gen- 

sieur ? tleman t 

Vous paraissez tres faerie. You appear very angry. 

Est-ce que je parais bieu aise ? Do I appear very glad f 

Ces 1,'gumes croissent rapide- Those vegetables grow rapidly. 

merit. 

Les jours decroissentlentement. TJie days decrease slowly. 

Je reconnais ces demoiselles. I recognize those young ladies. 

Est-ce que vous reconnaissez Do you know that house again ? 

cette maison ? (See Lesson 

33, E. 3. 

Recoimaissez-vous cette rue ? Do you recognize that street? 

Je ne. reconnais personne ici. I recognize nobody here. 

V O C ABUL A R Y. 

Afflige, Grieved. Lentement, Slowly. 

Bien, Well, very. Malade, Sick. 

Bientdt, Soon. Oncle, m. Uncle. 

Brouillard, m. Fog. Paraitre, To appear, to 
Conn ait re, To know, to be seem. 

acquainted ivith. Parent, m. Relation. 

Croitre, To grow, to in- Peintre, m. Painter. 

crease. Personne, Nobody, not any- 
Decroitre, To decrease. body. 

Disparaitre, To disappear. Rapidement, Rapidly. 

Et6, m. Summer. % Reconnaitre, To recognize. 

F&che, Angry, sorry. Tableau, m. Picture. 

Fruit, m. Fruit. Toujours, Always. 

Jour, m. Day. Tout, All. 

Ici, Here. Triste, Sad. 

Legume, m. Vegetable. Vite, Quick, quickly. 



french course. 147 

Exercise 79. 

1 Connaissez-vous mon cousin ? 2 Je connais tous 
vos parents. 3 Connaissons-nous quelqu'un ici ? 
4 Nous ne connaissons personne. 5 Les jours crois- 
seiii-ils rapidement ? 6 Les jours croissent lentement. 
7 Le fruits et les legumes croissent rapidement. 8 Le 
brouillard disparait lentement. 9 Vous disparaissez 
bientot. 10 Reconnaissez-vous vos amis? 11 Je ne 
reconnais personne. 12 Xe reconnaissons-nous pas 
cette demoiselle? 13 Est-ce que je parais triste ? 
14 Vous paraissez bien triste. 15 Cette demoiselle 
parait toujours tres affligee. 16 Je ne reconnais pas 4 
la maison de votre oncle. 17 Est-ce que je ne recon- 
nais pas mes habillements ? 18 Vous n3 reconnaissez 
pas les tableaux de votre peintre. 19 Ces demoiselles 
paraissent tres fachees aujourd'hui. 

Exercise 80. 

1 Do I appear angry ? 2 You do not appear angry, 
sir. 3 Do you not know your friend? 4 I always 
recognize (put always after recognize in French) my 
friends. 5 Do you know anybody here? 6 Your 
brother knows nobody here. 7 Your cousin disap- 
pears soon. 8 You disappear rapidly. 9 Our poor 
sister appears very sad. 10 Do you recognize those 
young ladies? 11 I recognize your friend's sisters. 
12 Do not your children grow very rapidly ? 13 Those 
little children grow very slowly, they are sick. 14 The 
days decrease slowly in summer. 15 Those fruits and 
(those) vegetables do not grow very fast. 16 Your 



148 fasquelle's introductory 

sister docs not look grieved, but you look sad. 17 Do 
I recognize my clothes? 18 You recognize your 
clothes. 19 Your uncle does not recognize anybody. 
20 Do you know that painter ? 21 Do you recognize 
his picture? 22 I do not recognize his picture. 
23 Does your uncle appear angry to-day ? 24 He does 
not appear angry. 



LEQOX XLII. LESSOX XLII. 

FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. VERBS ENDING IN 

IXDRE. 

1. There are fourteen irregular verbs ending in 
indre, the principal are: 

Atteindre, to reach, to at- Feindre, to ftign, to pre- 

tain. tend. 

Ceindre, to gird. Joindre, to join. 

Contraindre, to constrain. Peindre, to paint. 
Craindre, to fear. Plaindre, to pity. 

Eteindre, to extinguish. Teindre, to elye, to tint. 

2. The terminations 6T the present of the indicative 
are, ras, ws, nt, g)wns, gnez, gnent. 

3. Pkesext of the Indicative of Craindre, to 
FEAR) and Peindre, to paixt. 

Je crai-ns. I fear. 

Tu crai-ns. Thou fear est. 

II crai-nt. He fears. 

Elle crai-nt. /She fears. 



FRENCH 


COURSE. 


N"ous crai-gnons. 


TFe^fear. 


Vous crai-gnez. 


You fear. 


lis crai-gnent. 


They fear. 


Je pei-ns. 


I paint. 


Tu pei-ns. 


Thou art painting 


11 pei-nt. 


He paints. 


Elle pei-nt. 


She paints. 


Nous pei-gnons. 


We paint. 


Vous pei-gnez. 


You are painting. 


lis pei-gnent. 


They paint. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 


Est-ce que je crams ? 


Do I fear ? 


Crains-tu ? 


Dost thou fear ? 


Craint-il ? 


Does he fear ? 


Craint-elle ? - 


Does she fear ? 


Craignons-nous ? 


Do we fear ? 


Craignez-vous ? 


Do you fear ? 


Craignent-ils ? 


Do they fear? 


Est-ce que je peins ? 


Do I paint ? 


Peins-tu ? 


Dost thou paint? 


Peint-il ? 


Does he paint f 


Peint-elle ? 


Does she paint ? 


Peignous-nous ? 


Are ice painting ? 


Peignez-vous ? 


Do you paint ? 


Peignent-ils ? 


Are they painting 



149 



M o D e l Sentences. 

Que peignez-vcus ? What are you painting f 

Je peins le portrait de voire I am painting your brother's 
frere. portrait. 



150 



FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



Est-ce que je peins bien ? 
Ne plaignez-vous pas ce pauvre 

hoiume ? 
Je plains cette rnalbeureuse 

femme. 
Yous feignez d'etre bien fiche. 
Nous feignons d'etre bien aises. 
Les teinturiers ne teignent pas 

bien. 
Nous teignons de la toile. 
Est-ce que j'eteins la lampe ? 
Le petit garcon eteint la chan- 

delle. 
Yous craignez le cbien. 
lis craignent leur pere. 



Do I paint well f 

Do you not pity that poor man ? 

I pity that unfortunate woman. 

You pretend to he very angry. 
We pretend to he very glad. 
The dyers do not dye well. 

We are dying linen. 

Am I extinguishing the lamp? 

The little hoy puts out the candle. 

You fear the dog. 
TJiey fear their father. 



Vocabulary. 



Atteindre, To attain, to 

reach, to overtake. 
Chandelle, f. Candle. 
Cheval, ra. Horse. 
Cbien, m. Dog. 
C rain d re, To fear. 
Docile, Gentle. 
Domestique, m. Servant. 
Eteindre, To extinguish, to 

])ltt out. 

fitude, f. Study. 
Feindre, To feign, to pre- 
tend. 
Feu, m. Fire. 



Gaz, m. Gas. 
Industrie, f. Industry. 
Join d re, To join. 
Malbeureux, m. Unfortu- 

ate. 
Mecbant, Cross, wicked. 
Moyen, m. Means. 
Morceau, ni. Piece. 
Parceque, -Because. 
Parents, m. Parents. 
Peindre, To paint. 
Peintre, ra. Painter. 
Plaindrc, To pity. 
Portrait, ra. Portrait. 



FEENCH COURSE. 151 

Pourquoi, Why. Teindre, To dye. 

Salon, ra. Drawing-room. Teinturier, m. Dyer. 
Tableau, m. Picture. Toile, f. Linen. 

Exercise 81. 

1 Eteio-nez-roiis la chandelle ? 2 Nous etei°rnons 
la chandelle et le feu. 3 Le dornestique eteint le gaz 
dans le salon. 4 N'atteignez-vous pas votre frere dans 
ses etudes? 5 Nous n'atteignons pas notre frere.. 
6 Ne craignez-vous pas vos parents ? 7 Je crains mes 
parents. 8 Pourquoi craignez-vous ce chien ? 9 Je 
crains le chien, parcequ'il parait tres mediant. 10 Votre 
peintre ne peint-il pas un portrait? 11 Nous peignons 
un grand tableau. 12 Est-ce que je ne plains pas les 
malheureux ? 13 Vous ne plaignez pas les malheureux. 

14 Nous plaignons les malheureux que nous connaissons. 

15 La toile que nous teignons n'est pas bonne. 16 Nous 
joignons nos moyens et notre Industrie. 17 Pourquoi 
ne joignez-vous pas ces morceaux ? 18 Est-ce que je 
feins d'etre fache ? 19 Vous feignez d'etre bien fache. 

Exercise 82. 

1 What are you painting ? 2 I am painting your 
brother's portrait. 3 Does that painter paint a large 
picture ? 4 He paints his cousin's portrait. 5 Why 
do you not put those pieces together (join those pieces)? 
G I join all the pieces which I have. 7 Do I fear that, t 
large dog ? 8 You appear to (leave out to) fear the 
dog. 9 Your friend does not appear to fear his father. 



152 FASQUELLK'S IiNTEOBUCIOEY 

10 Do you not fear my horse ? 11 I do not fear your 
horse, he appears very gentle. 12 Do you not pity 
that unfortunate man? 13 We pity the unfortunate. 

14 Do we overtake our friends in their studies? 

15 Why do you not put out the gas? 16 We put out 
the gas and the fire. 17 You join your means and 
(your) industry. 18 Do you pretend to he (d'etre) 
very sad ? 19 That young lady pretends to be very 
angry. 20 Do you dye that cloth ? 21 The dyer 
dyes that cloth. 22 lie dyes two large pieces of linen. 
23 We pity those ladies. 24 Does the servant put out 
the candle ? 25 He puts out the fire. 



LECO^ T XLIII. . LESSON XLIII. 

THE PRONOUNS. THEIR TLACE. E2T, F. 

1. The following personal pronouns are placed before 
the verb : 

Me, Me, to me. 

Te, Thee, to thee. 

Le, Him, it in the masculine. 

La, Her, it in the feminine. 

Lui, To him, to her. 

Nous, l\i, to us. 

Vol's, Vou, to you. 

Lbs, Them, masculine or feminine. 

Leub, To them, masculine or feminine. 



FRENCH COURSE. 153 

Vous me blamez, You blame me. 

Vous me parlez, You speak to me. 

Vous le punissez, You punish him. 

We speak to him. 

We speak to her. 
II nous doivent de l'argent, They owe us money. 
II nous entendent, They hear us. 



Xous lui parlons, j 



2. The relative pronouns : 

Ex, Of it j of them, some, any. 
Y, To it, to them, at that place, there, thither ; 
come also before the verb. 

J'en parle, I speak of it. 

J'en donne, I give some. 

J'y vais, -T go there. 

3. En and y are used generally with reference to 
tilings, and must be expressed in French, although the 
corresponding words may be left out in English. 

Avez-vous des livres ? Have you books ? 

J'en ai. I have (some). 

Y allez-vous ? Do you go there ? 

J'y vais. I do. lAt.,I go there. 

Model Sentences. 

Me louez-vous ? Do you praise me f 

Jc ne vous loue pas ; je vous I do not praise you, I blame 

blame. you. 

Est-ce que je vous prete un Do I lend you a book t 

livre ? 
Yous ne me pretez rien. You do not lend me any tiling. 



154 



FASQUELLES INTRODUCTORY 



Je voas rends votre argent. 
Je le rends a votre pere. 
Avez-vous de l'argent ? 
Je n'en ai pas. 
Nous en devons beaucoup. 
Ne nous attendez-vous pas ? 
Nous les attendons ce matin. 
Nous y allons maintenant. 



I return you your money. 
I return it to your father. 
Have you any money f 
I have not (any). 
We oive much (of it). 
Do you not expect us ? 
We expect them this morning. 
We are going there now. 



Vocabulary. 

The number after the verb indicates the conjugation to which it 
belongs. 



Acajou, m. Mahogany. 
Acheter, 1. To buy. 
Aller,* 1. To go. 
An nee, f. Year. 
Argent, m. Money. 



Dollar, m. Dollar. 
Ebeniste, m. Cabinet- 
maker. 
Entendre, 4. To hear. 
Fauteuil, m. Arm-chair. 



Attendre, 4. To wait, to Fermier, m. Farmer, 
expect. Flatter, 1. To flatter. 

Aujourd'hui, To-day. Loner, I. To praise. 

Beau, Handsome, beauti- Menuisier, m. Joiner. 



/ai. 

Blamer, 1. To blame. 
Casser, 1. To break. 
Chaise, f. Chair. 
] )emain, To-morrow. 
Demand er, 1. To ask for. 
Donner, 1. To give. 



Parler, 1. To speak. 
Pourquoi, Why. 
Recevoir, 3. To receive. 

Tout, In. 

Vendre, 4. To sell. 
Venir,f 2. To come. 
Voir, 3. To see. 



* See Lesson 3 I. 



f See Lesson 37. 



french course. 155 

Exercise 83. 

1 Le menuisier vient me parler. 2 Le libraire va 
vous donner du papier. 3 Ne demandez-vous pas mon 
cousin ? 4 Je le demande. 5 Nous ne le demandons 
pas. 6 Nous venons vous voir. 7 Allez-vous voir le 
fermier aujourd'hui ? 8 Nous allons le voir. 9 Quel 
beau livre nous donnez-vous ? 10 Je ne vous donne 
pas de livre, je n'en ai pas. 11 Me vendez-vous le 
drap ? 12 Je ne vous vends pas de drap. 13 Je n'en 
vends pas, car je n'en ai pas. 14 Ne nous entendez- 
vous pas ? 15 Nous ne vous entendons pas. 16 Ne 
les attendez-vous pas cette annee? 17 Nous n# les 
attendons pas cette annee. 18 Votre frere ne reqoit- 
il pas tout son argent? 19 II ne le recoit pas. 
20 Vous les blamez, nous les louons, et le menuisier les 
flatte. 

Exercise 84. 

1 Do you break the arm-chair ? 2 I do not break 
it. 3 Does the cabinet-maker give you the mahogany 
chair? 4 He does not give it, he sells it to the joiner. 

5 Does the cabinet-maker come to speak to you ? 

6 He goes to speak to my father. 7 Do you expect 
me ? 8 I do not expect you this morning. 9 Do you 
not hear me ? 10 I do not hear you. 11 Do you not 
receive your money? 12 I do not receive it. 13 Do 
you not praise him to-day ? 14 No, sir, I do not praise 
him, I blame him. 15 Why do you not sell us the 
cloth? 16 Have you the money this morning? 
17 Yes, sir, we have it. 18 Have you any money to- 



156 fasquelle's introductory 

day? 19 Yes, sir, Ave have some, we have twenty 
dollars. 20 Does the cabinet-maker give you all his 
money ? ' 21 He does not give it. 22 Do you expect 
me to-day ? 23 We do not expect you to-day, we 
expect you to-morrow. 24 Do you not sell me the 
mahogany chair? 25 I do not sell it. 26 The cabinet- 
maker sells it. 27 We sell the chairs, we do not give 
them. 



LEQOX XLIV. LESSOX XLIV. 

PRONOUNS, CONTINUED. 

1. When the French personal pronouns are preceded 
by a preposition, (in English, by a preposition other than 
to), they come after the verb. They assume the follow 
ing forms : 

De moi, Avec moi, Apres moi, &c. Of ov from me, With me, After me- 
Do toi, Avec toi, Avant toi. Of thee, With thee, Before thee. 

De lui, Avec lui, Apres ml Of him, With him, After him. 

D'elle, Avec elle, Apres elle. Of her, With her, After her. 

Do nous, Avec nous, Avant nous. Of us, With us. Before us. 
De vous, Avec vous, Aprcs vous. Of you, With you, After you. 
D'eux, Avec eux, Apres eux. Of them, With them. After them. 

D'elles, Apres elles, Avec elles. Of them, After them. With them. 

Votre fere parle de moi, Your brother speed's of me. 

Nous sommes avec vous, 71^ are with you. 

Mon ami vient apres moi, My friend comes after me. 

2. The preposition chez, used in connection with a 
noun or one of the above pronouns, means literally, at 
or to the house of. 



FRENCH COURSE. . 157 

-., _ . \ At my shoemakers house. 

Chez mon cordonmer, i A , 7 , 

( At my shoemaker's. 

Je vais chez le serrurier, I am going to the lock- 

srnitfcs. 

Chez nous, At our house. 

Chez lui, At his house. 

Chez elle, At her house. 

Yenez chez nous. Come to our house. 



Model Sentences. 

Yenez-vous chez moi ? Are you going to my house? 

Nous allons chez votre mar- We are going to your merchant's. 

chand. 

Lui offrez-vous le livre ? Do you offer him the book? 

Je ne lui offre rien. / offer him nothing. 

II n'attend rien de moi. He expects nothing from me. 

Yous fermez la porte apres moi. You shut the door after me. 

Vous m'ouvrez la porte. You open the door to me. 

Nous sortons avant eux. We go out before them. 

Nous les conduisons a l'ecole. We take them to school. 

Nous les y conduisons. We take them there. 

Ne cueillez-vous pas les fleurs ? Do you not pick the flowers ? 

Je ne les cueille pas. I do not pick them. 

Je n'en cueille pas. I do not pick any. 

Pourquoi les punissez-vous ? TT7iz/ do you punish them ? 

Je re^ois des fleurs d'eux. I receive flowers from them. 

Vocabulary. 

Arnitie, f. Friendship. Attend re, 4. To expect, to 
Apr&s, After. wait for. 

Argent, m. Money. Au moins, At least. 



158 fasquelle's introductory 

Avant, Before. Officier, m. Officer. 

Avec, With. Offrir,t 2. To offer. 

Billet, in. Note. Paysage, m. Landscape. 

Chambre, f. Room. Peindre,§ 4. To paint. 

Charbon, m. Coal. Pour, For. 

Compagne, f. Companion. Qui, Whom. 

Conn ait re,* 4. To know. Recevoir, 3. To receive. 

Construire,f4. To construct. Reconnaitre,* 4. To recog- 

Demander, 1. To ask, to nize. 

ask for. Serre, f. Hot-house, green- 
Intime, Intimate. house. 

Jardinier, m. Gardener. Sortir,|| 2. To go out. 

Maison, f. House. Voyageur, in. Traveller. 

Exercise 85. 

1 Attendez-vous un billet du voyageur ? 2 J'at- 
tends un billet de lui. 3 Peignez-vous ce paysage pour 
elle ou pour lui ? 4 Je le peins pour elle. 5 Votre 
compagne etait-elle avec sa sceur ? 6 Elle etait avec 
elle et avec raoi. 7 Nous vous attendons chez moi. 
8 Les offieiers sont-ils chez mon pere ? 9 Oui, mon- 
sieur, ils sont chez lui. 10 Construisez-vous une maison 
pour le jardinier ? 11 Je construis une serre pour lui. 
12 Sortez-vous avant lui? 13 Je sors au moins une 
heure apres lui. 14 Je lui donne de l'argent et je 
recois du charbon de lui. 15 Ou les attend ez- vous ? 
1G Je les attends chez leurs amis intimes. 17 Ne les 



* Seo Lesson -LI. \ Lesson 40. \ Lesson 34. § Lesson 42. 
I Lesson 3G. 



FRENCH COUESE. 159 

connaissez-vous pas? 18 Je ne les reconnais pas. 
19 Je vous demande cela. 20 J'attends cela de vous 
et de votre amitie. 

Exercise 88. 

1 For whom do you construct that house, for him or 
or me ? 2 I construct it for you. 3 We construct it 
for her. 4 Does he not paint with you ? 5 No, sir, 
he paints with her. 6 Are not the travelers at your 
father's with him ? 7 No, sir, they are at my intimate 
friend's. 8 Do you expect a note from me ? 9 I ex- 
pect a letter from her. 10 For whom does the mason 
construct that hot-house? 11 He constructs it for me. 
12 Do you go out before him? 13 I go out of the 
room after him. 14 Do you offer me that book? 
15 I offer the book to him. 16 Do you receive letters 
from her? 17 I receive letters from them. 18 Do 
you live at their house ? 19 I live at my brother's 
house. 20 Do you know them? 21 I do not know 
them. 22 Do you know the officers who live at my 
house? 23 I know them. 24 Where do you expect 
me ? 25 I expect you at your brother's or at your 
sister's. 



LEgON XLV. LESSON XLV. 

RESPECTIVE POSITION OP THE PRONOUNS. 

1. When there are two pronouns, they are placed in 
the following order: 



M'BN, 

T'ejst, 

NOUS EN, 
VOUS EN, 

Vous me le clonnez, 



1G0 fasquelle's introductory 

Me le * him or it, ) t , r - 

. uo me. Me les, them to me. 
Mb la, Aer or ??, ) 

, . ' I to thee. Te les, them to thee. 

1e la, her or ^, j 

Nous le, him or ^, ) ' , 

- T 7 .wo ^s. iN ous les, them to us. 

-Nous la, her or z£, J 

Vous le, him or ^, ) ^ 7 

^ T 7 , uo yot^. Vous les, £/iem to you. 

Vous la, Aer or it, [ * . * 

some, 
any, 
of it, 
of them, 

' some, 
cmy, 

o/* £Aem, 

any, 

of it, 

of them, 

some, 

any, 

of it, 

of them, ^ 

You give it to me. 
Vous no me le donnez pas, You do not give it to me. 
No us vous l'envoyons, IVe send it to you. 

II nous le prete. He lends it to us. 

II nous en donne, He gives us sonic (of it). 



> to me. 



to thee. 



to us. 



to you. 



* Lc and la become, of course, /' before a vowel or a silent h. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



161 



It will be seen that the pronoun representing the 
object follows me, te, nous, vous ; the literal transla- 
tion of the first of the sentences above would be : 
You to me it give, 

2. The pronoun representing the object comes before 
the pronouns lui, to him, to her ; leur, to them / en 
however comes after lui and leur. 



; lui, them, 



to her. 



Le lui, him or it, ) to him or T T ) to him or 

. y Lest- 

j to 

. ' y to them. Les leur, them, to them. 
La leur, her or it, ) 



La lui, her or it, ) to her, 
Le leur, him or it, 



Lui en, 



Leur en, 



to him or 
to her. 



> to them. 



some, 
any, 

of it, 
of them, 
some, 
any, 
of it, 
[ of them, 

I sell it to him or to her, 
Vous la lui recommandez, You recommend her to him 

or to her. 
Vous lui en donnez, You give him some (of it.) 

Nous la leur donnons We give it to them. 



Je la lui vends, 



Model Sentences. 

A qui pretez-vo-us ce canif ? To whom do you lend that pen- 
knife f 
Je vous le prete. / lend it to you. 

11 



162 



FAS quelle' s introductory 



Le marcliand nous le donne; 

II ne me le donne pas. 

Le lui pretez-vous? 

Nous le lui protons. 

Nous ne vous le pretons pas. 

Nous ne vous en donnons pas. 

Ne m'en apportez-vous pas ? 

Je lui en demande. 

Je ne vous en demande pas. 

M'apportez-vous ma canne ? 

Je ne vous l'apporte pas. 

Je la lui apporte. 

Me rendez-vous mon encrier ? 

Je vous le rends. 
Nous vous le rendons. 



The merchant gives it to us. 

He does not give it to me. 

Do you lend it to him or to her? 

We lend it to him or to her. 

We do not lend it to you. 

We do not give you any {of it). 

Do you not bring me any ? 

I ask him for s6me. 

1 do not ask you for any. 

Do you bring me my cane ? 

I do not bring it to you. 

I bring it to him or to her. 

Do you return my inkstand to 

me? 
I return it to you. 

We return it to you. 



Vocabulary. 



Apporter, 1* To bring. 
Aussi, Also. 
Bauquier, in. Banker* 
Beaucoup, Much, many. 
Certainement, Certainly. 
Chercher, 1. To seek, to 

look for. 
Cueilli, Picked, gathered. 
Cueillir,* 2. To gather, to 

pick. 
Devoir,f 3. To owe. 



Encore, Yet, again. 
Encrier, m. Inkstand. 
Entrer,l. Togo in, to come in. 
Expres, On purpose. 
Faute, f. Fault. 
Fleur, f. Flower. 
Offiir,* 2. To offer. 
Ouvrier, m. Workman. 
Ouvrir,* 2. To open. 
Pardonner, 1. To forgive. 
Porte, f. Door. 



* See Lesson 34. 



f See Lesson 38. 



FEE X CH COURSE. 163 

Pour, For. To uj ours, Always. 

Pourquoi, Why. Ties, Very. 

Iiapporter, 1. Tobringbach. Trouver, 1. To find. 
Rend re,* 4. To return, to Venir,f 2. To come, 
give or bring back. Volontiers, m. 'Willingly. 

Exercise 87. 

1 Rendez-vous 1' argent a votre banquier ? 2 Je le 
lui rends toujours. 3 Xe me rapportez-vous pas le 
mien ? 4 Je ne vous le rapporte pas encore. 5 Pour- 
quoi ne le lui offrez-vous pas ? 6 Je le cliercbe et je 
ne le trouve pas. 7 Pourquoi ne lui ouvrez-vous pas la 
porte ? 8 Je la lui ouvre, mais il n'entre pas. 9 Avez- 
vous cueilli cette belle fleur pour moi ? 10 J'ai cueilli 
la fleur pour vous ou pour votre amie. 11 Xe me 
devez-vous pas cet argent ? 12 Je vous le dois cer- 
tainement. 13 Votre ouvrier ne lui doit-il pas do 
l'argent ? 14 Oui, monsieur, il lui en doit beaucoup. 
15 Xe m'en devez-vous pas aussi ? 16 Je ne vous en 
dois pas, monsieur. 17 M'apportez-vous l'argent que 
vous me devez? 18 Je vous l'apporte, monsieur, je 
viens expres. 19 Xe leur pardonnez-vous pas leurs 
fautes ? 20 Je les leur pardonne volontiers. 

Exercise 88. 

1 Do )'ou bring us the money ? 2 We bring it to 
you, sir. 3 Why do you not bring them money ? 

* See Lesson 39. f Sec Lesson 37. 



164 fasqutclle's ixtt?oi>ttctoi?t 

4 We have not any, sir. 5 Why do you not return to 
me my inkstand ? 6 I return it to you, sir. 7 My 
sister brings it back to you. 8 Do you not forgive (a 
ces) those poor children? 9 I forgive (lew) them their 
fault willingly. 10 Do you not owe me that money ? 
Ill owe it to you, sir. 12 Our workmen do not owe 
it to you. 13 Do you not bring it to me ? 14 I bring 
it to you. I owe it to you. 15 Do you not pick my 
flowers for your brother? 16 N*o, sir, we pick them 
for our friend. .17 Do you bring them to me on pur- 
pose ? 18 We do not bring them to you on purpose. 
19 Do you not open the door to him? 20 I open it 
to him. 21 Your workman owes me the money. 
22 He owes it to me certainly. 23 Do you not return 
money to the banker ? 24 I return him some. 25 I do 
not find them. 



LEgOX XLYI. LESSOR XLVI. 

THE PAST PARTICIPLE. THE PAST INDEFINITE. 

1. The terminations of the past participle are : 

1st conjugation. 2d conjugation. 3d and 4th conjugation. 

Donn-e, Fin-i, Rec-u, Vend-u, 

given. finished. received. sold. 

2. The past indefinite is formed of the present of 
the indicative of Avoir, to Juice, or in a few cases 



FBEXCH COURSE. 165 

of £tre 5 to be* and the past participle of the principal 
verb.f 

3. Past Ixdefixite of Doxxee, to give, Finir, to 
fixish, Devoir, to owe, axd Vend re, to sell, etc. 

J'ai donne. I have given. 

Tu as fini. Thou heat finished. 

II a recu. He has received. 

Xous avons rendu. We have sold. 

Vous avez porte. You have carried. 

lis ont parle. They have spoken. 

IXTEEEOQATIYE FOEM. . 

Ai-je donne ? Have I given ? 

Est-ce que j'ai fini ? \ Have I finished? 

As-tu recu ? Hast thou received? 

A-t-il vendu ? Has he sold ? 

Avons-nous porte ? Have vie carried ? 

Avez-vous parle ? Have you spoken ? 

Ont-ils recu? Have they received? 

4. Sometimes the past indefinite is rendered in En- 
glish by the verb preceded t>y did, or by the imperfect 
alone. 

* ADer, to go, Arriver, to arrive, Mourir, to die, Naitre, to be born. 
ToQiber, to faU, Venir, to come, &c., take etre. See " Larger Course," 
§40, p. 321:. 

\ The rules on the variations of the past participle would only 
embarass the young student. They are therefore reserved for the 
" Larger Course." 

\ The first person of this tense may be used without est-ce que-; in 
Lmiliar conversation, however, this form is preferable. 



188 FASQUELLE^S INTRODUCTORY 

Avez-vous vu raon frere Did you see my brother yes- 

hier? terclay ? 

Je 1'ai vu la semaine der- I saw him last week, 

niere. 

Model Sentences. 

Nous avons fini notre lecon. We have finished our lesson. 
Avez-vous parle au chirurgien ? Have you spoken to the surgeon ? 
Nous avons vendu nos mar- We have sold our goods. 

chandises. 
Avez-vous apporte ma lettre ? Have you brought my letter ? 
Ma soeur a apporte mes beaux My sister has brought my hand- 

livres. some boohs. 

Nous n' avons pas recu notre We have not received our money. 

argent. 
Yous avez donne de bons con- You have given good advice. 

soils. 
N'avez-vous pas fini votre Have you not finished your cxcr- 

theme ? cise ? 

JEst-ce que j'ai parle beaucoup ? Have I spoken much ? 
II a rencontre votre frere. He has met your brother. 

II ne Fa pas rencontre. He has not met him. ' 

Quand avez-vous vu mon cou- WJien did you see my cousin f 

sin? 
Je l'ai vu ce matin. I saw him this morning, 

Lui avez-vous parle hier ? Did you speak to him yesterday ? 

Je ne lui ai pas parle. I did not speak to him. 

Vocabulary. 

Acheter, 1. To buy. Apporter, 1. To briny. 

Apercevoir, 3. Toperceive. Argent, in. Money. 



FRENCH COURSE. 107 

Chez, At or to the house of. Parapluie, m. Umbrella. 
Conduit, Taken, conducted, Parceque, Because. 

from Conduire. 4. Peigne, m. Comb. 

Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Perdre, 4. To lose. 
Dormer, 1. To give. Personne, JSFobody. 

Encore, Yet, again. Porter, 1. To carry. 

Finir, 2. To finish. Portrait, m. Portrait. 

Foin, m. Hay. Quand, "When. 

Hier, Yesterday. Recevoir, 3. To receive. 

Manger, 1. To eat. Revenu, m. Income. 

Marchandises, f. pi. Goods: Tasse, f. Cup. 
Matin, m. Morning. Vendre, 4. To sell. 

Panier, m. Basket. Vu, seen, from Voir. 3. 

Exercise 89. 

1 Je vous ai donne le parapluie. 2 Vous m'avez 
vendu des marchandises. 3 On avez-vous porte la 
tasse ? 4 N'avez-vous pas perdu votre peigne ? 5 Je 
ne l'ai pas perdu, je l'ai apporte. 6 N'avez-vous pas fini 
mon portrait? 7 Je ne l'ai pas fini. 8 Avez-vous mange 
le pain? 9 Nous ne l'avons pas mange. 10 N'avez- 
vous pas mange du pain chaud ? 11 Nous en avons 
mange. (Lit. : We have eaten some of it.) 1 2 Ma 
scaur n'a pas recu son revenu. 13 Mon cousin a rec^u 
le sien. 14 N'avez-vous pas vu mon ami ? 15 Nous 
ne l'avons pas encore vu. 16 Pourquoi n'a-t-il pas 
achete de foin? 17 II n'en a pas achete parcequ'il n'a 
pas d'argent. (Lit., lie has not bought any of it.) 
18 Ou avez-vous conduit mes parents? 19 J'ai con- 
duit vos parents chez vous. 20 N'avez-vous pas 



168 FASQUELLES INTIJODUCTOET 

apercu ces deux demoiselles? 21 Nous n'avons vu 
personne. 

Exercise 90. 

1 Have you finished the basket ? 2 I have not yet 
finished it. 3 Did you not buy the house yesterday ? 
4 We have bought it this morning. 5 What has your 
brother brought ? 6 He has brought money. 7 Have 
you not seen my brother ? 8 I saw him yesterday, sir. 
(Lit., I have seen him yesterday). 9 My friend has 
taken the young lady to your house. 10 We have 
eaten the bread and (the) meat. 11 We have not lost 
your brother's umbrella. 12 My cousin has not yet 
received his income. 13 We have bought no hay, we 
have no horse (pas de cheval). 14 He has no money, 
he has bought no horse. 15 When did you see my 
friend ? 16 I saw him yesterday morning at your 
brother's. 17 Have you given them my letter? 18 I 
gave them your brother's letter. 19 We have not 
brought the cup. 20 We did not perceive the young 
ladies. 21 We have not eaten warm bread. 22 We 
have not eaten any (of it). 23 We have eaten some. 



LEQON'XLVII. LESSON XLVII. 

THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. THE IMPERFECT OF THE 

INDICATIVE. 

1. The termination of the present participle of every 
French verb, is ant In the regular verbs of the second 
conjugation, however, that ending is preceded by iss. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



169 



1st, 3d, and 4th Conjugations. 2d Conjugation. 

ANT, ISSANT, 

Donn-ant, Recev-ant, Yend-ant, Finiss-ant, 
giving. receiving. selling. finishing. 

2. The imperfect may be formed from the present 
participle by changing ant into ais f ais, ait, ions, iez,. 
aient. The irregular verbs also come under thie rula.* 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

Donn-ant, giving. 
Fin-issant, finishing. 
Recev-ant, receiving. 
Vend-ant, selling. 
All-ant, going. 
Yen-ant, coming. 
Yoy-ant, seeing. 



IMPERFECT. 



Je donn-ais, I was giving. 
Je fin-issais, I icas finishing. 
Je recev-ais, I was receiving. 
Je vend-ais, J was selling. 
J'all-ais, 1 10 as going. 
Je ven-ais, I was coming. 
Je vby-ais, I used to see. 



3. Imperfect 

RECEIVE, AND Y 

Je donn- \ 

Je recev- \ ais. 

Je vend- ) 

Tu donn- \ 

Tu recev- v ais. 

Tu vend- ) 

II donn- \ 

II recev- \ ait. 

II vend- ) 

Nous donn- \ 

Nous recev- y ions. 

Nous vena ) 



OF DoXXER, TO GIVE, ReCEVOIB, TO 
EXDRE, TO SELL. 

1 was giving or used to give. 

I was receiving or used to receive. 

I was selling or ustd to stll. 

Thou wast giving or wast wont to give. 

Thou wast receiving or wast wont to receive. 

Thou wast selling or wast wont to sell 

He was giving or was wont to give. 

He was receiving or used to receive. 

He ivas selling or used to sell. 

We were giving or used to give. 

We were receiving or used to receive. 

We were setting or used to sell. 



* Except Avoir, to have, and Savoir, to know. Present participle: 
Ayant, Sacbant ; Imperfect : J'avais, Je savais. 

8 



170 fasquelle's introductory 

Vous donn- \ You were giving or used to give. 

Vous recev- C iez. You were receiving or used to receive. 

Vous vend- ) You were selling or used to sell. 

lis donn- \ They were giving or used to give. 

lis recev- I aient They were receiving or used to receive. 

lis vend- ) They were selling or used to sell. 

INTERROGATIVE FORM OF DONNEB, TO GIVE. 

Donnaisie? or )_--... . 

. «. S- W^ I giving or aaa /wse to g^e? 
Est-ce que je donnais ?* J 

Donnais-tu ? Was£ thou giving or <fo"d& tfiott wse to ^e? 

Donnait-il ? Was he giving or efttf he use to give f 

Donn ions-nous ? Were we giving or did we use to give ? 

Donniez-vous ? Were you giving or did you use to give ? 

Donnaient-ils ? Were they giving or did they use to give $ 

4. Like the above models are conjugated in this 
tense : 

1. All-er, to go / J'all ais, &c, I was going, &c. 

2. Couvr-ir, to cover ; Cueill-ir, to gather, die. See 
Lesson 34, R. 4. 

3. Verbs ending in tir, such as Sort-ir, to go out ; 
Sent-ir, to feel or smell. See Lesson 36. 

4. Those ending in enir, such as Ven-ir, to come / 
Ten-ir, to hold. See Lesson 37. 

Je couvr-ais, I teas covering. 

Je cueill-ais, I teas gathering. 

Je sort-ais, I teas going out. 

Je sent-ais, I used to feel. 

Je ven-ais, I was coming. 

Je ten-ais, I used to hold. . 

* In conversation or familiar writing, this form is preferable to the 

first. 



FRENCH COURSE. 171 

Model Sentences. 

L'annee derniere, j'etudiais Last year I used to study two 

deux heures tous les jours. hours every day. 

Je vendais du foin. / used to sell hay. 

Je recevais des lettres de mes I used to receive letters from my 

amis. . friends. 

Je respectais mes parents. / respected my parents. 

Le serrurier m'apportait la clef. The locksmith was bringing me 

the hey. 
Mon maitre de musique venait My music teacher used to come at 

a dix heures. ten o'clock. 

Nous leur donnions des livres. We used to give them booJcs. 
lis etudiaient leurs lecons. Tliey were studying their lessons. 

lis rendaient leurs parents They rendered their parents 

heureux. happy. 

lis vendaient leurs marchan- Tliey used to sell their goods very 

dises tres cher. dear. 

Nous les recevions cordiale- We used to receive them cor- 

ment. dially. 

Nous aimions notre sceur. We loved our sister. 

Vocabulary. 

Acheter, 1. To buy. Drap, m. Cloth. 

Beau, F.ne. Envers, Towards. 

Bien, Well. Gant, m. Glove. 

Bouilii, m. Boiled meat, Heure, f. Hour. 

Campagne, f. Country. Maitre de musique, Music- 
Cher, Dear. teacher. 

Cordonnier, m. Shoemaker, Manger, 1. To eat. 

Declarer, 1. To tear. Marchand, m. Merchant: 

Donner, 1. To give. Marchanclise, f. Goods. 



172 FASQUELLE'S I N T K O I) L T C T O R F 

Maroquin, m. Morocco. Rien, Nothing. 

Nettover, 1. 7c> cfecm. Rod, m. Boast meat. 

Noisette, f. Hazel-nut. Tableau, m. Picture. 

Orange, f. Orange. Travailler, 1. To icork. 

Peintre, m. Painter. Veau, m. Calfskin. 

Quatre, Four. Vend re, 4. To sell. 

Que, What, which. Venir, 2. To come. 

Quel, What y which. Viande, f. Meat. 



Exercise 81. 

1 Combien d'argent donniez-vous a ce petit garcon ? 
2 Je ne lui donnais rien. 3 Cette demoiselle ne tra- 
vaillait-elle pas bien? 4 Elle travaillait ties bien. 
5 Le peintre vendait-il un tableau ? 6 Le petit gargon 
dechirait ses gants. 1 Que vendiez-vous au cordonnier ? 
8 Je lui vendais du veau et du maroquin. 9 Le marchand 
recevait-il.de bon drap?- 10 II recevait de bon drap, 
mais il le vendait tres cher. 11 Achetiez-vous de 
belles oranges? 12 J'achetais des oranges et des noi- 
settes. 13 Que mangiez-vous ce matin? 14 Nous 
mangions du roti et du bouilli. 15 Je ne mangeais* 
pas de viande. 1G A [in) la campagne je mangeais 
beaucoup. 17 A quelle heure veniez-vous? 18 Je 
venaia a quatre beures. 19 Ne dechiriez-voua pas vos 
gants? 20 Xon, monsieur, je les nettoyais. 



* In verbs ending in .'/'/"• e is put before the a of the imperfect, to 
preserve the soil sound of the g. See Larger Course, page 33G, 
Rule 1. 



FRENCH COURSE. 173 

Exercise 92. 

1 How many books were you giving him ? 2 I was 
giving him no books. (See Lesson 28, R. 6.) 3 How 
were they selling their goods? 4 They sold {were sell- 
ing) their goods very clear. 5 What were you giving 
them ? 6 1 was giving them letters. 7 Did the merchant 
receive much cloth ? 8 He received much. 9 What 
were you buying ? 10 We were buying good cloth. 
11 The shoemaker was buying fine calf and good 
morocco. 12 Did the merchant sell you good cloth? 
13 He did not sell me cloth, but he sold leather to the 
shoemaker. 14 At what hour did your merchant use 
to receive his letters ? 15 He used to receive them at 
four o'clock. 16 What were you selling him? 17 I 
was selling him good books. 18 What were you eat- 
ing this morning? 19 I was eating boiled meat. 20 At 
what hour did you use to come ? (or did you come 
usually?) 21 I used to come at ten o'clock {dix 
heures.) 22 Who was selling a picture this morning? 
23 The painter was selling a picture. 2-i The little 
boy was not tearing his gloves. 25 The music-teacher 
used to come at ten o'clock. 



LEQOX XLVIII. LESSON XLVIII. 

THE IMPERFECT, CONTINUED. IRREGULAR VERBS. 

1. There are about two hundred regular verbs of the 
second conjugation. The termination of the present 



174 



FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



participle of these verbs is issant* Those of the im- 
jjerfect are issais, issais, issait, issions, issiez, iss dent. 

2. Imperfct of Finir, TO FINISH. 

I teas finishing or used to finish. 
Thou wast finishing or wast wont to 

finish. 
He was finishing or used to finish. 
We were finishing or used to finish. 
You icere finishing or used to finish. 
They were finishing or used to finish. 



Je fin-issais. 
Tu fin-issais. 

Ii fin-issait. 
Nous fm-issions. 
Vous fin-issiez. 
lis fin-issaient. 



2. Imperfect of Irregular Verbs ending 
aitbe. — Conn-aItbe, etc. See Lesson 41. 
Je conn-aissais. 



IN 



Tu conn-aissais. 
II conn-aissait. 
Nous conn-aissions. 
Vous conn-aissiez. 
lis conn-aissaient. 

3. Verbs ending in 
Lesson 40. 

Je condui-sais. 
Tu condui-sais. 
II condui-sait. 
Nous condui-sions. 
Vous condni-siez. 
lis condui-saient. 



I used to know or knew. 
Thou usedst to know, &c. 
He used to know. 
We used to know. 
You used to know. 
They used to know. ' 

tube. — Condui-re. See list, 

Twas leading, die. or led. 
Thou wast leading, dkc. 
He teas leading. 
We were conducting. 
You were leading. 
They were leading. 



* Sco end of Rule 1, last Lcssod 



FRENCH COURSE. 



175 



4. Verbs ending in ixtdre. 
son 42. 

Je crai-gnais.* 
Tu crai-gnais. 
II crai-gnait. 
Xous crai-gnions. 
Vous crai-gniez. 
lis crai-<maient. 



-Crai-ndre. See Les- 



Iused to fear or feared. 
Thou icast afraid, dbc. 
He used to fear. 
We used to fear. 
You used to fear. 
Tliey used to fear. 



Model Sentences. 



Que finissiez-vous ce matin ? 

Je finissais mon travail. 
Co-nnaissiez-vous ce monsieur ? 

Je ne !e connaissais pas. 

Oj con duisiez- vous votre cou- 
sin? 

Je le conduisais chez nous. 

Le peintre que peignait-ir? 

II peignait le portrait de ma 
sceur. 

A quelle heure veniez-vous ? 

Je venais de bonne heure. 
Mes freres venaient tard. 
Ou allaient les ouvriers ? 
lis allaient a leur travail. 
Ne craigniez-vous pas le cliien ? 



What vjere you finishing this 
morning f 

I was finishing my work. 

Were you acquainted with that 
gentleman f 

I was not acquainted with him. 

Wliere were you taking your 
cousin f 

I was taking him to our house. 

Wliat was the painter painting ? 

He was painting my sister s por- 
trait f 

At what hour did you use to 
come. 

I used to come early. 

My brothers used to come late. 

Wliere were the workmen gring ? 

They were going to their work. 

Did you not fear the dog t 



* Gn is pronounced like ni in minion. 



176 fasquelle's introductory 

Je ne le craignais pa?. I did not fear it. 

Nous ne craignions rien. We did not fear any thing. 

Vocabulary. 

AfHige, Grieved. Eteindre, 4. To extinguish. 

Agir, 3. To act) to behave. Lampe, f. Lamp. 

Aise, Glad. Od, Where. 

Aneien, Old. Ouvrier, m. Workman. 

Blanehir, 2. To whitewash. Paraitre, 4. To appear. 

Chandelle, f. Candle. Person ne, f. Person. 

Cbien, m. Dog. Personne, Nobody. 

Cceur, m. Heart. Plafond, m. Ceiling. 

Conduire, 4. To lead, to Plaindre, 4. To pity. 

take, to conduct. Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- 
De bonne heure, Early. nize. 

Ecole, f. School. Salir, 2. To soil. 

Eglise, f. Church. Tard, Late. 

Eieve, m. Pupil. Theme, m. Exercise. 

En vers, Toicards. Tout, All. 

Eux, Them. Travail, m. Work. 

Exercise 93. 

1 Nous finissions nos themes. 2 Agissiez-vous bien 
envers vos amis ? 3 J'agissais bien envera enx. 4 Le 
peintre blanehissait-il le plafond ? 5 II ne le blan- 
chissait pas. 6 Le petit gareon salissait-il sea gants ? 
7 II ne les salissait pas. 8 Salissions-nous les not res ? 
9 Vous ne les salissiez pas. 10 Ne connaissiez-vous pas 
beau coup de personnes ici ? 11 Nous ne connaissions 
personne. 12 Ces enfants paraissaient-ils bien aises? 



"FRENCH COURSE. 177 

13 lis paraissaient bien affliges. 14 Oil conduisaient- 
ils leurs amis? 15 lis les conduisaient chez leur pere. 
16 Xe reconnaissiez-vous pas vos anciens amis ? 17 Je 
ne les reconnaissais pas. 18 Xe plaigniez-vous pas ce 
pauvre ouvrier? 19 Xous le plaignions de (with) tout 
notre coeur. 20 X'eteigniez-vous pas la chandelle ? 
21 Xous eteignions la chandelle et la lampe. 



Exercise 94. 

1 What were you finishing ? 2 I was finishing my 
exercise. 3 We were finishing our work. 4 Where 
were you taking your pupil ? 5 I was taking him 
to (dP) church. 6 You were not taking those chil- 
dren to (a P) school. 7 My brother was acting as a 
friend toward you. 8 Was that gentleman behaving 
well toward us ? 9 We were not behaving well 
toward him. 10 You were not acting as a (en) friend. 

11 We did not fear you, we feared your cousin. 

12 You did not fear us, you feared our sister. 13 Did 
you pity the poor man ? 14 I pitied him with all my 
heart. ' 15 Did you use to know that workman ? 
16 We used to know him very well. 17 We did not 
recognize all (tons) our friends. 18 Where were they 
going? 19 They were not going to their work. 
20 Did you use to come early or late ? 21 We used 
to come very early. 22 We were leading our little 
brother to school ; he feared the dog. 23 The painter 
was painting my friend's portrait. 24 I did not know 
that gentleman, but I knew his brother. 

12 



178 



FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



LEgON XLIX. LESSON XLIX. 

THE PLUPERFECT. PLACE OF ADVERB. 

1. The pluperfect is formed of the imperfect of one 
of the auxiliaries, avoir or £tre, and the past participle 
of the principal verb. 

2. Pluperfect of Donner, Finir, Recevoir, and 
Vendre. 



J'avais donne. 
Tu avals fini. 
II avait regu. 
Nous avions vendu. 
Vous aviez donne. 
lis avaient fini. 



I had given. 
Thou hadst finished. 
lie had received. 
We had sold. 
You had given. 
They had finished. 



INTERROGATIVE FORM. 



Avaisje donne ? or 
Est-ce que j'avais donne ? 
Avais-tu fini ? 
Avait-il rec.ii ? 
Avions-nous vendu ? 
Aviez-vous donne ? 
Avaient-ils fini ? 



I Had I given ? 






Hadst thou fin ished i 
Had he received ? 
Had ice sold ? 
Had you given ? 
Had they finished ? 



2. The adverb which, in tenses not taking avoir or 
Ure, follows the verb, is, in those tenses formed with 
avoir or etre, generally placed between these and the 
participle. 



FRENCH COURSE. 179 

Je parle souvent. I often speak. 

J'ai souvent parle. I have often spoken. 

Je finis bientot ma lee. on. I soon finish my lesson. 

J'ai bientot fini ma le^on. I have soon finished my 

lesson. 
Je recois toujours mon ar- I always receive my money . 

gent. 
J'ai toujours requ mon ar- I have always received my 

gent. money. 

* Model Sentences. 

Aviez-vous fini a temps ? Had you finished in time ? 

Je n'avais pas fini trop tard. I had not finished too late. 
Nous avions vendu notre We had sold our house. 

maison. 
Yous n'aviez pas emprunte le You had not borrowed the booh. 

livre. 
H n'avait pas cherche son as- He had not looked for his partner. 

socie. 
H nous avait envoye du fruit. He had sent us fruit. 
lis ne vous en avaient pas en- Tliey had not sent you any. 

voye. 
Nous l'avions souvent rencontre. We had often met him. 
Nous vous en avions envoye. We had sent you some. 
N'aviez-vous pas offense votre Had you not offended your friend? 

ami ? 
Nous ne l'avions pas offense. We had not offended him. 
Yous ne m'aviez jamais ren- You had never met me. 

contre. 
Yous m'aviez donneuneardoise. You had given me a slate. 
Elles avaient allume la chan- They had lighted the candle. 

delle. 
Yous aviez lu votre lecon. You had read your lesson. 



180 



FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



Vocabulary. 



Beaucoup, Much. 
Bonne, f. Nursery-maid. 
Ba, Drank. 
Cafe, m. Coffee. 
Casse, Broken. 
Chaleur, f. Heat. 
Dec! lire, Torn. 
Deja, Already. 
Delace, Unlaced. 
Denoue, Untied. 
Deshabille, Undressed. 
Eau, f. Water. 
Ecrit, Written. 
Encore, Yet, again. 
Excellent, Excellent. 
Fenetre, f. Window. 
Ferine, Shut. 
Froid, m. Cold. 



Gateau, m. Cake. 
Gilet, m. Waistcoat. 
Habille, Dressed. 
Lacet, m. Lace. 
Lu, Read. 

Marchandise, f. Merchan- 
dise. 
Mauvais, Dad, poor. 
None, Tied. 
On vert, Opened. 
Persienne, f. Blind. 
Porte, f. Door. 
Senti, Felt. 
Soulier, m. Shoe. 
The, ra. Tea. 
Tiroir, m. Drawer. 
Tout, All. 
Vendu, Sold. 



Exercise 95. 

1 N'aviez-vous pas ouvert la porte ? 2 J'avaia ou- 
vert la porte et la fenetre. 3 Nous n'avions pas ferine 
les persiennes. 4 N'aviez-vous pas ferme le tiroir? 
5 Je ne l'avais pas ferine. 6 N'avait-elle pas habille 
l'enfimt? 1 Elle ne l'avait pas encore habille. 8 La 
bonne avait deshabille la petite fille. 9 X'aviez-vous 
pas bu beaucoup d'eau ? 10 Nous aviona bu beaucoup 
de the et de cafe. 11 Aviez-vous mange du pain? 



FRENCH COURSE. 181 

12 Xous avions mange d'excellent pain et de mauvais 
gateau. 13 Aviez-vous noue les lacets de vos souliers ? 
14 Nous avions casse nos lacets. 15 Mon frere avait 
deehire son gilet. 16 Nous avions senti le froid. 

17 Cette pauvre ferarae avait beaucoup senti la chaleur. 

18 Le marchand n'avait pas beaucoup vendu. 19 II 
n'avait pas vendu toute sa marchandise. 

Exercise 96. 

1 Had you unlaced your shoe? 2 I had not unlaced 
my shoe, I had broken my lace. 3 Had you not tied 
your lace ? 4 I had not tied my lace, I had untied it. 
5 What bread had you eaten ? 6 I had eaten excellent 
bread. 7 Had the nursery-maid dressed the child ? 
8 She had dressed the children. 9 Had you not un- 
dressed your little brother ? 10 I had not undressed 
him, I had dressed him. 11 Had you not opened my 
door? 12 I had not opened your door* I had opened 
your window. 13 Had we not shut our windows? 

14 You had shut your doors and (your) windows. 

15 Had not the merchant felt the heat much ? 16 He 
had felt the heat much. 17 Had you not untied my 
slice? 18 Yes, my child, I had untied it. 19 What 
had you torn? 20 I had torn my waistcoat and my 
gloves. 21 Had she shut the blinds of her room? 
22 She had shut the windows and (the) blinds. 23 Had 
you already received a letter? 24 I had (J'en avals) 
already received one. 25 I have already read my book 
and written my lesson. 



152 fasquklle's introductory 
LEgOX L. LESSON L. 

THE PAST DEFINITE. — ITS USE. 

1. The terminations of the past definite of the first 
conjugation are, a/, as, a, times, dtes, erent. 

2. Past Definite of Donner, to give. 
Je donn-ai. I gave or did give. 

Tu donn-as. Thou gavest or didst give. 

II donn-a. He gave or did give. 

Nous donn-ames. We gave or did give. 

Vous donn-ates. You gave or did give. 

lis donn-erent. 27iey gave or a7c? g^'ve. 

• INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Donnai-je? or ) - - r . 9 
JtLrSt-ce que je donnai r J 
Donnas-tu ? Didst thou give f 

Donna-t-il ? -Z>*Y? Ae £^Ve f 

Donnames-rfous ? ZW zee give ? 

Donnates-vous ? ZW you give ? 

Donnerent-ils ? Did they give ? 

3. All verbs ending in er, including AU-er, to go, and 
Envoy-er, to send, are conjugated in this tense like the 
above models. 

4. To use this tense, the time should be named or 
alluded to, and entirely past. 

Je parlai hier a mon frere, I spoke to my brother yes- 

t( rday. 
Je lui envoyai une lettre I sent him a letter last year, 
l'annee derni&re. 



french course. 183 

Model Sentences, 

Hier au soir, je soupai chez moi. Yesterday evening I took supper 

at home. 
Le mois passe, je lui donnai de Last month, I gave him money. 

1' argent. 
Alors, ils me blamerent beau- Then, they blamed me much. 

coup. 
L'annee derniere, j'achetai une Last year, I bought a house. 

maison. 
La semaine derniere, je quittai Last week, Heft New York. 

New York. 
LedAxdejuinJ'arrivaiaBoston. TJie tenth of June, I arrived in 

Boston. 
Avant hier, nous allames a la The day before yesterday, we 

chasse. went hunting. 

Le raeme jour, vous allates a la Tlie same day, you went fishing. 

peche. 
Le quatre de juillet, j'allai a The fourth of July, I went to 

New York. New York. 

Hier au soir, j'arrivai chez vous. Yesterday evening I arrived at 

your house. 
II parla de vous, hier matin. He spoke of you, yesterday morn- 
ing. 
II chassa deux heures, hier. He hunted two hows, yesterday. 

Vocabulary. 

Acheter, 1. To buy. Assurer, 1. To assure. 

Admirer, 1. To admire. Chercher, 1. To seek, to look 

Aller, 1. To go. for. 

An nee, f. Year. Chez, At or to the house 

Arracher, 1. To pull up, to of. 

tear up. Dernier, Last, 



J 84 



FASQUELLE S INTKOLUCTORT 



Domestique, m. or f. Ser- 
vant. 
Dormer, 1. To give. 
Envoyer, 1. To send. 
Etre, 4. To be. 
Far in e, f. Flour. 
Hier, Yesterday. 
Journee, f. Day. 
Louer, 1. To praise. 
Maison (a la), At home. 
Marcher, 1. To walk. 
Matin, m. Horning. 
Mauvaise her be, f. Weed. 
Mois, m. Month. 



Oil, Where. 
Neuf^ New. 
Panier, m. Basket. 
Parler, 1. To speak. 
Piastre, f. Dollar. 
Poste, f. Post-office. 
Precepteur, in. Teacher. 
Qirancl, When. 
Tout, All. 
Tout (flu) At all. 
Travail, Work. 
Travailler, 1. To ivork. 
Trouver, 1. To find. 
Voyage, m. Journey. 



Exercise 97. 

1 Hier matin, nous allamcs chez vous. 2 Nous ne 
vous trouvames pas a la maison. 3 Votre domestique 
nous assura que vous etiez chez votre frere. 4 Xous 
envoyames hier une lettre a la poste. 5 Nous louames 
beau co up cet ecolier, quand nous parlames a son pre- 
cepteur. 6 Je donnai l'annee derniere beaucoup de 
fruit a mon cousin. 7 Je lui envoyai un grand panier 
de pomrnes. 8 Je vous cherchai hier, toute la journee. 

9 Nous ache tames beaucoup de farine le mois dernier. 

10 Le jardinier arracha hier toutes les mauvaises herbcs 
dans notre jardin. 11 II travailla toute la journee. 
1.2 Mon pfere lui donna une piastre pour son travail. 

13 Dans mon voyage a Paris j'achetai un habit neuf. 

14 Ma sceur acheta un beau chapeau. 15 Mea frerea 



FRENCH COURSE. 185 

n'actieterent rien du tout. 16 Nous restames deux 
moisaParis. 17 Nous allames a Versailles. 18 Nous 
admirames les beaux jardins. 19 Je marchai deux 
heures hier. 



Exercise 98. 

1 Did my brother go to Paris last year ? 2 He went 
to Paris and to Versailles. 3 Did he not admire the 
gardens ? 4 Yes, sir, he admired the gardens. 5 Did 
he not praise the pictures ? {tableaux.) 6 Yes, sir, he 
praised the pictures much. 7 Where (ou) did you go 
yesterday morning ? 8 We went to your father's. 
9 Did you rind him at home? 10 We did not find 
him at home. 11 Did you speak to the servant? 
12 We did not speak to the servant. 13 Did the gar- 
dener pull up all the vegetables in your garden yester- 
day ? 14 He did not pull up the vegetables, he pulled 
up the weeds. 15 Did you praise my brother the other 
day? (rant re jour.) 16 We praised him, when he 
spoke to his friend. 1 7 His teacher praised him. 1 8 My 
father gave us a dollar last month. 19 He sent us a 
large basket of apples last year. 20 He gave us much 
fruit. 21 Did you send your letter to the post-office 
yesterday ? 22 We did not send our letters. 23 In 
our journey to London (Londres) we bought many 
books. 24 We remained two months in (a) London. 
25 Did you admire the Thames? (la Tamise) 26 We 
admired the Thames. 



186 



PASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



LEQON LI. 



LESSON LI. 



THE PAST DEFINITE, CONTINUED. SECOND AND FOURTH 

CONJUGATIONS. 

1. The terminations of this tense, in the second and 
fourth conjugations are, is, is, it, imes, ites, irent. 

2. Past Definite of Finir, tofwish, and Vendre, 

TO SELL. 

Je fin- 
Je vend- 
Tu fin- 
Tu vend- 
Ilfin- 
II vend- 
Nous fin- 
Nous vend 



is. 



| ia . 



it. 



Vous fin- ) ? 
Vous vend- j 

lis fin- ) . 

ti i [ ir 

lis vend- ) 



imes. 



ites. 



ent. 



I finished or did finish. 
I sold or did sell. 
Thou finis heelst or didst finish. 
Thou soldest or didst sell, 
lie finished or did finish. 
He sold or did sell. 
We finished or did finish. 
We sold or did sell. 
You finished or did finish. 
You sold or did sell. 
They fin Ished or did finish. 
They sold or did sell. 



3. The irregular verbs of the second conjugation, 
ending in tlr (Lesson 36), as also cuellllr, offrlr, &c, 
(Lesson 34, Rule ), take the above terminations in 
the past definite. 

Je sort- ^ I went out or did e/o out. 

I felt or did feel. 
I gathered or did gather. 
1 offered or did offer. 



Je sent- 
Je cueill" 
J'offr- 



1S. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



187 



4. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, which 
end in uire and indre, (see Les., 40 and 42,) take also 
the above endings, but the first part of the word is 
somewhat changed. 



5. Past Definite 
Peindre, to paint. 

Je conduis- 
Je peign- 
Tu conduis- 
Tu peign- 
II eonduis- 
II peign- 
Nous conduis- 
Nous peign- 
Yous conduis- 
Vous peign- 
Ils conduis- 
II s pe ign- 



is. 



. is. 



.it. 



lines. 



ites. 



}■" 



ent. 



OF CoNDUIRE, TO CONDUCT, AND 

J conducted or did conduct. 
I painted or did paint. 
Thou didst conduct. 
Thou didst paint. 
He conducted or did conduct. 
He did paint or painted. 
We conducted or did conduct. 
We painted or did paint. 
You conducted or did conduct. 
You painted or did paint. 
They conducted or did conduct. 
They painted or did paint. 



6. In those irregular verbs of the second conjuga- 
tion, which end in enir, (see Les., 37,) n is put after the 
i of the above terminations. 

7. Past Definite of Venir, to come. 



Je v ins. 
Tu v-ins. 
II v-int. 
Nous v inmes. 
Vous v-intes. 
I's v-inrent. 



I came or did come. 
Thou earnest or didst come. 
lie came or did come. 
We came or did come. 
You came or did come. 
They came or did come. 



183 fasquelle's introductory 

Model Sentences. 

Je finis ma traduction hier I finished my translation yester^ 

matin. day morning. 

Yous vendites votre maison You sold your house last year. 

l'annee derniere. 
Est-ce que je finis mon livre la Did I finish my book last week t 

semaine derniere? 
Yous conduisites votre ami en You took your friend to England 

Angleterre avant hier. the day before yesterday. 

Notre jardin produisit bien l'ete Our garden produced well last 

dernier. summer. 

Alors, il feignit de craindre mon TJien, he feigned to fear my father. 

pere. 
Je sortis hier a cinq heures. 7" went out yesterday at five 

o'clock. 
II vint chez nous dimanche He came to our house last Sun- 

dernier. day. 

Nous ne sortimes pas du tout. We did not go out at all. 
A quelle heure sortites-vous, At what hour did you go out the 

avant hier ? day before yesterday ? 

Jeudi dernier, je lui offris de Last Tliursday I offered him 

l'argent. money. 

Nous lui offrimes aussi des We offered him clothes also. 

habits. 
Lundi, nous cueillimes tout Monday ,ive picked all our fruit. 

notre fruit. 
Nous ne le vendimes pas alors. We did not sell it then. 

V O CABULA R Y. 

Absent, Absent. Apres, After. 

Agir, 2. To actj to behave. Aussi, Also. 
Ancien, Old. Avec, With. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



189 



Cinq, Five. 

Combien, How much, how 
many. 

Co minis, m. Clerk. 

Conduire, 4. To conduct, to 
take. 

Connaissance, f. Acquaint- 
ance. 

Dernier, Last. 

Heure, f. Hour, o? clock. 

Interessant, Interesting .. 

Jeucli, m. Thursday. 

Londres, London. 

Mai, Badly. 

Neveu, m. Nephew. 

Officier, m. Officer. 

Offrir, 2. To offer. 

Partir, 4. To set out. 



Perdre, 4. To lose. 
Plusieurs, Several. 
Pour, For. 
Punir, 2. To punish. 
Quatre, Four. 
Revolte, f. JRevolt. 
Samedi, m. Saturday. 
Severement, Severely. 
Soir, m. Evening. 
Sold at, m. Soldier. 
Sortir, 2. To go out. 
Tache, f. Task. 
Temps, m. Time. 
Tout a fait, Quite. 
Vendre, 4. To sell. 
Venir, 2. To come. 
Verge, f. Yard. 
Voir, 3. To see. 



Exercise 99. 



1 Les officiers punirent-ils les soldats apres la re- 
volte ? 2 lis les punirent severement. 3 Finites- 
vous votre tache, hier ? 4 Je ne la finis pas tout a 
fait. 5 Mes soeurs la finirent pour moi. 6 Ou con- 
duisites-vous votre neveu lundi ? 7 Je le conduisis a 
l'ecole. 8 Nous conduisimes aussi nos nieces chez leur 
ancienne amie. 9 Vos commis ne vinrent-ils pas chez 
vous hier an soir? 10 lis ne vinrent pas chez moi, ils 
agirent tres mal. 11 Combien de verges de drap ven- 



190 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 

dites-vous bier? 12 Nous en (of it) v en dimes cinq 
verges. 13 Ne perdites-vous pas beaucoup de temps 
a Londres? 14 Nous ne perdimes pas de temps. 

15 Votre oncle vous offrit-il de l'argent, jeudi dernier ? 

16 II ne m'offrit rien. 17 Nos eonnaissances vinrent 
nous voir samedi dernier. 18 Nous leur offrimes 
plusieurs livres interessants. 19 lis partirent a quatre 
heures, et nous sortimes avec eux. 

Exercise 100. 

1 Did you conduct your niece to school, yesterday? 
2 We did not conduct her to school. 3 Did you finish 
that book last Saturday ? 4 We did not quite finish 
it. 5 At what hour did you come yesterday morning* ? 
6 I came at ten o'clock (a dlx heures), but you were 
absent. 7 We came to your house the day before 
yesterday. 8 The officers came with us. 9 Your clerks 
did not come to my house yesterday. 10 They came to 
my brother's, Saturday (au) evening. 11 Did you offer 
them interesting books? 12 Did you not act badly 
towards (envers) your friend? 13 Isold much cloth 
yesterday. 14 We lost many books in (a) London. 
15 Your uncle lost much time. lo" We went out yes- 
terday at four o'clock. 17 We did not go out last 
Thursday. 18 My brothers set out yesterday at four 
o'clock. 19 Did you go out with them? 20 We did 
not go out with them. 21 Did your acquaintances 
come to see you last year ? 22 They did not come to 
see us. 23 My brother came to my house yesterday, 
but I was absent. 24 The officers did not punish the 



FRENCH COUESE, 191 

soldiers before the revolt. 25 They punished them 
severely after the revolt. 



LEQOX LII. LESSON LII. 

THE PAST DEFINITE, CONTINUED. THIRD CONJUGATION, 

1. In the third conjugation, the terminations of the 
past definite are, us, us, ut, umes, utes, urent. 

2. Past Definite of Recevoir, to receive. 
Je rec-us. I received or did receive. 

Tu rec-us. Thou receivedst or didst receive. 

II rec-ut. He received or did receive. 

ISTous resumes. We received or did receive. 

Yous reg-utes. You received or did receive. 

lis reg-urent. They received or did receive. 

3. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending 
in aitre or oitre, take also the above terminations. 

4. Past Definite of ConnaItre, to know. 

Je conn-us. I knew, did know, or was acquainted 

with. 
Tu conn-us. Thou knewest or didst know, cbc. 

II conn-ut. He knew or did know. 

Nous conn-umes. We knew or did know. 
Vous conn-utes. ITou knew or did know. 
lis conn-urent. They knew or did know. 

5. The following are the principal irregular verba of 



192 



fasquelle's introductory 



the second and fourth conjugations, which take the 
endings of the third in this tense : 



Courir, to run. 
Mourir, to die. 
Boire, to drink. 
Croire, to believe. 
Lire, to read. 
PJaire, to please. 



PAST DEFINITE. 

Je cour-us, &c, Iran. 
Je niour-us, I died. 
Je b-us, I drank. 
Je cr-us, I believed. 
Je 1-us, I read. 
Je pl-us, I pleased. 



6. Avoir, to have, and Etre, to be, are quite irregular 
in this tense ; the terminations, however, are like the 
above. 



7. Past Definite of Avoir and Etre. 



J'eus. 
Tu eus. 
II eut. 

Nous eunies. 
Vous eutes. 
Us eurent. 



I had. 
TJiou hadst. 
He had. 
We had. 
You had. 
They had. 



Je fus. 
Tu fus. 
Ii fut. 

Nous fumes. 
Vous fates. 
Us furent. 



J was. 
Thou wast. 
lie was. 
We were. 
You icerc. 
They were. 



Model Sentences. 

Je recus des march anclises, hier. / received merchandise yesterday. 

Lundi dernier, nous lurnes deux Last Monday we read two pages. 

pages. 

Alors, nous aperc; times Ten- Tlien, ice perceived the enemy. 

r.emi. 

Jr lus six pages mardi dernier. I read six pages last Tuesday. 

Mercredi, nous f.ines bien sur- Wednesday, we were much sur- 

pris, prised. 

Nous ne fumes pas tres faches, TT e were not very sorry. 



FRENCH COURSE. 193 

Vos sceurs fur entbi en e tonne es. Your sisters were much aston- 
ished. 

Alors, nous reconnumes leur TJien ) we acknowledged their good 

bonne volonte. will. 

Alors, vous reconnutes votre Tlien, you acknowledged your 

erreur. error. 

Jeudi, vous reeiites votre re- Tliursday, you received your in- 

venu. come. 

Vendredi, il courut chez son Friday, he ran to his father 's. 

pere. 

Samedi, nous b times de l'eau a. Saturday, we drank ice-water. 
* la glace. 

Xous cr times que vous etiez We believed that you were sick 

malade ; dimanche dernier. last Sunday. 



Vocabulary. 

Afflige, Grieved. Croire, 4. To believe. 

Aise, Glad. Dejeviner, m. Breakfast. 

Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. Eau, f. Water. 

Associe, m. Partner. Erreur, f. Error. 

Aussitot, Immediately. Evangile, m. Gospel. 

Aussitot que, As soon Fache, Sorry. 

as. Lire, 4. To read. 

Avoir, 3. To have. Lundi, m. Monday. 

Bientot, Soon. Malade, f. Sickness. 

Billet, m. Note. Mourir, 2. To die. 

Boire, 4. To drink. E*gc, f. Page. 

Chapitre, m. Chapter. Paraitre, 4.' To appear. 

Commencement, m. Be- Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 

g in n in g. Q uan <1 , IV/t en. 

Courir, 2. To run. Recevoir, 3. To receive. 

13 



194 fasquelle's intkoductoet 

Itcconnaitre, 4. To ac- Trouver, 1. To find. 

knowledge, to recognize. Vendredi, m. Friday. 
Semaine, f. Week. Verre, m. Glass. 

Surpris, 'Surprised. Voir, 3. To see. 



Exercise 101. 

1 Quand recutes-vous ce billet ? 2 Je le requs au 
commencement de la semaine derniere. 3 Nous re- 
sumes nos amis avec plaisir. 4 Nous lumes hier, line, 
histoire instructive. ' 5 Nous courilmes aussitot que 
nous les aperg umes. 6 Nous eiiraesjbeaucoup de plaisir 
qunnd nous les reconnumes. 7 Mon associe reconuut 
bientot son erreur et fut bien afflige. 8 Dimanche 
dernier il hit im chapitre de l'evangile. 9 Vous crutes 
noustrouver a la maison. 10 Nous crumes que vous 
' etiez bien facbe. 11 Nous fumes bien aises de vous 
voir. 12 Nous reconnumes bientot nos amis. 13 II 
but deux verres d'eau hier matin avant le dejeuner. 
14 Nous n'eumes pas le temps de lire beaucoup 
l'annee derniere. 15 Mon frere parut bien afflige de 
votre maladie. 16 lis parurent bien aises de nous voir 
samedi dernier. 17 Vendredi il hit une page de son 
livre. 18 Nous fumes surpris de vous voir lundi. 
19 Cet homme mourut l'annee derniere. 



Exercise 102. 

1 My brother was very glad to (de) see you yester- 
day. 2 I was much (bien) grieved at (de) your sick- 



FRENCH COURSE. 195 

ness last year. 3 We received yesterday a note from 
our father. 4 You received it with pleasure. 5 We 
were very sorry for {de) our error. 6 Last Saturday 
we read four chapters of that book. 7 You read one 
chapter of the gospel. 8 You believed that we were 
{etions) very sorry. 9 You appeared very glad to {de) 
see us. 10 You soon recognized your friends. 11 We 
drank yesterday four glasses of water. 12 You were 
surprised (de) to see us Sunday. 13 We had time to 
read much yesterday. 14 We read much yesterday 
morning. 15 At the beginning of the year, I received 
a note from my friend. 16 I received it with pleasure. 
17 We read your letter with much pleasure. 18 You 
believed that we were {etions) sick. 19 You ran as 
soon as they appeared. 20 They appeared last week. 
21 Our friends recognized us soon. 22 You believed 
to find us {nous trouver) at home. 23 We were absent 
all day yesterday. 24 We had much pleasure yester- 
day. 25 Our partner soon acknowledged his error. 



LEQON LIII. LESSON LIII. 

THE PAST ANTERIOR. AUSSI, AS. — PLUS, MORE. 

MOINS, LESS, ETC. 

1. The past anterior is composed of the past definite 
of Avoir or Etre, and the past participle of the prip- 
cipal verb. 



196 FASQUKLLK S INTEODLCTOKT 

2. Past Anterior of Donner, Fixir, Recevoir, 
axd Vexdre. 

J'eus donne. I had given. 

Tu eus fini. Thou hadst finished. 

II eut regu. He had received. 

Nous eumes vendu. We had sold. 

Vous eutes donne. You had given. 

lis eurent fini. They had finished. 

INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Eus-je donne ? or ) Tr y - . 

^ J • i- / « y Mad 1 given / 

xLst-ce que j'eus donne : J 

Eus-tu fini ? Hadst thou finished? 

Eut-il regu ? Had he received? 

Eumes-nous vendu ? Had we sold? 

Eutes-vous donne ? Had you given ? 

E uren t-ils fini ? Had they fin ished ? 

3. The past anterior is almost always preceded by 
such words as — a peine, scarcely ; quand, lorsque, 
when j des qiie, aussitot que, as soon as, &c. 

Quand il eut fini, il partit, When he had finished, he 

went out. 
Des qu'il m'eut vu, il As soon as he had seen me 
sortit, he went out. 

4. Aussi, As. 
Plus, More. 

Pas aussi, Pas si, Not so, not as. 
JMoins, Less. 

Aussi bon que son frere, As good as his brother. 
II ecrit moins que son fi ere, lie writes less than his 

brother. 



> Que, As, than. 



FRENCH COURSE. 197 

5. In English, r or er, st or est, is sometimes added 
to an adjective or an adverb, instead of putting more 
or most before it : in French, plus or le plus must be 
put before such word. 

Plus beau, Handsomer, (Lit., More handsome.) 
Le plus beau, The handsomest. (Lit., The most hand' 

some.) 

6. Meilleur, Better, (Instead of more good.) 
Mieux, Better. (In a better manner.) 

Votre livre est meilleur, Your book is better. 
Votre livre est mieux ecrit, Your book is better written. 
That is, Is icritten in a better manner. 

Model Sentences. 

Quand j'eus tue l'oiseau, je Wlien I had hilled the bird, I 

pleurai. wept. 

Aussitot que je lui eus fait un As soon as I had made him a 

joli present, je partis. pretty present, I left. 

Quand vous eutes oblige votre When you had obliged your 

ami, il partit. friend, he went 

Nous eumes fini notre travail de We had finished our worlc early, 

bonne heure, lundi dernier. last Monday. 
Nous ne l'eumes pas fini tard. You had not finished it late. 
Quand il eut tcrit mieux que When- he had written better than 

sou frere, son maitre le loua. his brother, his master praised 

him. 
' Quand il eut ecrit plus que lui, When he had written more than 

il sortit. he, he ivent out. 

Nous eumes fini le miroir dans We had finished the mirror in 

une heure. an hour. 

Co pommier est plus beau que That apple-tree is more beautiful 

ce cerisier. than that cherry-tree. 



198 fasquelle's INTROD U OTOE Y 

Yotre habit est meilleur que le Your coat is better than mine. 

mien. 
II est aussi bien fait que le It is as well made as mine. 

mien. 
Eile travaille aussi bien que sa She worlcs as well as her sister. 

sceur. 

Vocabulary. 

Aller, 1. To go. Fini, Finished. 

Appris, Learnt. Habit, m. Coat, Clothes. 

Assez, Enough. Jouer, 1. To play. 

A temps, In time. Manteau, m. Cloak. 

Attentif, Attentive. Parle r, 1. To speak. 

Aussitot que, As soon as. Pleurer, 1. To weep. 

Dejeuner, 1. To breakfast. Ote, Taken off. 

Deplaisir, m. Displeasure. Odvrage, m. Work. 

Dette, f. Debt. Partir, 2. To go away, to 
Devoir, m. Duty. set out. 

Dix, Ten. Pay 6, Paid. 

Donner, 1. To give. Present, m. Present. 

Ecole, f. School. Quand, When. 

Eerit, Written. Reconnu, Recognised. 

Etudier, 1. To study. Remercier, 1. To thank. 

Eu, Had. ■ Sincerite, f. Sincerity. 

Gate, Spoiled. Sortir, 2. To go out. 

Exercise 103. 

1 Nous eumes fini bier a dix heures. 2 Nous 
nVumes ]>as fini a temps. 3 Quand j'eus ecrit, je 
jouai. 4 Votre scour etudie aussi bien que vous. 
5 Elle est plus attentif a ses devoirs que vous. Quand 



FRENCH COURSE. 199 

ils eurent ote leur manteau, ils sortirent. 7 Quand il 
eut pave ses dettes, il partit. 8 Ils partirent quand ils 
eurent fini leur ouvrage. 9 Quand j'eus donne un 
present a mon ami, il me remercia. 10 Aussitot qu'il 
m'eut remercie, je partis. 11 J'eus moins de sincerite. 
12 Nous eumes beaucoup plus de deplaisir. 13 Quand 
ils eurent gate leurs habits, ils pleurerent. 14 Quand 
ils eurent asse& pleure, ils etudierent. 15 Aussitot que 
j'eus parle a son frere, je sortis. 16 Des que je l'eus 
reconnu, je lui parlai. 17 Quand il eut appris sa lecon, 
iljoua. 18 Des qu'il eut joue, il dejeuna. 19 Quand 
il eut dejeune, il alia a l'ecole. 20 Nous eumes fini a 
temps bier. 

Exercise 104. 

1 When he had studied his lesson, he went out. 
2 When we had finished we went away. 3 When 
they had studied enough (assez), they breakfasted. 
4 Is your coat better than mine ? 5 It is not better 
than yours. 6 Is your cloak handsomer than your 
brother's ? 7 It is handsomer than my brother's. 8 It 
is as good as my cousin's. 9 As soon as he had taken 
ofFhis coat, he played. 10 As soon as he had played, he 
breakfasted. 11 As soon as he had played, he studied 
his lesson. 12 We went away when we had finished 
our work. 13 They wept w T hen they had spoiled their 
coats. 14 We went out as soon as we had spoken to 
our brother. 15 When he had written his lesson, he 
played. 16 When we had breakfasted, we went to 
school. 17 I went away when I had thanked him. 
18 She plays less than her brother. 19 Her cousin 



200 



FASQUELLE S INTKODUCTOET 



studies moi*e than she. 20 I spoke to your father as 
soon as I had recognized him. 21 When he had 
spoken to me, he went away. 22 She is not more at- 
tentive than you. 23 Your cousin is more attentive to 
his duties. 24 Your sister does not study as well as 
you. 25 When we had written, we played. 



LEQON LIV. 



LESSON LIV. 



THE FUTURE. FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. 

1. The terminations of the future of every verb in 
the French language are, rai y ras, ra, rons, rez, ront. 

2. The future of the regular verbs of the first and 
second conjugations, may be formed from the infinitive 
by adding the above endings without the r. 

3. Future of Donner and Finir. 



Je donne- 
Je fini- 
Tu donne- 
Tu fini- 
II donne- 
II fini- 

Nous donne- 
Nous fini- 
Vous donne- 
Vous fini- 
Ils donne- 
Ils fini- 



rai. 



ras. 



ra. 



rons. 



rez. 



ront. 



I shall or will give. 
I shall or will finish. 
Thou shalt or icilt give. 
Tlion shalt or icilt finish. 
He shall or will give. 
He shall or will finish. 
We shall or will give. 
We shall or will finish. 
You shall or will give. 
You shall or will finish. 
They shall or will give. 
They shall or will 'finish. 



F BENCH COUESE. 201 

4. Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending 
in tir (Lesson 36), as also Couvrir, Decouvrir, Offrir, 
Ouvrir, Recueilier (Lesson 34), are regular in this 
tense, and conjugated like the above model. 

INFINITIVE. FUTURE. 

Sentir, to feel, &c. Je sentirai, J shall feel. 

Sortir, to go out. Je sortirai, I shall go out. 

Offrir, to offer. J'offrirai, I shall offer. 

Couvrir, to cover. Je couvrirai, I shall cover. 

5. Cueillir and its compounds take e instead of i be- 
fore those endings. 

Cueillir, to gather. Je cueillerai, I shall gather. 

6. Aller and Envoyer are irregular in their first part, 
but the endings are regular. 

Aller, to go. J'irai, I shall or will go. 

Envoyer, to send. J'enverrai, I shall or will send. 

7. Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending 
in enir (Lesson 37), are only irregular in the first part ; 
their endings are regular. 

Venir, to come. Je viendrai, I shall come. 

Tenir, to hold. Je tiendrai, I shall hold. 

8. In speaking of a future time, the French generally 
use the future where the present is often used in English. 
Quand vous viendrez ame- When you come {shall come) 

nez votre soeur. bring your sister. 

Mode l Sentences. 

Je vous donnerai un verre d'eau. Iivill (jive you a glass of water. 
Nous vous pruterons un fusil. TT r e will lend you a gun. 

9* 



202 fasquelle's inteoductoet 

J'irai a New York demain. IshallgotoNew York to-morrow. 

Nous quitterons New York We will leave Xew York Satur- 

samedi. day. 

J'enverrai un cheval a mon I shall send a horse to my brother. 

frere. 

Je lui enverrai un cbeval. I shall send him a horse. 

Nous sortirons demain matin. We will go out to-morrow morn- 
ing. 

Yousnesortirezpasaujourd'hui. You will not go out to-day. 

' Sa sceur cassera le miroir. His sister will break the mirror. 

Elle ne le cassera pas. She will not break it. 

Le marchand gagnera beau- The merchant will gain much. 

coup. 

II nous offrira du fruit. He will offer us fruit. 

H cueillera une belle rose. He ivill pick a beautiful rose. 

Yous ne finirez pas votre lettre. You will not finish your letter. 

Yous agirez bien envers lui. You will act well toward him. 

Vocabulary. 

Agir, 2. To act, to behave. Envoyer, 1. To send. 

Aller, 1. To go. Fleur, f. Flower. 

An, in. Year. Ileure, f. O'clock, hour. 

Apporter, 1. To bring. Jardin, m. Garden. 

Assiette, f. Plate. Londres, London. 

Aujourd'iiui, To-day, Meilleur, Better, Best. 

Bague, f. Ring. Offrir, 2. To offer. 

Bel, Handsome. Oiseau, m. Bird. 

Bonne heure (<lc), Early. Parlor, 1. To speak. 

Casser, 1. To break. Partir, 2. To go, to set out. 

Cueillir, 2. To pick. P6che, f. Peach. 

Dans, In. Quand, When. 

Demain, To-niorroic. Quatrc, f. Pour. 



FEEXCH COURSE. 203 

Quelle, f. What, tchich. Tard, Late. 

Quitter, 1. To leave. Temps (a), la time. 

Rester, 1. To remain. Yenir, 2. To come. 

Sortir, 2. To go out. Voiture, f. Carriage. 

Exercise 105. 

1 Je quitterai Paris dans un an. 2 Je ne resterai 
qu'un an a Londres. 3 Xous irons a Ann Arbor de- 
main. 4 Xotre ami nous enverra sa voiture. 5 A 
quelle heure l'enverra-t-il ? 6 II nous l'enverra dj 
bonne heure. 7 Je sortirai demnin a six Leu res. 8 Je 
partirai a quatre heures. 9 Nous ne partirons pas 
tard. 10 Quand nous viendrens-nous lui j^arlerons? 
11 Xous vous donnerons le plus bel oiseau. 12 Xous 
vous apporterons une belle bague. 13 Elles easseront 
nos meilleures assiettes. 14 Xous vous offrirons les 
plus belles lleurs de notre jardin. 15 Xous sortirons 
quand vous viendrez. 16 Xous agirons mieux au- 
jourd'hui. 17 Xous viendrons quand nous sortirons. 
18 Xous parlerons mieux dans quelque temps. 19 Xous 
offrirons une plus belle peche a notre mere. 20 Yous 
lui offrirez la meilleure que vous cueillerez. 

Exercise 106. 

1 I shall speak to the bird. 2 You will not give me 
a bird. 3 You will go to London to-day. 4 You 
will not break my plate. 5 You will offer me a plate. 
G We will offer a plate to our friend. 7 I shall finish 
my lesson early. 8 Shall I send you my best ring ? 



204 fasquelle's introductory 

9 When you come you will bring your gold ring. 

10 To-morrow, I will send you a beautiful flower. 

11 You will come tomorrow morning at four o'clock. 

12 We will come early. 13 At what hour shall we 
come? 14 Will you offer me beautiful flowers? 

15 We will give you the most beautiful flowers. 

16 You will go out when I come. (Lit., shall come.) 

17 Your sisters will speak better after (dans) some 
time. 18 We will go to New York to-day. 19 We 
will send you a fine peach. 20 We shall go out to- 
morrow morning. 21 The gardener will offer us fruit. 
22 You will not break the looking-glass. 23 You will 
offer a beautiful rose to your mother. 24 You will 
come in (dans) one year. 25 You will behave better 
to-morrow. 



LEgON LV. LESSOX LY. 

THE FUTURE, CONTINUED. THIRD AND FOURTH 

CONJUGATIONS. 

1. To form the future of the regular verbs of the 
third and fourth conjugations, the terminations of the 
infinitive, oir and re, are dropped, and the terminations 
of the future substituted. 

INI l NIT I YE. FUTURE. 

Recev-oir, to receive. Je reccv-rai, J shall receive. 
Vend-re, to sell. Je vend-rai, I s/udl sell. 

2. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending 

in \iire % aitre, and indre^ are regular in this tense. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



205 



3. Future of Recevoir, Vendre, Conthjire, Con- 

NAITRE, AND PeINDRE. 



Je recev- 
Je vend- 
Je condui- 
Je connait- 
Je peind- 

Ta recev- 
Tu vend- 

Tu condui- 
Tu connait- 
Tu peind- 

II recev- 
II vend- 
II condui- 
II connait- 
II peind- 

Nous recev- 
Nous vend- 
No us condui- 
Nous connait- 
Nous vend- 

Vous recev- 
Vous vend- 
Vous eondui- 
Vous connait- 
Vous peind- 



1 shall or icill receive. 
I shall or icill sell. 
rai. I shall or icill conduct. 

I shall or will know. 
I shall or will paint. 

Thou shalt or wilt receive. 
Thou shalt or wilt sell. 
ras. TIiou shalt or wilt conduct. 

Thou shalt or icilt know. 
Thou shalt or icilt paint. 

He shall or will receive. 
He shall or icill sell. 
ra. Tie shall or will conduct. 

He shall or will knoio. 
He shall or will paint. 

We shall or will receive. 
We shall or icill sell, 
y rons. We shall or will lead. 
We shall or will knoic. 
We shall or will pa int. 

You shall or will receive. 
You shall or will sell. 
rez. You shall or will lead. 

You shall or will know. 
You shall or will paint. 



206 



fasquelle's introductory 



Us recev- 
Us vend- 
Us condui- 
Ils connait- 
II s peind- 



They shall or will receive. 
They shall or will sell. 
ront. They shall or will conduct. 
They shall or will know. 
They shall or will paint. 



4. The future of Avoir and Etre is irregular in the 
first part of the word, but regular in the ending. 

5. Future of Avoir and Etre. 



J'au-rai. 
Tu au-ras. 
II au-ra. 
Nous au-rons. 
Vous au-rez. 
Us au-ront. 

Je se-rai. 
Tu se-ras. 
II se-ra. 
Nous se-rons. 
Vous se-rez. 
Us se-ront. 



I shall or will have. 
Thou shalt or wilt have. 
He shall or will have. 
We shall or icill have. 
You shall or will have. 
They shall or icill have. 

I shall or will be. 
Thou shalt or wilt be. 
lie shall or icill be. 

We shall or will be. 

You shall or will be. 
TJiey shall or will be. 



Model Sentences. 

Je les recevrai avec plaisir. I shall receive them with pleasure. 

Yous recevrez vos freres cor- You icill receive your brothers 



dialemeht 
Nous ne les recevrons pas bien. 
Je connattrai mon devoir. 
Nous reconnaitrons nos amis. 

Nous parai irons .satisfaits. 



cordially. 
We will not receive them icell 
I shall know my duty. 
We shall recognize our friends. 
We will appear satisfied. 



FRENCH COURSE. 207 

Le teinturier teindra cette sole. Tiie dyer will dye this silk. 

Yous peindrez un beau tableau. You will paint a beautiful picture. 

Nous serons bien aises de vous We shall be very glad to see you. 

voir. 

Yous aurez beaucoup de plaisir. You will have much pleasure. 

Yous aurez tort, certainement. You will be wrong, certainly. 

Yotre soeur n'aura pas honte. Your sister will not be ashamed. 

J'aurai bien froid ce soir. I shall be very cold, this evening. 

Est-ce que j'aurai trop chaud ? Shall I be too warm f 

N'aurai-je pas bien froid ? Shall I not be very cold t 



Vocabulary. 

Amitie, f. Friendship. Loyer, m. Rent. 

Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. Marche, m. Market. 
Attendre, 4. To wait for, Oncle, m. Uncle. 

to expect. Paraitre, 4. To appear. 

Bibliotheque, f. Library. Question, f. Question. 
Bientot, Soon. Repandre, 4. To spill. 

Chale, m. Shaiol. Repondre, 4. To answer, to 

Charme, Delighted. reply. 

Concevoir, 3. To conceive. Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- 
Connaissance, f. Acquaint- nize. 
Cultive, Cultivated, [ance. Salle a manger, f. Dining 
En ere, f. Ink. room. 

Esperance, f. Hope. Tante, f. Aunt. 

Facbe, Sorry, angry. Tapis, m. Carpet. 

Feindre, 4. To pretend, to Teindre, 4. To dye. 

feign. Teinturier, m. Dyer. 

Gater, I. To spoil. Tort, m. Wrong. 

Libraire, m. Bookseller. Voir, 3. To see. 



208 FASQUELLES INTRODUCTORY 

Exercise 107. 

1 Vous apercevrez vos connaissances. 2 Nous cc 
cevrons des esperances. 3 Nous ne recevrons pas 
notre lover. 4 Votre libraire n'aura-t-il pas tort ? 
5 Notre tante nous reconnaitra bient6t. 6 Elle parai- 
tfa charmee de nous voir. 7 Le teinturier ne teindra 
pas bien ce chale. 8 Elles feindront beaucoup d'amitie 
pour nous. 9 Nous ne les conduirons pas au marclie. 

10 Est-ce que je les conduirai ehez moi ou chez vous ? 

11 Nous ne serons pas faclies de tout cela. 12 Le 
jardin de notre oncle sera beaucoup plus grand que le 
mien. 13 II sera beaucoup mieux cultive. 14 Vous 
ne repondrez rien a ses questions. 15 Vous repondrez 
a ce monsieur que vous etes bien faehe. 16 Vous ne 
repandrez pas l'encre sur le tapis. 17 Nos freres ne 
gateront pas leurs chapeaux neufs. 18 Vous nous at- 
tendrez dans la salle a. manger. 19 Nous vous atten- 
drons dans la bibliotheque ou dans le jardin. 

Exercise 108. 

1 I shall receive a handsome shawl from ((7c) my 
mother. 2 We shall perceive our uncle. 3 You will 
go to (the) market to-morrow. 4 We shall not answer 
well. 5 We shall expect you to-morrow at four o'clock. 
G You will not spill the water on the carpet. 7 We 
shall be delighted to (de) sec you. 8 You will be 
Wrong to. (</') expect your cousin. 9 You will not be 
cold. (Lesson .) 10 We shall be very cold this 
evening. 11 I shall reply to the lady that I am very 



FRENCH COURSE. 209 

sorry. 12 We will conceive great (de grandes) hopes. 
13 The dyer will not dye your shawl. 14 My brother 
will spoil his new coat. 15 My cousin will w r ait for us 
in the dining-room. 16 You will wait for us in the 
library. 17 We will come soon. 18 We will soon go 
into (dans) the library.- 19 We shall know our friends 
again. 20 We shall know our brother. 21 My garden 
will be better cultivated than yours. 22 We shall be 
sorry for (de) that. 23 You will paint the best picture. 
24 You will reply to my brother's questions. 25 We 
shall receive our rent to-morrow morning. 



LEgOX LVI, LESSON LVI. 

THE FUTURE ANTERIOR. AUTANT DE, AS MUCH. — -PLUS 

DE, MORE) ETC. 

1. The future anterior is composed of the future of 
the verbs Avoir or Etre, and the past participle of the 
principal verb. 

2. Future Anterior of Donner, Finir, Rece- 
voir, and Vend re. 

J'aurai donne. I shall or will have given. 

Tu auras fini. TJwu shalt or wilt havefinished. 

II aura requ. lie shall or will have received. 

Xous aurons vendu. We shall or icill have sold. 

Vous aurez donne, You shall or will have given. 

lis auront fini. TJiey shall or will havefinished. 

14 



210 



fasquelle's introductory 



Shall I have given ? 



INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Aurai-je donne? or \ 

Est-ce que j'aurai > 
donne ? ; 

Auras tu tini ? 
Aura-til re^u ? 
Aurons-nous vendu ? 
Aurez-vous donne ? 
Auront-ils tini ? 



Shalt thou have finished ' ? 
Shall hejiave received ? 
Shall or will we have sold ? 
Shall or will you have given ? 
Shall they have finished ? 



Que de, As, 
than. 



3. Autant de, As much, as many. 
Plus de, More. 
Pas autant de, Not as much or 

as many. 
Moins de, JLess, fewer. 

The above words come almost always before a noun. 
Autant d'or que d'argent. As much gold as silver. 
J'aurai donne moins de I shall have given less paper 

papier que de carton. than pasteboard. 



Model Sentences. 

Domain, j'aurai quitte la ville. To-morrow, I shall have left the 

city. 
Je n'aurai pas perdu mon temps. I shall not have lost my time. 
Vous n'aurez pas ete attentif. You will not have been attentive. 
Noua n'aurons pas eu trop We shall not have had too mach 

tTorgueil. pride. 

Eile aura re§u trop de lettres. She will have received too many 

letters. 
Vous aurcz vendu trop clier. You ivill have sold too dear. 



FRENCH COURSE. 211 

Elles n'auront pas vendu a They will not have sold on credit 

credit. 

Yous aurez donne plus d'or que You will have given more gold 

d" argent. than silver, 

Elles auront lu moins de lettres. They will have read fewer letters. 

Sa sceur aura etudie moins de His sister will have studied fewer 

lecons. lessons. 

Elles auront eu autant de mo- TJiey will have had as much 

destie. modesty. 

Ce jeune homme aura eu autant This young man will have had as 

de courage que de modestie. much courage as modesty. 

II aura eu plus de vanite que He will have had more vanity 

de merite. than merit 



Vocabulary. 

Annee, f. Year. Lu, Read. 

Attend u, Waited for ', ex- Mais, m. Maize, corn, 

pected. Meilleur, Better, best. 

Attendre, 4. To wait. Modestie, f. Jlodesty. 
Autant, As much, as many. Moins, Less. 

Berger, in. Shepherd. Moitie, f. Half. 

Ble, m. Wheat. Montre, Shown. 

Chagrin, m. Grief. Mouton, m. Sheep. 

Dernain, To-morrow. Or, m. Gold. 

Demi, Half. Orge, f. Barley. 

Discours, m. Speech. Orgueil, m. Pride. 

Dit, Said. Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 

Ecrit, Written. Plus, More. 

Entendu, Heard. Page, £ Page. 

Laine, f. Wool. Quitte, Left. 

Long-temps, Long. Seigle, m. Bye. 



212 fasquelle's inteoductoky 

Theme, m. Exercise, Trop, Too much. 

Tondu, Shoi*n. Vendu, Sold. 

Tout, All. Verite, f. Truth. 



Exercise 109. 

1 Aurai-je attendu trop longtemps ? 2 Vous n'aurez 
pas attendu le berger une demi-heure. 3 Aurons-ncus 
entendti tout le discours ? 4 Yous en aurez entendu 
la moitie. 5 Vous n'aurez pas dit toute la verite. 
6 Aurons-nous autant de ble que de seigle cette annee ? 
V Vous aurez plus d'orge que de rnais. 8 Nous 
aurons eu beaucoup moins de chagrin que de plaisir. 
9 Ces demoiselles auront montre plus d'orgueil que de 
modestie. 10 Auront-elles parle mieux que leurs amies ? 
11 Elles auront parle beaucoup mieux qu'elles. 12 Le 
berger n'aura-t-il pas tondu tous ses moutons ? 13 II 
aura tondu ses moutons et vendu sa laine. 14 Demain 
matin j'aurai quitte votre maison. 15 N'aurai-je pas 
ecrit plus de themes que vous? 16 Vous en aurez 
ecrit moins. 17 Nous n'aurons pas lu une demi page. 
18 II aura apporte moins d'or que d'argent. 19 Est- 
ce que j'aurai offense votre pere? 20 Aurai-je offense 
mon meilleur ami ? 

Exercise 110. 

1 We shall have had more wheat than barley. 2 You 
shall have had less rye than wheat. 3 We shall have 
shorn our sheep. 4 My sisters have shown more pride 
than modesty. 5 You will have read more than your 



FRENCH COURSE. 213 

« 

friend. 6 His friend will have written more exercises. 
7 We shall have sold all our corn. 8 They will have 
heard half his discourse (the half of his discourse). 

9 The shepherd will not have told all the truth. 

10 We shall have had more pleasure than grief. 1 1 The 
shepherds will have shorn all their sheep. 12 They 
will not have sold all (toute) their wool. 13 To-morrow 
they will have left our house. 14 Shall we have heard 
your father ? 15 We shall have heard him. 16 We 
shall not have waited too long. 17 You will have 
written two letters. 18 The gentleman will not have 
left London. 19 You will have read my book. 20 You 
will not have spoken better than I (inoi). 21 The 
shepherd will have had (en) more wool. 22 They will 
not have waited too long. 23 You will have brought 
more gold than silver. 24 They will have heard their 
best friend. 25 We will not have offended our father. 



LEQON LVII. LESSOX LVII. 

THE CONDITIONAL. FIRST- AND SECOND CONJUGATION. 

1. The endings of the conditional of every French 
verb are, rais, rais, rait, rions, riez, raient. 

2. The conditional may be formed from the future 
by putting, instead of the terminations at, as, a, ons, 
ez, out, those of the imperfect of the indicative, ais, ais, 
ait, ions, iez, aient. 



214 



fASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



1st Conj. Donner, 
2d Conj. Finir, 
3d Conj. Recevoir, 
4th Conj. Vendre, 



FUTURE. 

Je donner-ai, 
Je finir-ai, 
Je recevr-ai, 
Je vendr-ai, 



CONDITIONAL. 

Je donner-ais. 
Je finir- ais. 
Je recevr-ais. 
Je vendr-ais. 



3. The conditional of verbs of the first and second 
conjugations, may also be formed, by adding the ter- 
minations of the imperfect of the indicative, to the in- 
finitive of the verb.* 



INFINITIVE. 



CONDITIONAL. 



1st Conj. Donner, to give. Je donner-ais, I should give. 
2d Conj. Finir, to finish. Je finir-ais, I should finish. 

4. Irregular verbs ending in tir are regular in this 
tense, as are also Offrir, Couvrir, Ouvrir, &c. Cueillir 
and its compounds take e instead of i before r in this 
tense as in the future. (Lesson 34.) 

5. Conditional of Donner, Finir, Sentir, Ouvrir, 
and Cueillir. 

I should, could, or would give. 
I should, could, or would finish. 
rais. I should, could, or would feel. 
I should, could, or would open. 
I should,, coidd, or woidd gather. 



Je donne- 
Je fini- 
Je senti- 
J'ouvri- 
Je cueille- 



r 



Tu clonnc- 
Tu fini- 
Tu senti- 
Tu ouvri- 
Tu cueille- 



Tliou shouldst, couldst, or icouldst give. 
Thou shouldst, coiddst, or icouldst finish. 
Thou shouldst, couldst. or wouldstfeel 
TIiou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst open. 
Tliou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst gather. 



* Except A Her, to <j>\ Envoyer, to send, and verbs ending in cnir. 



F E E X C II COURSE. 



215 



II donne- 
II fini- 
II senti- 
II ouvri- 
II cueille- 

Nous donne- 
Xous fini- 
Nous senti- 
Nous ouvri- 
Xous cueille- 

Yous donne- 
Yous fini- 
Yous senti- 
Yous ouvri- 
Yous cueille- 

Ils donne- 
Ils fmi- 
Ils senti- 
Ils ouvri- 

Ils cueille- 



He should^ could, or would give. 
He should, could, or would finish. 
), rait. He should, could, or would feel. 
He should, cordd, or would open. 
He should, could, or would gather. 

We should, could, or would give. 
We should, could, or would finish. 
ions. We should, could, or would feel. 
We should, could, or would open. 
We should, could, or would gather. 

You would, could, or should, give. 

You vjould, could, or should finish, 
y riez. You would, could, or should feet 

You would, could, or should open. 

You would, could, or should gather. 

*. 

Tliey would) could, or should give. 

Tliey would, could, or should finish. 
L raient. Tliey would, jcould, or should feel. 

They would, could, or should open. 

Tliey would, could, or should gather. 



5. In Aller, to go, Envoyer, to send, as also in verba 
of the second conjugation ending in enir, the first part 
of the verb is changed, but the terminations are like* 
the above. 



INFINITIVK. 



CONDITIONAL. 



Aller, to go. J'i-rais, I should go. 

Envoyer, to send. J'enver-rais, I should send. 

Venir, to romp. Jo viend-rais, T should come. 

Tenir, to hold. Je tiend-rais, I should hold. 



216 



FASQFEI.LE S INTRODUCTORY 



Model Sentences. 



Je donnerais du fil au tailleur. 
Vous finiriez cette page. 
Nous ne sentirions pas le froid. 
lb ouvriraient les portes. 
II cueillerait de belles fleurs. 
Nous irions a l'ecole. 
Ma sosur enverrait son dornes- 

tique. 
Yous viendriez a trois lieures. 
Nous tiendrions le cheval. 
Est-ce que je parlerais bien ? 
Yous offririez de la viande. 
Nous n'ouvririons pas le tiroir. 
Nous couvririons les fleurs. 
V r ous iriez chez votre ami. 



I would give thread to the tailor. 
You would finish that page. 
We should not feel the cold. 
Tliey would open the doors. 
He woidd pick beautiful flowers. 
We would go to school. 
My sister would send her servant. 

You would come at three o'clock. 

We would hold the horse. 

Should I speak well t 

You would offer meat. 

We should not open the drawer. 

We should cover the flowers. 

You would go to your friend 's. 



Vocabulary. 



Acier, m. Steel. 
Aujourd'hui, To-day. 
Ce que, That which, what. 
Chez, At or to the house of. 
Commode, f. Bureau, 

drawers. 
Envers, Towards. 
Fenetre, f. Window. 
Fer, m. Iron. 
Fruit, m. Fruit, 
Gazette, £ Paper, JVeivs- 

paper. 
Logement, rn. TJodging. 



Maintenir, 2. To maintain. 
Mieux, Better. 
Monsieur, m. Gentleman. 
Offre, f. Offer. 
Opinion, f. Opinion. 
Ouvrir, 2. To open. 
Peine, f. Trouble. 
Polir, 2. To polish. 
Pour, For. \ally. 

Ponctuellement, Punctu- 
Porte, f. Door. 
Refuser, 1. To refuse. 
Serrurier, m. locksmith. 



FRENCH COURSE. 217 

Table, f. Board. Tort, Wrong. 

Temps, m. Time. Toujours, Always. 

Tenir, 2. To hold. Tout, All. 

Tiroir, m. Drawer. Viande, f. Heat. 

Exercise 111. 

1 Je lui parlerais, si j'avais le temps. 2 Le serrurier 
polirait le fer et l'acier. 3 Vous ouvririez les portes et 
les fenetres. 4 Nous viendrions ponctuellement. 5 lis 
ne viendraient pas chez nous. 6 Vous viendriez chez 
ce monsieur. 7 lis nous enverraient la gazette d'au- 
jourd'hui. 8 Vous ne cueilleriez pas tout mon fruit. 
9 Nous ne tiendrions pas ce livre. 10 Vons ne lui 
offririez rien pour sa peine. 11 Ne lui offririez-vous 
pas la table et le logement? 12 Nous n'ouvririonspas 
tons les Airoirs de cette commode. 13 Est-ce que je 
tiendrais le cheval de mon cousin ? 14 Vous ne sentiriez 
pas tous vos torts en vers lui. 15 Vous ne maintien- 
driezpas toujours votre opinion. 16 Nous vous offririons 
toujours, tout ce que vous avons. 17 Est-ce que je 
parlerais beaucoup mieux ? 18 Nous leur offririons du 
pain et de la viande. 19 Nous refuserions leurs offres. 

Exercise 112. 

1 Would you speak to him ? 2 We would not speak 
to him. 3 I would not give him the fruit. 4 The 
locksmith would not polish the iron, he would polish 
the steel. 5 We would offer you bread and meat. 
G We would not open that drawer. 7 Your locksmith 
would open all the drawers. 8 lie would give me 

10 



713 fasquelle's introductory 

board and lodging. 9 I should hold my cousin's horse. 
10 We should open the door ; we should not open the 
window. Ill would not maintain my opinion. 12 We 
should feel our wrong towards you. 13 I should speak 
much better. 14 They would not come to our house 
to-day. 15 I should send you to-day's newspaper. 
16 The gentleman would come punctually. 17 She 
would offer us all (that) she has. 18 We would offer 
you all (that) we have. 19 You would pick fine fruit. 
20 We should not refuse your offer. 21 We should 
refuse his offer. 22 You would-come in time. 23 He 
would polish the steel. 24 We should open your door. 
25 We should not give you the trouble. 



LEQON LVIII. LESSOR LVill. 

THE CONDITIONAL, CONTINUED. THIRD AND FOURTH 

CONJUGATIONS. 

1. What has been said in the last lesson (Rule 2) 
with regard to forming the conditional from the future, 
applies also, as the examples will show, to these two 
conjugations. 

2. In order to form the conditional of the third and 
fourth conjugations from the infinitive, the endings of 
the infinitive must be displaced, and those of the con- 
ditional (rai$y rai^ rait, rions^ r/r.r, raient) substituted. 

1NPIN1TIVE. CONDITIONAL. 

."•<! (\>nj. Recev-oir. Je recev-rais, Tshouldreci 

4th Conj. Vend-re, Je vend-rais, 1 should sell. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



219 



3. This rule will also apply to those irregular verbs 
of the fourth conjugation, ending in uire, (litre, and 
indre. (Lessons 40, 41, 42.) 

4. Conditional of Recevoir, Vendre, Conduire, 
CoxxaItre, and Peixdre. 

Je recev- -^ I should, could, or would receive. 

Je vend- I should, could, or would sell.. 

Je conclui- V rais. I should, could, or would conduct 
Je connait- I should, could, or would know. 

Je peind- J I should, could, or would paint. 

Tu recev- ^ Tlwu shouldst, couldst, or wouldst receive. 

Tu vend- Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst sell. 

Tu condui- y rais. Tlxou shouldst, couldst, ox wouldst conduct. 

Tu connait- Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst know. 

Tu peind- J Thou shoiddst, couldst, or wouldst paint. 

II recev- ^ He should, could, or would receive. 

II vend- He should, could, or would sell. 

II condui- J> rait. ZTe should, could, or would conduct. 
\\ connait- He should, coidd, or would know. 

II peind- J J7e should, could, or would paint 

Nous recev- ^ TPe should, could, or would receive. 

Nous vend- TFe should, could, or would sell. 

Nous condui- v rions. Tie should, could, or would conduct 

Nous connait- TFb should, could, or ivould know. 

Nous peind- J We should, could, or ivould paint 

Vous recev- ^ Tow would, should, or co?^/cZ receive. 

Yous vend- Tow would, should, or cow/ri seZ?. 

Vous condui- v riez. To^ would, shoidd, or cow?d conduct 

Vous connait- Yo^ would, shoidd, or could know. 

Vous peind- J Yew woidd, should, or could paint 



220 



fasquelle's introductory 



lis recev- 
Ils vend- 
Ils eondui- 
Ils connait- 
Ils peind- 



They would, could, or should receive. 
TJiey would, could, or should sell. 
± raient. Tliey would, could, or should conduct. 
TJiey woidd, could, or should know. 
They would, could, or should paint. 



5. The conditional of Avoir, to have, and Etre, to be, 
Las the same irregularities in the first part of the word 
as the futures. 

6. Conditional of Avoir and Etre. 
J'aurais. ■ I should have. 

Tu aurais. Thou wouldst have. 

II aurait. lie woidd have. 

Nous aurions. We should have. 

Vous auriez. You loould have. 

lis auraient. They would have. 

Je serais. I should be. 

Tu serais. Thou wouldst be. 

II serai t. He would be. 

Nous serions. We should be. 

Vous seriez. You would be. 

lis seraient. They looidd be. 

Model Sentences. 

Je recevrais dcs oranges. I should receive oranges. 

Nous devrions beaucoup. We should owe much. 

Yous apercevriez votre faute. You would perceive your faidt. 
Yous perdriez l'estime de votre You would lose your brothers 

fro re. esteem. 

lis vendraient a perte. TJiey would sell at a loss. 

Est-ce que je n'pondrais bien? Should I answer well? 



FRENCH COURSE, 



221 



II conduirait ces enfants a 

l'eglise. 
Nous connaitrions notre devoir. 
Nous peindrions un grand 

tableau. 

Nous craindrions leur colere. 
Ma soeur aurait bien tort.* 
Nous serious extremement 

faches. 
J'en serais bien aise. 
Je n'aurais pas raison. 
Ma soeur aurait tort. 



He would take those children to 

church. 
We should know our duty. 
We should paint a large picture. 

We would fear their anger. 
My sister would he very wrong. 
We should he extremely sorry. 

I should he very glad of it. 

I should not he right. 

My sister would he wrong. 



Vocabulary. 



Aise, Glad. 

Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. 
Chambre, f. Room. 
Credit (a), On credit. 
Dame. f. Lady. 
Devoir, 3. To owe. 
Dollar, m. Dollar. 
Etudier, 1. To study. 
Facilement, Easily. 
Froid, m. Cold.\ 
Honte,* f. Shame, ashamed. 
Libraire, m. Bookseller. 
Mai ad e, m. Side man. 
Mille, Thousand. 
Mordre, 4. To bite. 



Oncle, m. Uncle. 

Oblige, Obliged. 

Pauvre, Poor. 

Peine, f. Trouble. 

Perdre, 4. To lose. 

Plaindre, 4. To pity. 

Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 

Raison, f. Right. 

Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- 
nize, to acknowledge. 

Rendre, 4. To render, to 
return. 

Re pond re, To ansioer, to 
reply. 

Teindre, 4. To dye. 



* See Lesson 20. f Froid, Chaud, Tort, Raison, &c, aro nouns. 



222 fasquelle's introductory 

Teinturier, m. Dyer Soie, f. Silk. 

Tort, m. Wrong. Soin, m. Care. 

Satin, m. Satin. Trop, Too much, too 

Societe, f. Society, company. many. 

Exercise 113. 

1 Je ne devrais pas mille dollars. 2 Nous n'aperce- 
vriona pas leurs amis. 3 Vous ne repondriez pas a 
toutes leurs questions. 4 II aurait raison* et vous 
auriez tort.* 5 Nous ne perdrions pas toute not re 
peine. 6 Vous leur rendriez tous leurs livres. 7 Vous 
reconnaitriez cette bonne dame. 8 Le teinturier tein- 
drait la soie et le satin. 9 Nous peindrions deux heures 
et vous etudieriez trois heures. 10 Nous n'aurions* 
pas trop froid' dans cette chambre. 11 Vous auriez 
raison et ma soeur aurait tort. 12 Ce bon cliien ne 
vous mordrait pas. 13 Le libraire ne vend rait pas a 
credit. 14 Nous conduirions ce pauvre malade avec 
beaucoup de soin. 15 Je le conduirais avec beaucoup 
de plaisir. 16 Nous le plaindrions beaucoup. 17 Est- 
ce que je ne connaitrais pas mon oncle? 18 Vous le 
connaitriez facilement. 19 Nous serions bien (eery) 
aises de votre societe. . 20 Nous vous serions fort (very) 
obliges. 21 Je n'aurais pas honte* de ma conduite. 

Exercise 114. 

1 We should be very glad of your company. 2 My 
brother would owe a thousand dollars. 3 We should 



* Froid, Chaud, Tort, Rai.son, &c, are nouns. 



FRENCH COURSE. 223 

recognize your brother. 4 You would recognize the 
bookseller. 5 We should lead our friend's horse. 
6 I should lead that sick man. 7 You would study 
three hours. 8 We should paint four hours. 9 We 
should be wrong and you would be right.* 10 Should 
I recognize my uncle? 11 You would know him cer- 
tainly. 12 My brother would conduct the bookseller 
with much care. 13 We should dye the silk, and the 
dyer the satin. 14 You would answer the bookseller 
and the dyer. (Put cat before the two nouns.) 15 We 
should be cold, and you would be ashamed.* 16 We 
should pity the poor sick man. 17 We would not sell 
on credit, we would sell for cash (comptcmt). 18 We 
should study easily. 19 Our sister would study with 
pleasure. 20 Would our dog bite me? 21 Our good 
dog would not bite you. 22 You would lose your 
trouble. 23 I should be obliged to you. 24 My 
father would be very glad of your company. 25 Hb 
would not perceive his friends. 



LEgOX LIX. LESSOR LIX. 

THE CONDITIONAL PAST. — THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

1. The past of the conditional is composed of the 
conditional of one of the verbs, avoir and etre, and 
the past participle of the principal verb. 

* Froid, Chaud, Tort, Raison, &c, are nouns. 



224 fasquelle's introductory 

2. Past of the Conditional of Donner, Finir, 
Recevoir, and Vendre. 

J'aurais donne. I should have given, 

Tu aurais fini. Thou wouldst have finished. 

II aurait rec,u. He would have received. 

Nous aurions vendu. We should have sold. 

Vous auiiez donne. Ybic could have given. 

lis auraient fini. They toould have finished. 

INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Aurais je donne ? or ) ~ 7 _ , T . . a 

_, ° . , „ y Should 1 have given r 

Jist-ce que j'aurais donne : \ 

Aurais-tu fini? Woiddst thou have finished? 

Aurait-il recu ? Should he have received? 

Aurions-nons vendu ? Would we have sold ? 

Auriez-vous donne ? Should you have given ? 

Auraient-ils fini ? Should they leave finished ? 

3. Qui, Who, which, that. 

La dame qui parle, The lady icho sjieaks. 

La rose qui sent bon, The rose which smells good. 

4. Qui, Whom, in asking a question. 

Qui auriez-vous vu ? Whom would you have seen ? 

5. Que, Whom, which, what. 

Le libraire que vous louez, The bookseller whom you 

praise. 
Le livre que vous dechirez, The book which you tear. 
Que lisez-vous? What do you read? 

Que cannot be omitted in French, as which, whom, 
that, often are in English. 



FEEKCH. COURSE. 225 

The book you have bought, must be expressed in. 
French by : 
Le livre que vous avez The book which you leave 

achete, bought, 

6. Dont, Of which, of whom, whose, from ichich, 
from whom. 

L'ami dont j'ai parle, The friend of whom I have 

spoken. 
Le papier dont je parle, The paper of 'which I speak. 
Dont is not to be put at the beginning of a sentence. 

7. De qui, Of whom, from whom. 
De quoi, Of 'what, about what. 

De qui parlez-vous ? Of whom do you speak f 

De quoi me parlez-v T ous ? Of (or about vrfiat) do you 

speak to me ? 

Model Sentences. 

J'aurais clonne un parasol. I should have given a parasol. 

Nous aurions fiui notre theme. We should have finished our eoc- 

ercise. 

lis auraient regu un present. They would have received a pres- 
ent. 

Le marchand aurait vendu un TJie merchant would have sold a 
voile. veil. 

Le monsieur qui aurait parle. Tlie gentleman who would have 

spoken. 

La fleur qui est sur la table. Tlie flower which is on the table. 

Qui serait bien aise ? TT7*o would be very glad? 

Le tapis que vous auriez achete. The carpet (which) you would 

have bought. 



226 fasquelle's introductory 

Le cordon que vous auriez noue. Tlie string (which) you would 

have tied. 
Le menuisier dont vous parlez. The joiner of whom you speak. 
Le poisson dont il parle. The fish of which he speaks. 

De qui avez-vous re^u cela ? From whom- have you received 

. that? 
De quoi auriez-vous parle ? Of what (about what) would you 

have spoken 2 
J'aurais eu besoinf d' argent. / should have been in need of 

money. 
J'aurais ete bien aise de vous I should have been very glad to 

voir. see you. 

Aurions-nous entendu notre Should we have heard our friend? 
ami ? 



V O CABULA R Y. 



Affaire, f. Affair. 
Aise, Glad. 
Apporte, Brought. 
Arrivee, f. Arrival. 
Associe, ra. Partner. 
Beignet, m. Fritter. 
Bois, m. Wood. 
Concluite, f. Conduct. 
Crayon, m. Pencil. 
Cueilli, Picked. 
Cuisiniere, f. CooJc. 
Dans, In. 
D6jeun 6, Breakfasted. 



Dont, Ofichich 

Ete, Been. 

Eu, Had. 

Fait, Made. 

Fleur, f. Flower. 

*Honte, f. Shame, ashamed.) 

*Huit, Eight. 

Jambon, m. Ham. 

Jardin, ra. Garden. 

Loner, 1. To praise. 

Mange, Fat en. 

Miir, Pipe. 

Ouvert, Opened. 



\ See Lesson 20 



FRENCH COURSE. 227 

Parasol, m. Parasol. Pupitre, m. Desk. 

Porte, f. Door. Rien, Nothing, not any 

Pour, For. thing. 

Plus, More. Taille, Mended, cut. 

Exercise 115. 

1 Le parasol que nous vous aurions donne est beau. 
2 Xous ne l'aurions pas loue. 3 II nous aurait parle de 
nos affaires. 4 De quoi vous aurait-elle parle? 5 Elle 
ne m'aurait parle de rien. 6 Nous aurions ete bien 
aises de leur ariivee. 7 Nous aurions requ plus que 
notre associe. 8 Xous n'aurions pas eu tort.* 9 Elles 
auraient eu honte de leur conduite. 10 Le bois dont 
vous nous parlez n'aurait pas ete bon pour nous. 
11 Xous n'aurions pas cuei li cette fleur. 12 Vous 
n'auriez pas ouvert la porte du jardin. 13 Xous 
n'aurions pas mange le jambon que vous avez apporte. 

14 La cuisiniere nous aurait fait de bons beignets. 

15 Xous aurions dejeune ce matin a huit heures. 16 Le 
fruit que vous auriez apporte n'aurait pas ete mur. 
17 II n'aurait pas taille ce crayon. 18 Le crayon dont 
vous parlez est dans mon pupitre. 19 De qui l'avez- 
vous rec,u ? 

Exercise 116. 

1 Would you have mended my pencil ? 2 I would 
have mended your pencil. 3 You would have given 

* See Lesson 20. 



228 fasquelle's inteoductobt 

us a fine parasol. 4 We should have praised your 
conduct. 5 What would you have brought ? 6 We 
would have brought good wood. 7 Would you have 
been glad of their arrival ? 8 We should have been 
very glad of their arrival. 9 We should not have been 
ashamed of our conduct. 10 We should not have 
eaten ripe fruit. 11 We would have eaten the fritters. 
12 Would you not have received more than your 
partner? 13 M'y partner would have opened the 
garden door. 14 They would have eaten the fruit 
which you have brought. 15 The ham of which you 
speak is good. 16 You would have praised the ham. 
17 The flower of which you speak is beautiful. 18 Of 
whom do you speak? 19 The wood of which you 
speak is good. 20 You would not have praised him. 
21 My sister would have praised our garden. 22 The 
cook would have made good bread. 23 You would 
have given us the beautiful flower. 24 We should not 
have breakfasted at eight o'clock. 25 What would 
you have opened ? 26 I would have opened your desk. 



LEgON LX. LESSON LX. 

THE IMPERATIVE. THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 

1. The imperative has no first person in the singular. 

2. The terminations of the other persons, in the first 
conjugation, are the same as those of the present of the 
indicative, with the exception of the second person, 



FRENCH COURSE. 229 

which, in the imperative, has no s. The endings are, 
e, e, ons, ez, ent. 

3. Present of the Imperative of Donner, to give, 

Donn-e. Give or give thou. 

Qu'il donn-e. Let him give. 

Donn-ons. Let us give. 

Donn-ez. Give or give ye. 

Qu'ils donn-ent. Let them give. 

4. In the other conjugations, the endings are the 
same as in the present of the indicative, with the ex- 
ception of the third person singular. 

2d Conj. is, isse, issons, issez, issent. 
3d Conj. ois, oive, evons, evez, oivent. 
4th Conj. ds, de, dons, dez, dent. 

5 Imperative of Finir, Recevoir, and Yendre. 
Fin-is, Rec-ois, Ven-ds, 

Finish (thou). Receive (thou). Sell (thou). 

Qu'il fin-isse, Qu'il rec-oive, Qu'il ven-de, 

Let him finish. Let him receive. Let him sell. 

Fin-issons, Rec-evons, Ven-dons, 

Let us finish. Let us receive. Let us sell. 

Fin-issez, Rec-evez, Ven-dez, 

Finish, Receive. Sell. 

Qu'ils fin-issent, Qu'ils rec-oivent, Qu'ils ven-dent, 

Let them finish. Let them receive. Let them sell. 

6. Negative Form of the Imperative. 
Ne donne pas. Do not give. 

Qu'il ne finisse pas. Let him not finish. 

Xe recevons pas. Let us not receive. 



230 fasquelle's inteoductoby 

Ne vendez pas. Do not sell. 

Qu'ils ne donnent pas Let them not give. 



Model Sentences. 

Donnez ce beau cheval. Give that beautiful horse. 

Qu'il parle a son ancien ami. Let him speak to his old friend. 
Ne pre tons pas notre argent. Let us not lend our money. 
Finissez aussitot que possible. Finish as soon as possible. 
Ne recevez pas sa lettre. Do not receive his letter. 

Qu'ils vendent meilleur marche. Let them sell cheaper. 
Vendez toutes vos marchan- Sell all your goods. 

dises. 
Agissez bien envers lui. Act well towards him. 

Agissons toujours bien. Let us always behave well. 

Cherissez toujours vos parents. Always cherish your parents. 
Qu'ils finissent bientot. Let them finish soon. 

Ne donnons pas cette belle Let us not give that beautiful 

peche. peach. 

Mangez un morceau de pain. Eat a piece of bread. 
Apportez ce livre, demain Bring that book to-morrow morn- 

matin. ing. 

Ne perdez pas patience, Do not lose patience. 



Vocabulary. 

Acier, m. Steel. Avertir, 2. To team, to in- 

Admirer, 1. To admire. form. 

Adoucir, 2. To soften, to Bon to, f. Kindness. 

alleviate. Commencer, 1. To com- 

Agir, 2. To act, to behave. mence. 

Arrivce, f. Arrival. Ecolier, in. Scholar. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



231 



Effets, m. pi., Things. 
En vers, Towards. 
Garde r, 1. To keep. 
Gateau, in. Cake. 
*IIeros, m. Hero. 
He ure ux, Happy. 
Juste, Right, correct. 
Louer, 1. To praise. 
Meriter, 1. To deserve. 
Mesdemoiselles, Young 

ladies. 
Misere, f. Misery. 
Monde (tout le), Every 

body. 



Oiseau, m. JBird. 
Pauvre, m. Poor man. 
Perdre, 4. To lose. 
Preter, 1. To lend. 
Prix, ra. Price. 
Punir, 2. To punish. 
Repandre, To spill. 
Rendre, To render % to re- 
turn. 
Reputation, f. Reputation. 
Tapis, m. Carpet. 
Ternir, 2. To tarnish. 
Theme, m. Exercise. 
Tuer, 1. To kill. 



Exercise 117, 

1 Donnez du gateau a ces enfants. 2 Donnez une 
plume d'acier a cette petite fille. 3 Ne louez pas ce 
petit gar^on, il ne le merite pas. 4 Gardez le livre que 
je vous ai prete. 5 Mesdemoiselles, commencez votre 
theme. 6 Ne tuez pas ce pauvre oiseau. 7 N'admi- 
rons pas ce heros.f 8 Ne punissons pas ces ecoliers, ils 
sont attentifs. 9 Qu'il avertisse son pere de notre ar- 
rivee. 10 Adoucissez la misere du pauvre. 11 Ne 
ternissez pas la reputation de vos parents. 12 Qu'il 
receive toujours ses amis avec bonte.- 13 Vendons 
toujours a juste prix. 14 Agissons toujours bien 



f The h is aspirated. 



232 fasquelle's inteoductouy 

envers tout le monde. 15 Rendons toujours nos pa- 
rents heureux. 16 •Ne repandons pas l'encre sur le 
tapis. 17 Ne perdez pas vos effets, et les effets de 
votre sceur. 

Exercise 118. 

1 Praise that good girl, she deserves it. 2 Give 
that good steel pen and keep the pencil. 3 Do not 
keep the steel pen. 4 Do not keep the book which I 
have given you, 5 Do not punish that little girl. 
6 Let us receive our friends kindly (with kindness). 
1 Act always well towards your friends. 8 Young 
ladies, finish your exercise. 9 Sell always at a just 
price. 10 Do not kill those poor birds. 11 Let him 
not tarnish his father's reputation. 12 Let us pity the 
poor man's misery. 13 Admire those heroes.* 14 Al- 
leviate their misery. 15 Act always well towards every 
body. 16 Render your parents happy. 17 Do not 
lose your things. 18 Let us not spill the ink upon the 
table. 19 Punish your scholars, they are not atten- 
tive. 20 Let us commence our exercises. 21 Let us 
inform our father of our friend's arrival. 22 Inform 
my mother of their arrival. 23 Keep the cake which 
your mother has given you. 24 Behave well towards 
him (lui). 



* The h is aspirated. The s of ces is therefore not carried to tha 
next word. 



FRENCH COURSE. 233 

LEgOX LXI. LESSOX LXI. 

THE IMPERATIVE, CONTINUED. IEEEGULAE TEEBS. 

1. The verb Aller, to go, is irregular in this tense ; 
the second person singular, however, is like the third 
person singular of the present of the indicative, and the 
first and second persons plural are like the correspond- 
ing persons of that tense. 

2. Imperative or Aller, to go, Affirmatively 

AXD XeGATIVELY. 

Va. Go thou. 

Qu'il aille. Let him go. 

Allons.* Let us go. 

Allez. Go {ye). 

Qu'ils aillent. Let them go. 

Xe va pas. Do not go. 

Qu'il n'aille pas. Let him not go. 

X 'allons pas. Let us not go. 

X'allez pas. Do not go. 

Qu'ils n'aillent pas. Let them not go. 

3. Couvrir, Cueillir, Offrir, &c, (Lesson 34, R. 4.) 
although belonging to the second conjugation, take, in 
the imperative, the regular endings of the first. 

* Allans is used as an interjection, and is then rendered in English 
by Come! 

Allons ! mes amis, a Touvrage ! Come, my friends, to work/ 



234 fasquelle's introductory 



IMPERATIVE. 



Couvrir, to cover. Couvre, Cover thou. 

Cueillir, to gather. Cueille, Gather thou. 
Offrir, to offer. OfFre, Offer thou. 

4. Those verbs of the second conjugation, which end 
in tirm&enir, (Lessons 36 and 37), and those of the 
fourth, ending in uire, aitre, and indre, (Lessons 40, 
41, and 42,) are also like the present of the indicative, 
except in the third person singular. 

THIRD PERSON OF IMPERATIVE. 

Sentir, to feel. Qu'il sente, Let him feel. 

Venir, to come. Qu'il vienne, Let him come. 

Conduire, to conduct. Qu'il conduise, Let him conduct. 
Connaitre, to know. Qu'il connaisse, Let him know. 
Pendre, to paint. Qu'il peigne, Let him paint. 

5. The imperative of Avoir and Etre is quite ir- 
regular. 

Aie, Have thou. Sois, Be thou. 

Qu'il ait, Let him have. Qu'il soit, Let him be. 

Ayons, Let us have. Soyons, Let us be. 

Ayez, Have (ye). Soyez, Be (ye). 

Qu'ils aient, I^et them have. Qu'ils soient, Let them be. 

Model Sentences. 

Allons a Paris, demain matin. Let us go to Paris to-morrow 

morning. 
Qu'ils .aillent a l'ecole de bonne Let them go to school early. 

heure. 
Allons! mes enfants, etudiez Come! my children, study your 

votre lee on. lesson. 



F BENCH COUESE, 235 

N'allez pas au marche aujour- Do not go to market to-day. 

d'hui. 

Xe cueillez pas cette pomme. Do not pick that apple. 

N'ouvrez pas la fenetre. Do not open the luindow. 

Offrez cette fleur a voire amie. Offer that flower to your friend. 

Ferrnez cette porte bien vite. Shut that door very quickly. 

Yenez a deux heures. Come at two o'clock. 

Xe venez pas trop tard. Do not come too late. 
Qu'ils viennent avant trois Let them come beforeihree o'clock. 

heures. 

Conduisez ce pauvre aveugle. Lead that poor blind man. 

Xe paraissez pas afflige. Do not appear grieved. 

Xe craignons pas nos amis. Let us not fear our friends. 

X'ayez pas peurt de ce chien. Do not be afraid of that dog. 

Soyons contents de notre sort. Let us be satisfied with our lot. 

Vocabulary. 

Animal, m. Animal. Fache, Angry, sorry. 

Chat, m. Cat. Gater, 1. To spoil. 

Commission, f. Errand. General, m. General. 

Conduite, f. Conduct. *Hache, f. Axe. 

Contre, Against, with. *IIonte, f. Shame, ashamed. 

Craindre, 4. To fear. Jours (tons les), Every day. 

Defendre, 4. To defend. Malade, Sick. 

Desespoir, m. Despair. Mechant, Cross. 

Desirer, 1. To wish, to de- Morcean, m. Piece. 

sire. Oublier, 1. To forget. 

Eeole, f. School. Pomme, f. Apple. 

Eglise, f. Church. Peur, £ Fear, afraid. 

\ See Lesson 20. 



236 fasquelle's introductory 

Plain&re, 4. To pity, Toucher, 1. To touch. 

Qnelques, A few. Trop, Too much, too many. 

Reduire, 4. To reduce. Vieille, Old woman. 

Tard, Late. ^ Vite, Quick, quickly. 
Temps (a), In time. Voir, 3. To see. 

Exercise 119. 

1 Allez chez ce monsieur, il desire vous voir. 2 N'allez 
pas a l'ecole ce matin, vous etes malade. 3 Allons ! 
mes amis, cueillez quelques pommes. 4 Ne soyez pas 
fache si nous venons trop tard. 5 N'ayez pas peur,* 
moil enfant, le chat n'est pas mediant. 6 Ne touehons 
pas la hache, nous la gaterions. 7 N'offrez pas de pain 
a cet enfant. 8 Offrez un morceau de viande a ce 
monsieur. 9 N'ayez pas honte de votre conduite. 
10 Qu'elles viennent a huit heures. 11 Ne conduisez 
pas ce gar^on cliez le general. 12 Plaignez cette 
pauvre vieille. 13 Ne craignez pas tous les animaux. 
14 N'oubliez pas ma commission. 15 Ne soyons pas 
faches contre elle. 16 Ne reduisons pas nos parents an 
desespoir. 1 7 Defendons toujours nos amis. 1 8 Venez 
toujours a temps. 19 Ne venez jamais trop tard. 
20 Qu'ils aillent a l'eglise tous les jours. 

Exercise 120. 

1 Come to my house in time. 2 Do not go to your 
brother's. 3 Go to her house, she wishes to see you. 



* See Lesson 20. 



FRENCH COURSE. 237 

4 Come, young ladies, pick some flowers. 5 Come at 
ei^ht o'clock. 6 Let us not be afraid of the doof. 
7 Do not be afraid of the horse, my child. 8 Do not 
touch the cat, he is cross. 9 Let us go to church this 
morning. 10 Let us pick a few apples in the garden. 
11 Do not be angry with that little girl, she is not 
cross. 12 Let him not reduce (drive) his parents to 
despair. 13 Let us not fear that man. 14 Defend 
always your friends, my child. 15 Let us not come 
too late. 16 Go to school to-day -at eight o'clock. 
17 Conduct our friend to the general's. 18 Offui* a 
piece of bread to that child. 19 Do not spoil the axe. 
20 Go to church every day. 21 Lead that poor old 
man to your house. 22 Do not be angry with us. 

23 Go to my father's, he wishes (to) speak to you. 

24 Let us pity the poor old woman. 25 Do not forget 
our errand. 



LEgOX LXII. LESSOX LXII. 

PLACE OF PROXOUXS WITH THE IMPERATIVE. 

1. We have seen, Lesson 43, that certain personal 
pronouns are placed before the verb. 

2. When, however, the verb is in the second person 
of the singular, or in the first or second person of the 
plural of the Imperative not conjugated ney<ttv;ehj, 
those pronouns come after the verb; two of them, me 
and te, however, are changed into moi and toi. We 
will here repeat the list. 



238 fasquelle's introductory 

Moi, Me, to me. 

Toi, Thee, to thee. 

Le, Him, it, masculine. 

La, Her, it, in the feminine. 

Lui, To him, to her. 

Nous, Us, to us. 

Vous, You, to you. 

Les, Them, \ „ , . 1 

T mi > i° r both genders. 

Leur, lo them, j ° 

Ex, #/* ££, o/ ^Aera, some, any. 

T, To it, to them, there, at that place. 

Donnez-moi du lait, Give me some milk. 

Parlez-lui cordialement, Speak to him cordially. 

Conduisez-le ehez son frere, Take him to his brothers. 

Donnez-en, Give some of it. 

Allez-y, Go there. 

3. With those persons of the Imperative used affir- 
matively, the pronoun representing the object comes 
before that representing the person. 

Donnez-le-moi, Give it to me. 

Conduisez-le-lui, Take him to him. 

4. En and Y, however, follow the other pronouns. 
Donnez-lui-en, Give him some. 
Conduisez-1'y, Take him there. 

5. With those persons of the Imperative used nega- 
tively, and with the third person of the singular and 
plural, the pronouns precede the verb according to 
Lessons 43 and 44. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



239 



Ne le lui donnez pas, 
Ne lui parlez pas, 
Ne lui en donnez pas, 
Qu'il lui parle, 
Qu'il ne lui parle pas, 



Do not give it to him. 
Do not speak to hi?n. 
Do not give him any. 
Let him speak to him. 
Let him not speak to him. 



Model Sentences, 



Pretez-moi de l'argent. 
Ne me pretez pas d'argent. 
Yendez-nous cette maison. 
Ne nous vendez pas cette 

maison. 
Yendez-la-lui. 
Ne la lui vendez pas. 
Racontez-nous cette aventure. 
Ne nous la racontez pas. 
Bacon tez-nous-la. 
Conduisez-nous dans la biblio- 

theque. 
Ne les y conduisez pas. 
Conduisez-nous-y. 
Envoyez-leur de belles peches. 

Envoyez-leur-en. 

Ne leur en envoyez pas. 



Lend me some money. 

Do not lend me any money. 

Sell us that house. 

Do not sell us that house. 

Sell it to him. 

Do not sell it to him. 

Relate that adventure to us. 

Do not relate it to us. 

Relate it to us. 

Take us into the library. 

Do not take them there. 

Take us there. 

Send them (some) beautiful 

peaches. 
Send them some. 
Do not send them any. 



Vocabulary. 



Accepter, 1. To accept. 
Acheter, 1. To buy. 
Aimer, 1. To like, to love. 
Aise, Glad. 



Amitie, f. Friendship. 
Attentivement, Attentively. 
Autrui, Others. 
Bientot, Soon. 



210 fasqttelle's introductory 

Bijou, m. Jewel. Offrir, 2. To offer. 

Cache r, 1. To conceal. Orfevre, m. Goldsmith. 

Chercher, 1. To seek. Papier, m. Paper. 
Con d aire, 4. To conduct, Preter, 1. To lend. 

to lead, to take. Propre, Own. 

Defend re, 4. To defend. Punir, 2. To punish. 

Demander, 1. To ask. Quand, ~\Vhe?i. 

Desirer, 1. To wish. Raconter, 1. To relate. 

Envoyer, 1. To send. Refuser, 1. To refuse. 

Faute, f. Fault. Rien du tout, Nothing at 
Feuille, f. Sheet. all. 

Frangais, m. French. Sincerement, Sincerely. 

Histoire, f. History. To uj ours, Always. 

Lettre, f. Letter. Tout, All. 

Meriter, 1. To deserve. Y, There. 



Exercise 121. 

1 Donnez-leur tout ce qu'ils demandent. 2 Xe leur 
refusez rien du tout. 3 Xe le cherchez pas ce matin, 
il n'est pas chez lui. 4 OfFrez-lui votre amitie, il 
l'acceptera. 5 Xe la lui offrez pas, il ne l'acceptera pas. 
6 Conduisez-nous chez l'orfevre, nous desirous acheter 
des bijoux. 7 Conduisez-nous-y bient6t. 8 Xe nous 
punissez pas pour les fautes d'autrui. 9 Punissez-nous 
pour nos propres fautes. 10 Xe leur cachez pas ton- 
jours vos fautes. 11 Xe les leur cachez pas, ils vous 
aiment sincerement. 12 Defendez-les toujours, ils 
meritent votre amitie. 13 Etudiez le francnis, etudiez- 
le attentivement. 14 Xe leur envoyez pas cette lettre 
cette semaine. 15 Envoyez-la-leur quand ils seront 



FRENCH COURSE. 241 

(Lesson 54, Rule 8,) a la maison. 16 Pietez-moi une 
feuille de papier. 17 Pretez-m'en une. 18 Ne m'en 
pretez pas. 19 Ne me racontez pas cette histoire. 
20 Racontez-la-leur, ils seront bien aises. 

Exercise 122. 

1 Give them those jewels. 2 Do not give those 
-jewels to the goldsmith. . .3 Give them to me. 4 Do 
not give them to him. 5 Accept all that he offers 
you. 6 Offer them those jewels, do not offer them to 
me. 7 Do not punish them, punish us. 8 Punish 
them for their own faults. 9 Do not defend them, 
they do not deserve your friendship. 10 Send them 
that letter. 11 Send it to them this week. 12 Do 
not lend them those jewels. 13 Let us study French 
(le frangais), let us study it attentively. 14 Do not 
lend them a sheet of paper. 15 Take us to the book- 
seller (libraire), we wish to buy some paper. 16 Do 
not take the child to the goldsmith. 17 Do not punish 
them. 18 Punish him, do not punish her. 19 Relate 
that story to us. 20 Relate it to him. 21 Do not 
relate it to them. 22 Do not offer him your friend- 
ship. 23 Send it to them when they are at home. 
(See JVo. 15 of the exercise above) 24 Offer her that 
jewel, she will accept it. 25 Offer it to her. 26 Do 
not offer it to her. 



16 



242 



fasquelle's introductory 



LEgOK LXIII. LESSOR LXIII. 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE. FIRST AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 

1. The endings of all the French verbs in this tense 
are, e, es, e, ions, iez, ent. 

2. These terminations, it will be noticed, are like 
those of the present of the indicative of the first conju- 
gation, with the exception of the first and second per-' 
sons of the plural, which take i before ons, ez. 

3. In the second conjugation, the above endings are, 
in the regular verbs, preceded by iss. 

4. In the regular verbs of the third conjugation, they 
are preceded by oi in the singular, and in one person 
of the plural. For those two conjugations, see the 
next Lesson. 

5. Present of the Subjunctive of Donner, to 
give, Vendre, to sell, Sentir, to feel, Offrir, to 
offer, and cueillir, to gather. 



Que je donn- 
Que je vend- 
Que je sent- 
Que j'onr- 
Que je cueill- 

Que tu donn- 
Que tu vend- 
Que tu sent- 
Que tu offr- 
Cjue tu cueill- 



es. 



That I may give. 
That I may sell. 
That I may feel. 
That I may offer. 
That I may gather. 

That thou may est give. 
That thou may est sell. 
That thou may est feel. 
That thou may est offer. 
Tliat thou mayest gather. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



243 



Qu'il donn- 
Qu'il vend- 
Qu'il sent- 
Qti'il offr- 
Qu'il cueill- 

Que nous donn- 
Que nous vend- 
Que nous sent- 
Que nous offr- 
Que nous cueili- 

Que vous donn- 
Que vous vend- 
Que vous sent- 
Que vous offr- 
Que vous cueill- 

Qu'ils dona- 

Qu'ils vend- 
Qu'ils sent- 
Qu'ils offr- 
Qu'ils cueill- 



That he may give. 
That he may sell. 
e. That he may feel. 

That he may offer. 
That he may gather. 

That v:e may give. 
That ice may sell. 
> ions. That we may feel. 
That ice may offer. 
That ice may gather. 

That you may give. 
That you may sell. 
Y lez. That you may feel. 
That you may offer. 
That you may gather. 

TJiat they may give. 
TJiat they may sell. 
ent. That they may feel. 
That they may offer. 
That they may gather. 



6. The student will perceive by the above model, 
that Sentir, and the other verbs of the second conjuga- 
tion, ending in tir (Lesson 36), and also Ouvrir, Couvrir, 
Offrir, Cueillir (Lesson 34), are conjugated in this tense 
like the verbs of the first conjugation. 

7. Verbs of the second conjugation, ending in enir, 
also take the above endings, but vary in the first part 



244 



fasqtttclle's introductory 



of the word ; this is the case likewise with those verbs 
of the fourth conjugation ending in uire and indre. 
Venir, to come. Queje vienn-e, That I may come. 

Conduire, to conduct. Que je conduis-e, That I may 

conduct. 
Peindre, to paint. Que jepeign-e, That I may paint. 

8. Aller, to go, is also irregular in the first part of 
the word, but regular in termination. 

9. Present of Subjunctive of Aller, to go. 



Que j'aille. 
Que tu ailles. 
Qu'il aille. 
Que nous allions. 
Que vous alliez. 
Qu'ils aillent. 



That I may go. 
That thou may est go. 
That he may go. 
That ice may go. 
That you may go. 
That they may go. 



Model Sentences. 



Que je vous donne du papier. 
Qu'il etudie ses lemons. 
Qu'il m'offre son amitie. 

Je desire qu'il vienne. 

Je souhaite que vous alliez a 

l'ecole. 
Que vous peigniez un portrait. 
Que nous allions en Angleterre. 
Qu'elle cueille une belle fleur. 

Que nous ouvrions cette porte. 
Qu'elle arrive au point du jour. 



That I may give you paper. 
That he may study his lessons. 
Tliat he may offer me his friend- 
ship. 
I wish that he may come. 
I wish that you may go to school. 

Tliat you may paint a portrait. 
Tliat we may go to England. 
Tliat she may pick a beautiful 

flower. 
That ire may open that door. 
Tliat she may arrive at daybreak. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



245 



Qu'il sente ses torts. That he may feel his errors. 

Que vous mangiez un morceau. That you may eat a hit. 



Vocabulary. 



Allemagne, f. Germany, 
Alter, 1. To go. 
Angleterre, f. England. 
An nee, f. Year. 
A temps, In tune. 
Aussi, Also. 

Chez, At or tc the house of* 
Coucher, m. Setting, 
Craihdrc, 4. To fear. 
Cueillir, 2. To pick. 
Cultiver, 1. To cultivate. 
Dire, 4. To sag, to tell. 
Ecole, f. School. 
Erreur, f. Mistake. 
Faire, 4. To make. 
Desirer, 1. To icish. 
Ici, Here. 

Jardinier, m. Gardener. 
Jour, Day. 

Legume, m. Vegetable. 
Lever, m. Rise, rising. 



Litterature, f. Literature, 
Matin, m. Morning. 
Officier, m. Officer. 
Offrir, 2, To offer. 
Ouvrir, 2. To open. 
Parent, Relation. 
Parole, f. Word. 
Porte, f. Door. 
Procluire, 4. To produce* 
Prune, f. Plum. 
Hester, 1. To remain. 
Rue, f. Street. 
Service, m. Service. 
Soleil, m. San. 
Souhaiter, 1. To wish 
Sortir, 2. To go out. 
Tard, Late. 
Tenir, To keep. 
To uj ours, Always. 
Tout, Every, all. 
Yerite, f. Truth. 



Exercise 123. 

1 Je souhaite que vous veniez a temps. 2 Qu'elle 
aille a l'ecole tous les jours. 3 Que nous leur donnions 



246 fasquelle's introductory 

tout ce qu'ils desirent. 4 Que vous les conduisiez chez 
leurs parents. 5 Qu'ils ne craignent jamais de dire la 
verite. 6 Que nous craignions de iaire des erreurs. 
7 Que notre jardinier cueille toujours les plus belles 
prunes. 8 Que nous tenions toujours notre parole. 

9 Que l'offieier tienne toujours sa parole. 10 Je sou- 
haite que vous alliez en Angleterre cette annee, car 
j'y serai aussi. 11 Que je leur offre mes services. 

12 Que je ne leur ouvre pas la porte de la rue. 

13 Que son jardin produise toujours de bons legumes. 

14 Que nous cultivions toujours la litterature. 15 Que 
nous allions chez votre frere tous les matins. 1G Qu'ils 
partent au lever du soleil. 17 Qu'elles restent jusqu'au 
coucher du soleil. 18 Que nous ne sortions ])as trop 
tard. 19 Nous desirons que votre soeur aille en Alle- 
magne. 20 Votre mere desire qu'elle reste ici. 

Exercise 124. 

1 You wish that I may give you paper. 2 They 
wish that I may go to (en) Germany. 3 We wish that 
she may go to school every day. 4 You wish that she 
may come every day. 5 That you may always culti- 
vate literature. 6 I wish that you may always keep 
your word. 1 I wish that the officer may always keep 
his w T ord. 8 That you may go to your brother's every 
day. 9 That you may come here every morning. 

10 I wish that you may fear the officer. 11 That the 
gardener may open the door. 12 That the gardener 
may come at sunrise. 13 I wish that lie may come 
before (avant) sunset. 14 I wish that you may offer 



FRENCH COURSE. 247 

them your services. 15 That you may not open the 
street door to them. 16 You wish that our gardener 
may pick the plums. 17 You wish that we may go to. 
the gardener's every morning. 18 I wish that they 
may set out at sunrise. 19 I wish that you may cul- 
tivate literature. 20 I wish that they may go to 
England this year. 21 That you may not go out too 
late. 22 That you may remain until § unset. 23 I 
wish that you may fear to make mistakes. 24 You 
wish that my sister may go to Germany. 25 That I 
may offer you my word. 26 That the gardener may 
cultivate vegetables. 



LEQON LXIV. LESSON LXIV. 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED. SECOND AND THIRD 

CONJUGATIONS. 

1. As we have said in the last lesson, the termina- 
tions of the present of the subjunctive of regular verbs 
of the second conjugation are, in the present of the 
subjunctive, preceded by iss. They are then isse, 
isses, isse, issiojis, issiez, issent. 

2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, 
ending in aitre or oitre, have the same endings. Such 
verbs, however, retain the a or o of the first part of the 
word. 



'243 



FASQDELLS'S INTRODUCTORY 



3. Present of the Subjunctive of Finir, to 

FINISH, CoNNAiTRE, TO KNOW, AND CrOITRE, TO GROW, 



Que je fin- 
Qae je conna- 
Que je cro- 

Que tu fin- 
Que tu conna- 
Que tu cro- 

Qu'il finr 
Qu'il conna- 
Qu'il cro- 

Que nous fin- 
Que nous conna- 
Que nous cro- 

Que vous fin- 
Que vous conna- 
Que vous cro- 

Qu'ils fin- 
Qu'ils conna 
Qu'ils cro- 



lsse. 



isses. 



isse. 



issiez. 



issent. 



That I may finish. 
That I may know. 
That I may grow. 

That thou may est finish. 
That thou mayest know. 
That thou mayest grow. 

That he may finish. 
That he may know. 
That he may grow. 



That toe may finish. 

issions. That we may know. 

That ice may grow. 



; may finish. 
That you may knoic. 



That you 

That you miiy #w*i, 

That you may grow. 

That they may finish. 
That they may know. 
That they may grow. 



4. The regular verbs of the third conjugation take^ 
as will be seen in the last lesson, oiv in the three per- 
sons of the singular and the third person plural before 
the endings of this tense ; these terminations become 
then, oive, oives, oive, evions, cr/V.r, o'tccnt. The c takes 
a cedilla ( e ) before o. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



249 



5. Subjunctive of Recevoir, to receive. 



Que je reg-oive. 
Que tu req-oives. 
Qu'il req-ojve. 
Que nous rec-evions. 
Que vous rec-eviez. 
Qu'ils rec-oivent. 



That I may receive. 
That thou mayest receive. 
That he may receive. 
That loe may receive. 
That you may receive. 
That they may receive. 



6. This tense, in the verbs Avoir and Etre, is quite 
irregular. 



7. Subjunctive of Av 
Que j'aie. 
Que tu aies. 
Qu'il ait. 
Que nous ayons. 
Que vous ayez. 
Qu'ils aient. 

Que je sois. 
Que tu sois. 
Qu'il soit. 
Que nous soyons. 
Que vous soyez. 
Qu'ils soient. 



OIR, TO HA VE, AND ETRE, TO BE. 

That I may have. 
That thou mayest have. 
That he may have. 
That we 'may have. 
That you may have. 
That they may have. 

That I may be. 
That thou 'mayest be. 
That he may be. 
That we may be. 
That you may be. 
That they may be. 



Model Sentences. 

Je desire que vous agissicz bien. / wish that you may behave 

well. 
Qu'il finisse de bonne lieure. That he may finish early. 
Quelle soit bien attentive. Tliat she may he very attentive. 

11* 



250 fasquelle's introductory 

Que nous soyonsbien studieux. That we may be very studious. 
Que nous le recevions bien. That we may receive him well. 
Que nous ayons de l'amitie pour That we may have friendship for 

lui. him. 

Que vousconnaissiezvos devoirs. That you may know your duties. 
Qu'ils reconnaissent leurs amis. Tliat they may recognize their 

friends. 
Que nous n' ayons pas tort. TJiat ive may not be wrong. 

Que vous ayez toujours raison. That you may always be right. 
Je souhaite que ces arbres crois- I wish that those trees may grow 

sent bien. well. 

Que nous soyons toujours That we may always be happy. 

heureux. 
Qu'ils soient toujours trop tard. That they may always be too late- 



Vocabulary. 

Agir, 2. To act, to behave. Eeolier, m. Scholar. 

Amitie, f. Friendship. Eleve, ra. Pupil. 

Apereevoir, 3. To perceive. En vers, Towards. 

Beaucoup, Much, many. Espe ranee, f. Hope. 

Candeur, f. Candor. Estime, f. Esteem. 

Con ce voir, 3. To conceive. Grand, Great, large. 

Connaitre, 4. To know. lei, Here. 

Content, Contented. Jamais, Never. 

Cordial era ent, Cordially. Legume, ra. Vegetable. 

Croitre, 4. To groio. Montrer, To show. 

Dame, f. Lady. Paraitre, 4. To appear. 

Defaut, ra. Defect. Ponetuel, Punctual. 

Desirer, 1. To desire. Preeepteur, ra. Teacher. 

Devoir, 3. To owe. Prospere, Prosperous. 

Devoir, m. Duty. Rapidement, n>fj)idly. 



FRENCH COUESE. 25l 

Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- Souhaiter, 1. To icish. 

nize, to acknowledge. Studieux, Studious. 
Remplir, 2. To fulfill Tard, Late. 

Hester, 1. To remain. Toujours, Always. . 



Exercise 125. 

1 Que nous concevions de grandes esperances. 
2 Nous desirons que vous restiez toujours ici. 3 Que 
nos eleves soient toujours attentifs. 4 Que ces dames 
soient toujours ponctuelles. 5 Que vous ayez toujours 
raison, et jamais tort. 6 Que vous montriez toujours 
beaucoup d'amitie pour nous. 7 Qu'ils agissent tou- 
jours avec candeur. 8 Que vous conceviez beaucoup 
d'estime pourlui. 9 Que vous connaissiez vos devoirs. 

10 Que mes entants remplissent toujours leurs devoirs. 

11 Que nous ne devious pas beaucoup. 12 Qu'ils 
apergoivent la maison de leur frere. 13 Que n.ous ne 
reconnaissions pas nos amis. 14 Je souhaite que vous 
soyez toujours prosperes. 15 Que ces legumes ne crois- 
sent pas trop rapidement. 16 Que nos ecoliers soient 
bien studieux. 17 Qu'ils agissent toujours cordiale- 
ment envers leurs precepteurs. 18 Que vous n'ayez 
pas toujours tort. 19 Que nous connaissions nos de- 
fauts. 20 Que vous paraissiez toujours content. 



Exercise 126. 

1 I wish that you may conceive much friendship for 
him. 2 That your brother may not conceive great 



252 FAS QUELLE* I5TE0DUCT0RT 

hopes. 3 That you may always be punctual. 4 That 
your friend may always be prosperous. 5 That he may 
know his duties. 6 That your pupils may always be 
studious. 7 I wish that your trees may always grow 
well (bien). 8 That you may recognize your friends. 
9 That the vegetables may not grow too rapidly. 10 I 
wish that you may receive your friends cordially. 

11 That those scholars may always fulfill their duties. 

12 That you may perceive my house. 13 That the 
scholars may perceive my friendship. 14 That I may 
not always be wrong. 15 That you may always act 
cordially towards me. 16 That he may conceive much 
esteem for me. 17 I wish that you may always be 
punctual. 18 That you might know your defects. 
19 That the lady may always fulfill her duties. 20 I 
wish that the child may grow rapidly. 21 That you 
may recognize your friends. 22 That they may not 
remain here. 23 That you may not owe much. 
24 That my children may have much esteem for (pour) 
their teacher. 25 That they may always appear con- 
tented. 



LEgON LXV. LESSON LXV. 

THE PAST OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. ENCORE, NE FLU8. 

1. The past of the subjunctive is composed of the 
present of the subjunctive of Avoir or Etre, and the 
past participle of the principal verb 



F KEN Cn COURSE. 253 

2. Past of the Subjunctive of Donner, Finir, 
Recevoir, and Vendre. 

Que j'aie donne. That I may have given. 

Que tu aies fini. That thou mayest have finished. 

Qu'il ait recu. That he may have received. 

Que nous ayons vendu. That we may have sold. 

Que vous ayez donne. That you may have given. 

Qu'ils aient fini. That they may have finished. 

" NEGATIVE FORM. 

Que jen'aie pas donne. That I may not have given. 

Que tu n'aies pas fini. That thou mayest not have, 

finished. 

Qu'il n'ait pas re^u. That he may not have received. 

Que nous n'ayons pas That we may not have sold. 

vendu. 

Que vous n'ayez pas That you may not have given. 

donne. 

Qu'ils n'aient pas fini. That they may not have finished. 

3. Encore, more, some more, any more, yet, is not 
used negatively, except in speaking of time, as in the 
last example. 

J'ai encore de l'argent, I have more money. 
Vous avez encore deslivres, Yon have more books. 
II n'a pas encore fini sa lie has not yet finished his 
lec^on, lesson. 

4. Xe plus, not any more, no more, not any — left. 
Vous n'avez plus de papier, You have no more paper. 
Nous n'avons plus d'encre, We have not any ink left. 



P54 FASQUELT e's INTRODUCTORY 

Model Sentences. 

Que j'aie parle franeais.* TJiat I may have spoken French. 

Qu'il ait parle anglais. That he may have spoken English. 

Que vous ayez etuclie l'alle- TJiat you may have studied Ger- 

mand. man. 

Qu'ils aient Kpandu le cafe. That they may have spilled the 

coffee. 
Qu'ils nous aient rendu nos TJiat they may have returned our 

habits. clothes to us. 

Que vous ayez attendu votre That you may have expected your 

pere. father. 

Qu'ils aient balaye la maison. TJiat tJiey may have swept flit. 

house. 
Que nous ayons encore du drap. That we may have more cloth. 
Que nous en ayons encore. TJiat we may have more. 

Que nous n'en ayons plus. TJiat we may Jiave no more. 

Que sa sceur ait recu une lettre. TJiat Jiis sister may have received 

a letter. 
Quelle ait wsite le jardin. TJiat she may have visited the 

garden. 
Que nous ayons encore du papier. TJiat we may Jiave more paper. 
Que nous en ayons encore. TJiat we may Jiave more. 

Que uous n'en ayons plus. TJiat we may have no more. 

Vocabulary. 

Affable, Affable, Bon, Good. 

Appris, Learned. Cache, Concealed. 

Attendu, Expected. Carotte, f. Carrot. 

Avantageusement, Adeem- Chou, m. Cabbage, 
tageously. Commis, m. Clerk. 

* For the use of capitals, see " Larger O'^rse/' page 461. 



FRENCH COURSE, 



255 



Cond trite, f. Conduct. 

Correct ement, Correctly. 

Craint, Feared. 

Demoiselle, f. Young lady. 

Domestique, m. and f. Ser- 
vant. 

Douceur, f. Mildness. 

Encore, More, yet, still. 

Ete, Been. 

Eu, Had. 

Famille, f. Family. 

*Honte, f. Shame. 

Langue, f. Language. 

Loup, m. Wolf. 

Marchandise, f. Merchan- 
dise. 



ISTavet, m. Turnip. 
Nouvelle, News. 
Obtenu, Obtained. 
Parle, Spoken. 
Place, f. Situation. 
Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 
Plus, More, No more. 
Pois, m. Pea. 
Rave, f. Padish. 
Soie, f. Silk. 
Teint, Dyed. 
Teinturier, Dyer. 
Traite, Treated. 
Vendu, Sold. 
Verite, f. Truth. 



Exercise 127. 

1 Que nous ayons parle correctement. 2 Quo ses 
freres aient eu beaucoup de plaisir. 3 Je souhaite 
qu'ils aient vendu leurs marchandises avantageusement. 
4 Qu'ils aient obtenu une bonne raaison. 5 Que son 
cominis ait obtenu une bonne place. 6 Qu'il ait traite 
ses domestiques avec douceur. 7 Que votre ami ait 
recju de bonne nouvelles de sa famille. 8 Qu'il n'ait 
pas eu honte de sa conduite. 9 Que cette demoiselle 
ait etc bien affable. 10 Que vous ne m'ayez pas cache 
la verite. 11 Que le teinturier ait teint beaucoup de 
soie. 12 Que ces messieurs aient apprifl la langue 
frangaise. 13 Que nous n'ayons pas attendu not re pcre. 



256 fasquelle'g iktkoduc .:::r 

14 Que vous n'ayez pas craint le loup. 15 N'avez- 
vous plus de legumes ? 16 Oui, madame, j'en ai encore, 
j'ai encore des carottes, des navets et des raves. 17 Le 
jardinier n'a plus de choux. 18 II a encore des pois. 
19 Nous en avons encore. 20 L'autre jardinier n'en a 
plus. 

Exercise 128. 

1 That you may have been affable. 2 I wish that 
his friend may have received good news. 3 That you 
may have treated your family with mildness. 4 I wish 
that you may not have concealed the truth. 5 That 
those young ladies may have learned the French lan- 
guage. 6 That those young ladies may have been 
very affable. 7 That he may have expected his sister. 
8 That he may not have feared the wolf. 9 I wish 
that the gardener may have more vegetables. 10 The 
gardener has no more vegetables. 11 He has no more 
turnips. 12 He has more carrots and peas. 13 We 
have more. 14 We have no more. 15 That they may 
have spoken correctly. 1G That you may not have 
sold your merchandise advantageously. 17 That the 
clerk may have received good news from his family. 

18 That he may have obtained a good situation. 

19 That the dyer may have dyed much. 20 That you 
may have learned the French language. 21 That my 
sister may have expected me. 22 That I may have 
expected my brother. 23 That you may have obtained 
a good house. 24 That you may have spoken the 
French 1 language correctly. 25 That he may not have 
spoken correctly. 



FRENCH COURSE, 



25t 



LEgON LXVI. LESSON LXYI. 

THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. FIRST CON- 
JUGATION. 

1. The endings of the imperfect of the subjunctive 
cf all the French verbs are, sse, sses, t, ssions, ssiez, 
ssent. The vowel preceding the t of the third person 
singular has always a circumflex accent (at, it, ui). 

2. In the first conjugation, those endings are pre- 
ceded by an a, and become asse, asses, at, assio?is, 
assiez, assent. 

3. Every verb of the first conjugation is regular in 
this tense. 



4. Imperfect 
give, Aller, to 

Que je donn- 
Que j'all- 

Que j'envoy- 

Que tu donn- 
Que tu all- 
Que tu envoy- 

Qu'il donn- 
Qu'il all- 

Qu'il envoy- 

Que nous donn- 
Que nous all- 
Que nous envoy- 



of the Subjunctive of Donner, to 

GO, AND ENVOYER, TO SEND. 

\ That I might give. 

> asse. That J might go. 

) That I might send. 

) That thou mightest give. 

That thou mightest go. 
That thou mightest send. 

That he might give. 
That he might go. 
That he might send. 

That tee might give. 
That we might go. 
That ice might send. 



asses. 



at. 



assions. 



258 fasquelle's inteoductory 

Que vous clonn- } That you migJit give. 

Que vous all- >• assiez. That you might go. 
Que vous envoy- ) That you might send. 

Qu'ils clonn- } That they might give. 

Qu'ils all- V assent. That they might go. 

Qu'ils envoy- ) That they might send. 

NEGATIVE FORM OF DOXXEE. 

Que je ne donnasse pas. That I might not give. 

Que tu ne donnasses pas. That thou mightest not 

give. 

Qu'il ne donnat pas. That he might not give. 

Que nous ne donnassions pas. That toe might not give. 

Que vous ne donnassiez pas. That you might not give. 

Qu'ils ne donnassent pas. TJiat they might not give. 

Model Sentences. 

Vous desiriez que je vous You wished that I might speak to 

parlasse. you. 

Que vous allassiez a la ville. That you might go to the city. 

Que j'envoyasse une tulipe a That I might send a tulip to my 

ma soeur. sister. 

Que vous ne donnassiez pas un TJiat you might not give an 

abricot au petit garcon. apricot to the little hoy. 

Qu'ils achetassent un beau TJiat they might buy a beautiful 

cheval. horse. 

Qu'il chassfit toute la journee. TJiat Jie might h urrf the irJwle day. 

Qu'il nous apportat la gazette. TJiat he might bring us the news- 
paper. 

Que l'ecolier ne dilchirat pas TJiat the scholar might not tear 

son livre. his book. 



FRENCH COURSE. 259 

Que vous taillassiez votre That you might mend your 

crayon. pencil. 

Que nous allassions a l'eglise. TJiat we might go to church. 

Que nous etudiassions notre That we might study our lesson. 

lecon. 

Que son cousin etudiat This- That his cousin might study his- 

toire. tory. 



Vocabulary. 

Acheter, 1. To buy. Gens, People. 

Algebre, f. Algebra. Geometric, f. Geometry. 

Aller, 1. To go. Gibier, m. Game. 

Amener, 1. To bring. Heure, f. Hour. 

An, m. Year. Italien, Italian. 

Cahier, m. Copy-book. Jeune, Young. 

Chez, At or to the house of. Maitre, m. Teacher. 

Conuaissance, i. Acquaint- Marcher, 1. To walk. 

ance. Mathematiques, f. pi., Ma- 
Correctement, Correctly. thematics. 

Dans, In. Medecin, m. Physician. 

Dcehirer, 1. To tear. Meilleur, Better. 

Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Mener, 1. To take, to lead*. 

Desirer, 1. To desire. Monsieur, m. Gentleman. 

Dix, Ten. Plume, f. Pen. 

Douceur, f. Mildness, kind- Precepteur, m. Teacher. 

uess. Hester, 1 . To remain. 

Drap, m. Cloth. Rien, Nothing. 

Ecolier, m. Scholar. Tailler, 1. To mend. 

Espagnol, m. Spaniard. Traiter, 1. To treat. 

Etudier, 1. To study. Ville, f. City. 



260 FASQTj^v LE ? £ IKTEODUCTOBT 

Exercise 129. 

1 Je desirais que vous rn'envoyassiez du gibicr. 
2 Que mon amie les traitat bien. 3 Que nous trai- 
tassions nos enfants avec douceur. 4 Qu'ils allassent 
chez leur precepteur. 5 Que vous nous amenassiez 
vos meilleurs amis. 6 Qu'il nous amenat ses connais- 
sances. 7 Que notre maitre taillat une plume. 8 Qu'il 
menat son cousin chez nous. 9 Que nous n'allassions 
pas chez ce monsieur. 10 Que les ecoliers ne deehi- 
rassent pas leurs cahiers. 11 Que nous etudiassions 
l'algebre. 12 Que ces jeunes gens etudiassent les 
mathematiques. 13 Que notre soeur etudiat la geo- 
metric 14 Que ces demoiselles parlassent correct e- 
ment l'italien. 15 Que je ne parlasse pas l'espagnol. 

16 Que vous restassiez plus de dix ans dans cette ville. 

17 Notre medecin desirait que nous marchassions deux 
heures. 18 Qu'il achetat beaucoup de drap. 19 Que 
vous n'achetassiez rien. 

Exercise 130. 

1 You would wish (Conditional, Lesson 57) that I 
might send you a copy-book. 2 That we might send 
you game. 3 That my brother might send you cloth. 

4 That you might send me those young people. 

5 That I might take my children to (chez) my acquaint- 
ance's. 6 That the physician's children might study 
(the) mathematics. 7* That those young people might 
study algebra. 8 I should wish that those young 
ladies might speak correctly. 9 That we might take 



F E E N C II COURSE. 261 

our cousin to your house. 10 That the physician 
might speak Spanish. 11 That the teacher might mend 
my pen. 12 The physician desired that you should 
walk one hour. 13 That you might not go to that 
gentleman. 14 That the young lady might not tear her 
copy-book. 15 That your acquaintance might bring 
you to your cousin's. 16 That I might speak Spanish 
correctly. 17 That the teacher might remain at your 
house. 18 That he might buy cloth. 19 That he 
might take his cousin to our house. 20 That the phy- 
sician might buy the best cloth. 21 That we might 
desire to speak to you. 22 That he might wish to see 
me (me voir). 23 That we might wish to see your 
sister. 24 That you might treat us with (avec) kind- 
ness. 25 That he mi^ht treat us with kiadness. 



LEgOX LXVII. LESSOX LXVII. 

THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED. 

SECOND AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 

1. The terminations of the imperfect of the subjunc- 
tive, in the second and fourth conjugations, take i be- 
fore the endings given in the first rule of the last lesson, 
and become isse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent. 

2. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Finir and 
Yendre. 

Que je fin- J . That I might finish. 

Que je vend- \ ' That I might sell. 



262 



FAR QUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 



Que tu fin- 
Que tu vend- 

Qu'il fin- 
Qu'il vend- 

Que nous fin- 
Que nous vend- 

Que vous fin- 
Que vous vend- 

Qu'ils fin- 
Qu'ils vend- 



lsses. 



it. 



, issions. 



issiez. 



issent. 



That thou might est finish. 
That thou mightest sell. 

That he might finish. 
That he might sell. 

That we might finish. 
That we "might sell. 

That you might finish. 
That you might sell. 

That they might finish. 
That they might sell. 



3. Cueillir, Oflrir, and those irregular verbs of the 
second conjugation named in Rule 4 of Lesson 34, take 
the above regular terminations ; so do also the verbs 
of the second conjugation ending in tir t such as Sentir, 
Partir, &c. Lesson 36, Rule 1. 



Que je cueiil 
Que j'offr- 
Que je sent- 
Que je part- . 



isse. 



That I might gather. 
That I might offer. 
That I might feel. 
That 1 might set out. 



4. In those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, 
ending in if ire and indre (Lessons 40 and 42), the 
above endings are used ; the first part of the word, 
however, is a little changed. 

5. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Conduire 
and Peindre. 

Que je conduis- j . That I might conduct. 

Que je peign- j " That I might paint. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



263 



Que tu conduis- 
Que tu peign- 

Qu'il conduis- 
Qu'il peign- 

Que nous conduis- 
Que nous peign- 

Que vousconduis- 
Que vous peign- 

Qu'ils conduis- 
Qu'ils peign- 



lsses. 



it. 



issions. 



issiez. 



issent. 



That thou mightest conduct 
That thou mightest paint. 

That he might conduct. 
That he might paint. 

That ice might conduct. 
That ice might paint. 

That you might conduct. 
That you might paint. 

That they might conduct. 
That they might paint. 



6. In Venir, to come, and those verbs of the second 
conjugation ending in enir (Lesson 37), n is put after 
the i of the above endings, and the e of enir dropped. 

7. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Venir, to 
come. 



Que je v-insse. 
Que tu v-insses. 
Qu'il v-int. 
Que nous v-inssions. 
Que vous v-inssiez. 
Qu'ils v-inssent. 



That I might come. 
That thou mightest come. 
That he might come. 
That we might come. 
That you might come. 
TJiat they might come. 



Model Sentences. 

Yous desireriez que je finisse You would wish that I might 

mon travail. finish (or me to finish) my work. 

Que je vendisse la maison. TJiat I might sell the house. 

Quevotre fn*re rendit justice a Tnat your brother might do (lit., 

ses ennemis. render) justice to his enemies. 



264 fas v^L elle's introductory 

Que le professeur vint toujours TJiat the professor might always 

a temps. come in time. 

Que nous agissions toujours bien. That we might always behave 

well. 
Que je lui offrisse mon amitie. That I might offer him my friend- 
ship. 
Que nous partissions de bonne That we might go away early. 

heure. 
Que vous cueillissiez de belles Tliat you might pick beautiful 

roses. roses. 

Que nous ne le conduisissions That we might not lead him. 

pas. 
Que vous ne detruisissiez pas That you might not destroy your 

vos habits. clothes. 

Qu'ils ne peignissent pas bien. That they might not paint well. 
Qu'ils craignissent leurs parents. TJiat they might fear their parents. 



Vocabulary. 

Affaire, f. Affair. Delai, m. Delay. 

Agir, 2. To act, to behave. Desirer, 1. To wish. 
Amitie, f. Friendship, Detruire, 4. To destroy. 

Beau, bel, Fine, handsome. Edifice, m. Edifice. 
Blame, m. Blame. Esperance, f. Hope. 

Bonne heure (de), Early. Faveur, f. Favor. 
Chez, At or to the house of. Fleur, f. Flower. 
Conduire, 4. To conduct, Jamais, Never. 

to lead. Jardin, m. Garden. 

Construii e, 4. To construct. Maison, f. House. 
Craindre, 4. To fear. Marchandise, f. JIereha?i~ 

Gueillir, 2, To gather, to 'disc. 

pick. Offrir, 2. To offer. 



FRENCH COURSE. 265 

Ouvrir, 2. To open. Sentir, 2. To feel. 

Partir, 2. To go away, to Sortir, 2. To go out. 

set out. Souhaiter, 1. To icish, to 

Peindre, To paint. desire. 

Plus tot, Sooner. Tarcl, Late. 

Porte, f. Boor. Tot, Soo?i. 

Possijble, Possible. Trop, Too, too much, too 

Professeur, m. Professor. many. 

Repondre, 4. To reply. Vendre, 4. To sell. 

Sans, Without. Yenir, 2. To come. 



Exercise 131. 

1 Yous souhaitiez que je vinsse chez vous. 2 You3 
desiriez que je vous vendisse cette maison. 3 Que ces 
jeunes gens peiguissent bien. 4 Qu'ils ne craignissent 
pas le blame. 5 Qu'ils conduisissent bien leurs affaires. 
6 Que nous sortissions le plus tot possible. 7 Que ces 
messieurs partissent sans delai. 8 Qu'ils detruisissent 
ces belles esperances. 9 Que nous construisissions un 
bel edifice. 10 Je souhaiterais que vous agissiez tou- 
jours bien. 11 Que nous ne vinssions jamais trop 
tard. 12 Que vous sentissiez ces faveurs. 13 Que je 
n'offrisse pas raon amitie. 14 Qu'il nous offrit ses 
services. 15 Que nous cueillissions les plus belles flours 
de votre jardin. 16 Que nous lui offrissions ces belles 
marchandises. 17 Que nous lui ouvrissions la porte. 
18 Que le professeur vint toujours chez nous. 19 Qu'il 
vint de bonne heure. 20 Qu'ils vinssent toujours trop 
tard. 21 Qu'ils repondissent a notre lettre 

12 



266 fasquelle's introductory 

Exercise 132. 

1 You wished that we might go out early. 2 Those 
gentlemen wished that we might set out late. 3 That 
you might reply to our letter. 4 That you might 
build (construct) a beautiful house. 5 That our friend 
might always act well. 6 I wished that you might 
set out without delay. 7 That you might not fear my 
friendship. 8 That you might always come to our 
house. 9 That you might feel my friendship. 10 That 
you might never come too late to our house. 11 That 
we might offer him our friendship. 12 That the gentle- 
men might offer us their services. 13 That the pro- 
fessor might not come to our house. 14 That you 
might feel your friend's favors. 15 That you might 
pick the most beautiful flowers. 16 That he might 
pick the beautiful roses (roses). IV That they might 
not destroy my hopes. 18 That you might destroy 
that merchandise. 19 That my friend might coma 
without delay. 20 That they might not fear his favors. 
21 That they might sell their merchandise. 22 That 
you might not go away too soon. 23 That they might 
not come too late. 24 That you might come to my 
house. 25 That they might come to the physician's. 



LEQON LXVIII. LESSON LXVIII. 

the imperfect of the subjunctive, continued. 

third conjugation. 

1. The general terminations of the imperfect of the 
subjunctive in the third conjugation, are preceded 



FRENCH COURSE. 



267 



by w, and become usse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, 
ussent, 

2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, 
which end in aitre and oitre, take in this tense, as in 
the past definite, the terminations of the third conju- 
gation. 

3. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Recevoir, 

TO REGEIYE ) AND CoNNAITRE, TO KjfOW. 

That I might receive. 
That I rniqht know. 



Que je rec- 
Que je conn- 



usse. 



Que tu rec- 
Que tu conn- 

Qu'il rec- 
Qu'il conn- 

Que nous rec,- 
Que nous conn- 

Que vous rec- 
Que vous conn- 

Qu'ils rec- 
Qu'ils conn- 



t uss 



usses. 



ut. 



ussions. 



ussiez. 



(- US: 



ussent. 



That thou mightest receive. 
That thou mightest know. 

That he might receive. 
That he might know. 

That we might receive. 
That ice might know. 

That you might receive. 
That you might know. 

That they might receive. 
That they might know. 



4. Those irregular verbs of the second and fourth 
conjugations which take the endings of the past definite 
of the third conjugation, take also the endings of the 
imperfect of the subjunctive of the same. 
Courir, to run. Que je cour-usse, That Imight run. 
Mourir, to die. Quo je mour-usse, That I might die. 



263 JASQUELLS'S INTRODUCTORY 

Boire, to drink. Que je b-usse, That I might drink. 
Ci'oire, to believe. Que je cr-usse, That I might believe. 
Lire, to read. Que je 1-usse, That I might read. 

Plaire, to please. Que je pl-usse, That 1 might please. 

5. Avoir and Etre have also the above terminations, 
but are irregular in the first part of the word. 

6. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Avoir, to 
have, and Etre, to be. 

Que j'eusse. That I might have. 

Que tu eusses. That thou mightest have. 

Qu'il exit. That he might have. 

Que nous eussions. That ice 'might have. 

Que vous eussiez. That you might have. 

Qu'ils eussent. That they might have. 

Que je fusse. That I might be. 

Que tu fusses. That thou mightest be. 

Qu'il fut. That he might be. 

Que nous fussions. That ice might be. 

Que vous fussiez. That you might be. 

Qu'ils fussent. That they might be. 

Model Sentences. 

Jo (Ic-sirais que vous connussiez / wished that you might know 

vos devoirs. your duties. 

Que vous recussiez mes amis. That you might receive my friends. 

Quil apeirut la colline do sa That lv might perceive the hill 

iuaison. from his It o use. 

Que je courusse plus vite que Tiiat I might run quicker than 

niou frere. nnj brother. 



FRENCH COURSE. 



2G9 



Que je busse trop d'eau. 

Qu'il crut tout le monde. 

Que nous bussions uue tasse de 
the. 

Que nous n'eussions pas tou- 
jours tort. 

Que vous fussiez tres diligente. 

Qu'ils n'eussent jamais raison. 

Qu'ils parussent toujours eon- 
tents. 

Qu'ils lussent ee livre attentive- 
ment. 



That I might drink too much 

water. 
TJiat he might believe every body. 
TJiai we might drink a cup of 

tea. 
TJiat we might not always be 

wrong. 
That you might be very diligent 
TJiat they might never be rigid. 
That they might always appear 

contented. 
That they might read that book 

attentively. 



Vocabulary. 



Affalrilite, f. Affability. 
Apercevoir, 3. To perceive, 
Avec, With. 
Beau co up, Much. 
Boire, 4. To drink. 
Con vain cu, Convinced. 
Courir, 2. To run. 
D'abord, At first. 
Dans, In. 

Decevoir, 3. To deceive. 
Desirer, 1. To desire. 
Diligent, Diligent. 
Ean, f. Water. 
Erreur, f. Error. 
Fatigue, Tired, 
Fille, Girl. 
Homme, m. Man. 



*ITonte, f. Shame, ashamed. 
Jamais, Never. 
Jenne, Young. 
Lire, 4. To read. 
Mieux, Better. 
Paraitre, 4. To appear. 
Petit, Little. 
Peur, f. Fear, afraid. 
Plus, More. 

Raison, f. Reason, right. 
Rcconnaitre, 4. To recog- 
nize. 
Souhaiter, 1. To toish. 
Tort, m. Wrong. 
Tout a fait, Quite. 
Trop, Too, too much. 
Vite, Quick, quickly. 



270 fasquelle's introductory 

Exercise 133. 

1 Que je reconnusse la petite fille. 2 Que son irere 
ne la reconnut pas d'abord. 3 Qu'il ne parut pas tout 
a fait convaincu. 4 Qu'ils ne nous apercussent pas. 
5 Que vous apercussiez votre erreur. 6 Que vous ne 
lussiez pas mes lettres. 7 Que je busse trop d'eau. 

8 Que je ne courusse pas toujours dans le jardin. 

9 Que la petite fille courut trop vite. 10 Que nous 
ne fussions jamais fatigues. 11 Que vous ne nous 
recussiez pas avec affabilite. 12 Que le jeune homme 
decut les amis de son frere. 13 Nous desirerions que 
vous fussiez beaucoup plus diligents. 14 Nous sou- 
haiterions que vous nous recussiez mieux. 15 Que 
nous n'eussions jamais tort. 16 Que vous eussiez 
toujours raison. 17 Que vos freres n'eussent ni honte 
ni peur. 

Exercise 134. 

1 That we might know our duties. 2 That you 
might receive your friends with affability. 3 That 
your brother might appear quite convinced. 4 That I 
might never be tired. 5 That you might never de- 
ceive the young man. 6 That the young man might 
never deceive his brother. 7 That I might chink 
water. 8 That we might not drink too much water. 
9 That we might not run too fist. 10 That you might 
not be too tired. 11 That the little girl might run in 
the garden. 12 lie wishes that we might be more 
diligent. 13 We would wish that he might be more 
diligent. 14 That he might recognize us at first. 



FRENCH COURSE. 271 

15 We would wish that you might perceive your error. 
10 We would wish that you might receive him well. 
17 That you might never be wrong. 18 That I might 
always be right. 19 That you might be neither 
ashamed nor afraid. 20 That you might be convinced. 
21 That he might be diligent. 22 That the little girl 
might not run fast. 23 That you might not run too 
fast. 24 That you might recognize me at first. 
25 That you might not recognize him. 26 That we 
mi^ht not read his letters. 



LEQOX LXIX. LESSOX LXIX. 

THE PLUPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

1. The pluperfect of the subjunctive is formed of the 
imperfect of the subjunctive of Avoir or Etre and the 
past participle of the principal verb. 

2. Pluperfect of Donner, Fintr, Recevoir, and 
Tenure. 

Que j'eusse donne. That I might have given. 

Que tu eusses fini. That thou mightest have 

finished. 

Qu'il eut recu. That he might hare received. 

Que nous eussions vendu. That we might have sold. 

Que vous eussiez donne. That you might have given. 

Qu'ils eussent fini. That they might have fin- 

ished. 



272 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 

NEGATIVE FORM. 

Que je n'eusse pas donne. That I might not have given. 
Que tu n'eusses pas fini. That thou mi g litest not have 

finished. 
Qu'il n'eut pas regu. That he might not have re- 

ceived. 
Que nous n'eussions pas That vie might not have sold. 

vendu. 
Que vous n'eussiez pas That you might not have 

donne. given. 

Qu'ils n'eussent pas fini. That they might not have 

finished. 

Model Sentences, 

Que l'orateur eut fini son clis- That the orator might have fin- 

cours. ished his speech. 

Que nous eussions amuse les That ive might have amused the 

enfants. children. 

Qu'ils eussent reussi dans leurs Tliat they might have succeeded 

affaires. in their affairs. 

Qu'ils eussent ete affables. That they might have been affable. 

Que votre frere eut ache te cette That your brother might hare 

maison. bought that house. 

Que nous n'eussions pas ecrit. That we might not hare written. 

Que je ne lui eusse pas raconte That I might not hare related to 

cette histoire. him that history. 

Que vous lui eussiez dit cela. Tliat you might have told him 

thai. 

Que le marchand eut vendu Tliat the merchant might hare 

tout son drap. sold all his cloth. 

Que noua eussions cultivenotre Tliat we might have cultivated 

janliu. our garden. 



FRENCH COURSE. 273 

Que votre jardinier eut plante TJiat your gardener might have 
un verger. planted an orchard. 

Vocabulary. 

Agi, Acted. Ferme, Shut. 
Attentivement, Attentively. Fleur, f. Flower. 

Avant, Before. Honorable, Honorable. 

Avis, m. Advice. Interessant, Interesting. 

Barriere, f. Gate. Lu, Head. 

Bien, Well. Obtenu, Obtained. 

Cela, That. Occupe, Occupied. 

Ce que, That, what. Ouvert, Opened. 

Dit, Said, told. Perdu, Lost. 

Donne, Given. Position, f. Position. 

Ecolier, m. Scholar. Prog res, m. Progress. 

Ecrit, Written. Rapid e, Rapid. 
Entreprise, f. Undertake Reussi, Succeeded. 

big. Rien, Nothing. 

Ete, Been. Satisfait, Satisfied. 

Eu, Had. Succes, in. Success. 

Fait, Pone, made. Tout, All. 

Fenetre, Window. Verite, f. Truth. 

Exercise 135. 

1 Que vous eussiez fini avant moi. 2 Que vous 
n'eussiez pas reussi. 3 Qu'ils eussent obtenu tout ce- 
qu'ils desirent. 4 Que les ecoliers eussent fait des 
progrfcs raj)ides. 5 Que nous eussions lu attentive- 
ment. 6 Que vous n'eussiez pas perdu votre argent. 
7 Qu'il eut occupe une position honorable. 8 Qu'ils 

18 



$*! FASQ t? lull's I2TT20DUCTORY 

eussent toujours ete honorables. 9 Qu'ils eussent satis- 
fait leurs parents. 10 Qu'ils eussent toujours eu du 
succes clans leurs entreprises. 11 Qu'ils n'eussent pas 
eerit un livre interessant. 12 Que vous eussiez ouvert 
les fenetres. 13 Qu'ils eussent ferme la barriere du 
jarclin. 14 Que nous n'eussions pas bien agi. 15 Que 
vous leur eussiez clit la verite. 16 Que nous leur 
eussions clit cela. 17 Que nous vous eussions donne 
notre avis. 18 Que vous leur eussiez donne une flear. 
19 Que vous n'eussiez rien perdu. 20 Que nous 
eussions tout perdu. 

Exercise 136. 

1 That we might have lost nothing. 2 That we 
might not have finished. 3 That he might have finished 
before me. 4 That you might have obtained your 
money. 5 That my brothers might have obtained all 
that they wish. 6 That we might have satisfied our 
parents. 7 That you might have satisfied your friends. 
8 That we might have told the truth. 9 That you 
might have success. 10 That he might have success in 
Ills undertaking. 11 That you might have opened 
the gate. 12 That they might have shut the window. 

13 That you might have written an interesting book. 

14 That your brother might have given his advice. 

15 That you might have given your advice. 16 That 
you might have given me a flower. 17 That they 
might have given a book. 18 That you might have 
satisfied your friend. 19 That we might have satisfied 
our parents. 20 That we might have finished our 



FRENCH COURSE. 275 

book. 21 That our friends might have lost nothing. 
22 That you might not have lest all 23 That you 
might not have opened the gate. 24 That you might 
have occupied an honorable position. 25 That my 
friend might not have lost his money. 



The young student, having now become somewhat 
familiar with the easier principles of the French lan- 
guage, and acquainted with the regular verbs and 
those parts of the irregular verbs which have been 
classified in the foregoing lessons, will now be able to 
take the Larger Course, or "Xew French Method." 
The earlier and easier lessons of the book will give him 
a good opportunity of reviewing what he has already 
found in the Introductory Course, and enable him to 
study understanding^ the more difficult portions of 
the work. The verbs, in the larger work, are pre- 
sented in different groupings ; and when the student 
has passed through the lessons, he will, if his study has 
been diligent, be conversant with the verbs, as well as 
with the other portions of the language. lh\y success 
attend him on that path which we have endeavored to 
render pleasant as well as profitable ! 



APPENDIX. 



I. — The Days op the Week. — II. The Months op the Tear. 
— III. The Seasons.— IV. The Numbers. — V. The Auxiliary 
Verbs. — VI. The Four Conjugations of Verbs. — VII. The 
Passive Verb. — VIII. The Reflective Verb. 



Les Jours. 


i. 


The Days. 


Dimanche, 




Sunday. 


Lundi, 




Monday. 


Mardi, . 




Tuesday. 


Mercredi, 




Wednesday. 


Jeudi, . 




Thursday. 


Vendredi, 




Friday. 


Samedi, 




Saturday. 


Les Mois. 


ii. 


The Months. 


Janvier, 




January. 


Fevrier, 




February. 


Mars, . 




March. 


Avril, . 




April. 


Mai, 




May. 


Juin, . 




June. 


Juillet, 




July. 


Aout,* . 




August. 


Septembre. 




September. 


Octobre, 




October. 


Novembre, . 




November. 


Decembre, 




December. 


Les Saisons 


HI 


The Seasons. 


Le printemps 


>» • 


Spring:. 


I/ete, . 




Summer. 


L'automne, 


, , 


Autumn. 


L'hiver, 


• 


Winter. 



* Pronounced nearly like oo in English. 



APPENDIX, 



277 



Les Xo^ibres. 



Cardinaux. 

Un, masc. JJne^fem 

Deux 

Trois 

Quatre 

Cinq 

Six . 

Sept 

Huit 

Neuf 

Dix . 

Onze 

Douze 

Treize 

Quatorze . 

Quinze 

Seize 

Dix-sept . 

Dix-huit . 

Dix-neuf . 

Viugt 

Vingt et un 

Vingt-deux 

Vingt-trois 

Vingt-quatre 

Vingt-einq 

Yingt-six 

Yingt-sept 

Yiugt-huit 

Yingt-neuf 

Trente 

Trente et un 

Trente-deux 

Trente-trois 

Trente-quatre 

Trente-cinq 

Trente-six 

Trente-sept 

Trente-huit 

Trente-neuf 

Quarante . 

Quarante et an 

Quarante -deux 

Quarante-trois 

Quarante-quatre 

Quarante-cinq 

Quarante-six . 

Quaraute-sept . 

Quarante-lniit . 



IV. 



The Numbers. 



Cardinal 
Numbers. 
1 

2 

e 

4 
5 
6 
7 



10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
20 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 



Nrnnbre* 



Ordinal 
Numbers. 



Ordinaux, JNumuei 

Premier, masc. Premiere, fern. 1st 

Deuxieme, second, seconde 2d 

Troisieme 

Quatrieme . 

Cinquieme . 

Sixieme 

Septieme 

Haiti eme 

Neuvieme . 

Dixieme 

Onzieme 

Douzieme . 

Treizieme 

Quatorzieme 

Quinzieme . 

Seizieme 

Dix- septieme 

Dix-huitieme 

Dix-neuvieme 

Vingtieme . 

Vingt et unieme 

Vlngt-deuxieme 

Vingt-troisieme 

v'inoft-quatrieme 

v'iogt-cinquieme 

Vingt-sixieme 

Vingt-septieme 

Vingt-huitieme 



Vingt-neuvieme 
Trentieme . 
Trente et unieme 
Trente-deuxieme 
Trente-troisieme . 
Trente-quatrieme 
Trente-cinq uieme 
Trente-sixieme 
Trente-septieme . 
Trente-hoitieme . 
Trente-neavieme 
Quarantieme 
Quarante et unieme 
Quarante-denxieme 
Quaraotertroisieme 
Quarante-quatrieme 
Qaarante-ci no uieme 
Quarante-sixieme 
Qoaraute-eeptidme 
Quarante-huitieme 



4th 

5th 

6th 

7th 

8th 

9th 

10th 

11th 

12th 

13th 

14th 

15th 

16th 

17th 

18th 

19th 

20th 

21st 

22d 

23d 

24th 

25th 

26th 

27th 

28th 

29th 

30th 

31st 

32d 

33d 

34th 

35th 

36th 

37th 

38th 

39th 

40th 

41st 

42d 

43d 

44th 

45th 

46th 

47 th 

4Sth 



278 



APPENDIX. 



Nombres 


Cardinal 


Cardinaux. 


Numbers. 


Quarante-neuf 


. 49 


Cinquante 


. 50 


Cinquante et 1111 


. 51 


Cinquante-deux 


. 52 


Cinquante-trois 


. 53 


Cinquante-quatre . 


. 54 


Cinquante-cinq 


. 55 


Cinquante-six . 


. 5(5 


Cinquante-sept 


. 57 


Cinquante-huit 


. 58 


Cinqaante-ueuf 


. 59 


Soi xante . 


. 60 


Soixante et un 


. 61 


Soixante-deux 


. 62 


Soixante-trois . 


. 63 


Soixante-quatre 


. 64 


Soixante-cinq . 


. 65 


Soixante-six 


. 66 


Soixante-sept . 


. 67 


Soixante-huit . 


. 68 


Soixante-neuf . 


. 69 


Soixante-dix . 


. 70 


Soixante et onze 


. 71 


Soixante-douze 


. 72 


Soixante-treize 


. 73 


Soixante-quatorze . 


. 74 


Soixante-qninze 


. 75 


Soixante-seize 


. 76 


Soixante-dix-sept . 


. 77 


Soixante-dix-huit . 


. 78 


Soixante-dix-neuf . 


. 79 


Quatre-vingts 


. 80 


Q u at re- vingt-un 


. 81 


Quatre-vingt-deux . 


. 82 


Qnatre-vingt-trois . 


. 83 


Quatre-vingt-quatre 


. 84 


Quatre-vingt-cinq . 


. 85 


Qnatre-vingt-six 


. 86 


Quatre-vingt-sept . 


. 87 


Quatre vingt-huit . 


. 88 


Quatre-vingt-neuf . 


. 89 


Quatre- vingt-dix 


. 90 


Quatre-vingt-onza . 


. 91 


Quatre-vingt-douze 


. 92 


Quatre- vingt-treize 


. 93 


Qnatre-vingt-quatorze 


. 94 


Quatre-vingt-quinze 


. 95 


Qpatre-vingt-seize . 


. 96 


Qnatre-vingt-dix-sept 


. 97 


Quatre- vingt-dix-huit 


. 98 



Nombra 
Ordinaux, 

Quarante-neuvieme 
Cm quan tie me 
Cinquante et unieme . 
Cinquante-deuxieme . 
Cinquaute-troisieme . 
Cinq uante-quatri erne . 
Cinquante-cinquR-me . 
Cinquante-sixieme 
Cinquante-septieme 
Cinquante-huitieme 
Cinquante-neuvienie . 
Soixantieme . 
Soixante et unieme 
Soixaute-deuxieme 
Soixautc-troisieme 
Soixante-quatrieme 
Soixante-cinquieme 
Soixante-sixieme . 
Soixante-septieme 
Soixante-huitieme 
Soixante-neuvieme 
Soixante-dixieme 
Soixante et onzieme 
Soixante-douzieme 
Soixante-treizieme 
Soixante-quatorzieme . 
Soixante-quinzkme 
Soixante-seizieme 
Soixante-dix-^eptieme 
Soixante-dix-liuitieme 
Soixante-dix-neuvieme 
Quatre-vingtieme 
Quatre-vingt-unicme . 
Quatre- vingt-deuxieme 
Quatre-vingt-troisieme 
Quatre-vingt-quatrieme 
Quatre-vingt-cinquiemc 
Quatre- vingt-sixieme . 
Quatre- vjngt-septieme 
Quatre- vingt-huitiemo 
Quatre- vingt-neuvieme 
Quatre -vingt-dixi£me . 
Quatre- vingt onzieme . 
Quatre- vrngt-douzidme 
Quatre- vingt- treizieme 
Quatre-vingt-qnatorsidme 
Qnatre-vmet-qninzieme 
Quatre-vingt-seizieme . 
Quatre-vingt-dix-septi£me 
| Quatre-vingt-dix-huitieme 



APPENDIX. 



279 



Nbmbrea 




Cardinal 


Xombres 


Ordinal 


Cardinaux. N umbers. 


OrJinaux. 


Numbers. 


Quatre-vingt-dix-neuf . . 99 


Quatre-vingt-dix-neuvieme yyth 


Cjut 100 


Centieme . 


100th 


Gent-un 




. 101 


Cent-unieme 


101st 


Cent-deux . 




. 102 


Cent-deuxieme 


102d 


Uent-trois 




. 103 


Cent-troisieme . 


103d 


Ceut-dix 




. 110 


Cent-dixieme . 


110th 


Ceut-onze 




. Ill 


Cent-onzieme . 


. 111th 


Cent-vingt . 




. 120 


Cent-vingtieme 


120th 


Deux cents . 




.' 200 


Deux centieme . 


. 200th 


Deux cent-un 




. 201 


Deux cent-unieme . 


201st 


Deux cent-deux 




. 202 


Deux cent-deuxieme 


202d 


Mille . 




. 1000 


Miilieme . 


. 1000th 


Deux mille . 




. 2000 


Deux miilieme . 


. 2000th 


Mil huit cent quarante-huit 1848 


Mil huit cent quarante- 






huitieme 


. 1848th 


Un million . 




. A million 


Millioneme 


Millionth 



V. The Auxiliary Verbs. — Avoir, to rave: 
Affirmatively. 

Indicative Mode. 



SIMPLE 


TENSES. 




COMPOUND 


TENSES. 




PRESENT. 




PAST INDEFINITE. 


J'ai, 






I hive 


J'ai eu, 


I have had 


Tuas, 






thou hast 


Tu as eu, 


thou hast had 


Da, 






he has 


11 a eu, 


he has had 


Nona avons 






we have 


Nous avons eu, 


we have had 


Vous avez, 






you have 


Vous avez eu, 


you have It ad 


Us out, 






they have 


Us out eu, 


they have had 




IMPERFECT. 




PLUPERFECT. 



J'avais, I had, was having, or 1 'used J'avais eu, I had had 

to have 

Tu avais, thou hadst Tu avais eu, thou had-' It I 

II avait, he had, Uavaiteu, he had had, 

Nous avionSj we had Nous avions eu, we had had 

Vous aviez, you had Vous aviez eu, you had had 

Us avaient, they had Us avaient eu, they had had 



PAST DEFINITE. 



J'eus, I had, or did have J'eus eu, 

Tu eu>, thou hadst, etc. Tu ens eu, 

II eut, he had 11 eut eu, 

Nous eiimes, we had Nous eiimes eu, 

Vous elites, you had Vous elites eu, 

Us eurent, they had lis eurent eu, 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

7 had had, 

thou hadst had 

he had had 

we had had 

you had. hud 
they had laid 



280 



APPENDIX. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 
FUTURE. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 
FUTURE ANTERIOR. 



J'aur&i, I shall or will have | J'aurai eu, 

Tu auras, thou wilt have 

II aura, he will have 

Nous aurons, we shall hace 

Vous aurez, you will have 

lis auront, they will hace 



1 sliall, will have had 
Tu auras eu, thou shalt ha ce had 
II aura eu, he will have had 

Nous aurons eu, we will have had 
\'ous aurez eu, you will have had 
Lis auront eu, they will have had 



Conditional Mode. 



J'aurais, I should have J' aurais eu, I should'' 

Tu aurais, thou couldst have Tu aurais eu, thou wouldst 

II aurait, he would have II aurait eu, he should 

Nous aurions, we would have Nous aurions eu, we should 

Vous/iuriez, you would have \ Vous auriez eu, you should, 

lis auraient, they would have | lis auraient eu, they should j 



Imperative Mode. 



Aie, 

>Qu'il ait, 
Ayons, 
Ayez, 
Qu'ils aient, 



have thou 
let him have 
let us have 
have ye or you 
let them have 



Subjuncttve Mode. 



PRESENT. 



Que j'aie, that I may have j Que j'aie eu, that I may'" 

Que tu aies, that thou mayest have I Que tu aies eu, that thou mayest 
Qu'il ait, that he may have Quil ait eu, that he may 

Que nous ayons, that we may have j Que nous ayons eu, that we miy 
Que vous ayez, that you may have , Que vous ayez eu, that you may 
Qu'ils aient, that they may have \ Qu'ils aient eu, that they may 



I 



IMPERFECT. 



PLUPERFECT. 



Que j'eusse, that I might have 

Que tu eusses, that thou 7nightest 

have 
Qiril eut, that he might have 

Que nous cussions, that -we might 

have 
Que vous eussiez, that yon might 

have 
Qu'ils eussent, that they might have 



Que j'eusse eu, 
Que tu eusses 



that I might 
eu, that thou 
might (4 
Qu'il eut eu, that he might 

Que nous eussions eu, thai we 

might 
Que vous eussiez eu, that you 

might 
Qu'ils eussent eu, that they 
might 



APPENDIX, 

Infinitive Mode. 



281 



Avoir, 



Ayant, 



to have | Avoir eu, to have had 

Participle. 

compound. 
having | Ayant eu, having had 



PAST OR PASSIVE. 



Eu, 



had 



Avoir, to have: Conjugated Negatively. 

Indicative Mode, 
simple tenses. compound tenses. 



Je r?ai pas, 
Tu n'as pas, 
11 n'a pas, 
Nous n'avons pas, 
Vous n'avez pas, 
lis n'ont pas,, 



. I have not 

thou hast not 

he has not 

we have not 
-you have not 
they have not 



IMPERFECT. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

Je n'ai pas eu, Uiave^ 

Tu n'as pas eu, thou hast 

11 u'a pas eu, he has 

Nous n'avons pas eu, we have 
Vous n'avez pas eu, you have 
lis n'ont pas eu, they have t 

PLUPERFECT. 



""3 



Je n'avais pas, Ihad not I Je n'avais pas eu, Ihad] 

Tu n'avais pas, thou hadst not Tu n'avais pas eu, thou hadst | **$ 

II n'avait pas, he had not \ 11 n'avait pas eu, he had {^ 

Nous n'avions pas, we had not Nous n'avions pas eu, we had f -^ 

Vous n'aviez pas, you had not Vous n'aviez pas eu, you had s 

lis n'avaient pas, ► they had not lis n'avaient pas eu, they had J 



PAST DEFINITE. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 



Je n'eus pas, 
Tu n'eus pas, 
II n"eut pas, 
Nous n'eumes pas, 
Vous u'eutes pas, 
lis n'eurent pas, 



Ihad not \ Je n'eus pas eu, Ihad] 

thou hadst not \ Tu n'eus pas eu, thou hadst | ^ 
he had not ! II n'eut pas eu, 



he had I s 
we had not j Nous n'eumes pas eu, we had [ i 
you had not | Vous n'eiites pas eu, you had j : 

they had J 



they had not \ lis ln'curent pas eu, 



Je n'aurai pas, I shall not have 

Tu n'auras pas, thou ivilt not have 
II n'aura pas, he will not have 

Nous n'aurons pas, we shall not have 
Vous n'aurez pas, you shall not have 
Us n'auront pas, they will not have 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

Je n'aurai pas eu, I .shall 

Tu n'auras pas eu, thou shaU 

II n'aura pas eu, he will 

Nous n'aurons pas eu, we will 
Vous n'aurez pas eu, you will 
Us n'auront pas eu, they will t 



282 



APPENDIX. 



Conditional Mode. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



Je n'aurais pas, 1 should 

Tu n'aurais pas, thouwouldst 

II n'aurait pas, he would 

Nous n'aurions pas, we would 

Vous n'auriez pas, you would 
lis n'auraient pas, they would 



Je n'aurais pas eu, I shonlP 
Tu n'aurais pas eu, thou 

shouldst 
II n'aurait pas eu, he woultt 
Nous n'aurious pas eu, we ' 

would 
V T ous n'auriezpas eu, you would 
Ilsn'auraieutpas eu, they would ^ 



Imperative Mode. 



N'aie pas, 
Qu'il n'ait pas, 
N'ayons pas, 
N'ayez pas, 
Qu'ils n'aient pas, 



have not 
let him not have 
let us not have 
have not ye or you 
let them not have 



Subjunctive Mode. 



Que je n'aie pas, that I may 
Que tu n'aies pas, that thou 

mayest 
Qu'il n'ait pas, that he may 
Que nous n'ayons pas, that we . h 

may \ - 
Que vous n'ayez pas, that you 

may 
Qu'ils n'aient pas, that they 

may j 



Que je n'aie pas eu, that I may 
Que tu n'aies pas eu, that thou 

mayest 
Qu'il n'ait pas eu, that he may 
Que nous n'ayons pas eu, that 

we may 
Que vous n'ayez pas eu, that 

you may 
Qu'ils n'aient pas eu, that they 
may 



IMPERFECT. 

Que je n'eusse pas, that I might 

Que tu n'eusses pas, Chat thou 

Slightest 
Qu'il n'eiit pas, that he might 
Que nous lveussions pas, that 

• ive might 
Que vous n'cussicz pas, that 

you might 
Qu'ils n'cussent pas, that they 
might 



pluperfect. 

Que je n'eusse pas eu, that P 

nvght 
Que tu n'eusses pas eu, that 

thou mightest 
Qu'il n'eut pas eu, that he m i : <h I 
Que nous n'eussiona paa ea, 

that we might 
Que vous n'eussiez paa eu, thai 

you might 
Qu'ils n'cussent pas eu, that 
tiny might 



APPENDIX. 

Infinitive Mode. 



283 



Ise pas avoir, n<ot to have \ N'avoir pas eu, not to have had 

Participle. 

present, compound. 

ETayant pas, not having \ X'ayant pas eu, not having had 

Past or Passive. 
Pas eu, Xot had 



Avoir : Interrogatively. 

Indicative Mode. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 



Ai-je ? 
As-tu ? 
A-t-il ? 
Avons-nous ? 
Avez-vous ? 
Ont-ils i 



have I? Ai-je eu ? 
hast thou ? As-tu eu ? 

has he t ; A-t-il eu i 
have we f Avons-nous eu ? 
have you t Avez-vous eu ? 
have they f \ Ont-ils eu ? 



have I had? 
hast thou had? 

has he had ? 

have we had ? 

have you had ? 

have they had t 



IMPERFECT. 



PLUPERFECT. 



Avais-je ? 
Avais-tu ? 
Avait-il ? 
Avions-uous ? 
Aviez-vous ? 
Avaient-ils ? 



had I? Avais-je eu ? 
hadst thouf Avais-tu eu ? 
had he t Avait-il eu \ 
had we ? Avions-uous eu ? 
had you ? Aviez-vous eu i 
had they ? Avaieut-ils eu I 



had I had ? 

hadst thou had ? 

had he had t 

had ive had ? 

had you had t 

had tluy had ?' 



PAST DEFINITE. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 



Eus-je ? 
Eus-tu ? 
Eut-il ? 
Eumes-nous ? 
Eutes-vous i 
Eurent-ila 2 



Aurai-je ? 
Auras-tu? 
Aura-t-il 'i 
Aurons-nous ? 
Aurez-vous \ 
Auront-ils ? 



had I? j Eus-je eu ? 
hadst thou t Eus-tu eu ? 
had he ? Eut-il eu ? 
had we t Eumes-iious eu ? 
had you t Elites- vous eu ? 
had they ? Eurent-ils eu ? 



had I had? 

hadst thou had? 

had he had ? 

had we had t 

had you had ? 

had they had ? 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 



shall I have ? Aurai-je 'eu ? 

shalt thou hare ? Auras-tu eu ? 

will he have ? Aura-t-il eu ? 

shall we hare ? Aurons-nous eu ? 

will you have ? Aurez-vous eu ? 

shall they have ? Auront-ils eu ? 



shall I 
shalt the 



I* 



shall he i ^ 
shall we \ « 

J- 



shall yo 

shall they 



284 



APPENDIX. 



Conditional Mode. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



Aurais-je ? 
Aurais-tu ? 
Aurait-il ? 
Aurions-nous ? 
Auriez-vous ? 
Auraient-ils ? 



should I have ? 

shouldst thou, have ? 

should he have t 

would we have ? 

should you have 



Aurais-je eu ? 
Aurais-tu eu ? 
Aurait-il eu ? 
Aurions-nous eu ? 
Auriez-vous eu ? 



should they have t \ Auraient-ils eu ? 



should I~\ 

wouldst thou 

would he 

should we 

should you 

would they j 



Avoir : Negatively and Interrogatively. 

Indicative Mode. 



PRESENT. 



N'ai-je pas ? 
N'as-tu pas ? 
N'a-t-il pas ? 
N'avons nous pas ? 
N'avez-vous pas ? 
N'ont-ils pas if 



have I not ? 
hast thou not t 

ha's he not t 

have we not t 

have you not ? 

have they not ? 



past indefinite. 

N'ai-je pas e.i ? have P 

N'as-tu pas eu ? hast thou 

N'a-t-il pas eu ? has he 

N'avons-nous pas eu? have we 
N'avez-vous pas eu i have you 
N'ont-ils pas eu ? have they j 



imperfect. 

N'avais-je pas ? had I not ? 

N 7 avais-tu pas ? hadst thou not t 
N'avait-il pas ? had he not f 

N'avions-nous pas ? had we not ? 
N'aviez-vous paa 'i had you not ? 
N'avaient-ils pas ? had they not ? 



PLUPERFECT. 

N'avais-je pas eu ? had P 

N'avais-tu pas eu ? hadst thou 
N'avait-il pas eu ? had he 

N'avions-nous pas eu ? had we 
N'aviez-vous pas eu ? had you 
N'avaient-ils pas eu ? had they j 



past definite. 

N } eus-je pas ? had I not ? 

N'eus-tu pas ? hadst thou not ? 

N'eut-il pas ? had he not ? 

N'eumes-nous pas ? had we not t 
N' elites- vous pas ? had you not t 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

N'cus-je pas eu ? had T 

N'eus-tu pas eu ? hadst thou 
N'eut-il pas eu ? had he 

N'eumes-nous pas cu ? had ice 
N'eutes-vous pus eu \ had you 



N'eurent-ils pas ? had they not ? , N'eurent-ils pas eu ? had they \ 






FUTURE ANTERIOR. 



N'aurai-jc pas ? 
N'auras-tu pas? 
N'aura-t-il pas'? 
Neurons-nous pas? 
N"aurez-vous pas I 
N'auront-ils pas ? 



Shall I\ 

shaV thou 

shall he 

shall we 

shall you 

shall they 



N'aurai-je pas eu ? shall I) * 

N'auras-tu pas eu ? shall thou j 
N'aura-t-il pus eu ? shall he l~ 
N'aurons-nous pas eu ? *haU ire \ \ 
N'aurez-vous pas eu ? thall you ~ 
N'auront-ils pas eu? shall they J | 



APPENDIX. 



285 



Conditional Mode. 

SlilPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

N'aurais je pas ? should I'] 1 N'aurais-je pas eu ? should F 



N'aurais-tu pas \ shouldst thou 

N'aurait-il pas ? should he 

N'aurions-nous pas ? should we 

N'auriez-vous pas ? should you 

N'auraient-ils pas ? should they 



N'aurais-tu pas eu ? shouldst 
thou 

N'aurait-il pas eu ? should he 

N'aurions-uous pas eu ? should . 

we^ f | 

N'auriez-vous pas eu ? should ' 
you 

N'auraient-ils pas eu ? should 
they d 



Etre, to be: Affirmatively. 

Indicative Mode. 



PRESENT. 



Je suis, 
Tu es, 
11 est, 

Nous sommes, 
Vous etes, 
lis sont, 



PAST INDEFINITE. 

'lam j J'ai ete, I have teen 

thou art Tu as ete, 
he is II a ete, 



we are 

i or you are 

they are 



Nous avons ete, 
Vous avez ete, 
lis out ete, 



thou- hast been, 
he has been 
ice have been 
you have been 
they have been 



IMPERFECT. 



PLUPERFECT. 



J'etais, I was or I used to be I J'avais ete, Ihad been 

Tu etais, thou wast] Tu avals ete, thou hadst been 

11 etait, he was II avait ete, he had been 

Nous etions, we were Nous avions ete, we had been 

Vous etiez, you were Vous aviez ete, you had been 

lis etaieut, they were lis avaieut ete, they had been 



past definite. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 



Je fus, 
Tu fas, 
II flit, 

Nous fumes, 
Vous fiites, 
lis fureut, 



Je serai, 
Tu seras, 

li sera, 
Nous scions, 
Vous serez, 
lis borout, 



I was J'eiLS ete, 



thou wast 

he was 

we were 

you were 

they were 



Tu eus ete, 
11 eut ete, 
Nous eumes ete, 
Vous elites ete, 
lis eureut ete, 



Ihad been 

thou hadst been 

he had been 

zee had been 

you had been 

they had been 



future anterior. 



I shall or will be J'aurai ete, Ishalljiave been 

thou wilt be Tu minis ete, thou shall have been 

he shall be 11 aura ete, he shall havt been 

we shall be Nous aurons ete, we shall have been 

you shall be Vous aurez £te, you will hare, been 

they shall be t lis auront ete, they will have been 



286 



APPENDIX. 



Conditional Mode. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



PRESENT. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



Je serais, I should he J J'aurais 4te, I should} 

Tu serais, thou shouldst be Tu aurais etc, thou shouldst \ 

11 serait, he would be II aurait ete, he would \ > 

Nous serions, we would be \ Nous aurions etc, we should 

Vous seriez, you should be \ Vous auriez ete, you should 

lis seraieut, they would be\ lis auraient ete, they should 4 



Impekative Mode. 



Sois, 

Qu'il soit, 
Soyons, 
Soyez, 
Qu : ils soient, 



be thou 
let him be 
let us be 
be ye or you 
let them be 



Subjunctive Mode. 



Que je sois, 
Que tu sois, 



Qu'il soit, 

Que nous soyons, 

Que vous soyez, 
Qu'ils soient, 



that I may be Que j'aie ete, that I may" 

that thou mayest be Que tu aies ete, that thou 

mayest % 

that he may be\ Qu'il ait ete, that he may I ^ 

that we may be j Que nous ayons ete, that we | § 

I rnay J 

that you may be Que vous ayez ete, that you may 

that they may be Qu'ils aient ete, that they may ^ 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je fusse, that I might be 

Que tu fusses, that thou //lightest be 

Qu'il fut, that he might be 

Que uous fussions, that we might be 

Que vous fussiez, that you might be 

Qu'ils fussent, that they might be 



pluperfect. 

Que j'eusse ete, that I might \ 
Que tu eusses etc, that thou 

'//i/ghi ext 
Qu'il eut ete, that he /night 
Que nous eussions ete, that we 

might 
Que vous eussiez ete, that you 

might 
Qu'ils eussent etc, that they 

migltt 



Infinitive Mode. 
present. past. 

£tre, to be \ Avoir etc, to km 



APPENDIX, 2S7 

Participle. 

PRESENT. COallfO^Ml. 

Efemt, leing | Ay ant &1, Laming been 



Ete, 



Past or Passive. 



VI. — The Poui Coxjugaticxs, 
First Conjugation: Ending en Lit. 

MODEL YEEB. 

PAELER, TO SPEAK. 

Indicative aLode. 
simple ten3es. compound tenses. 

PRESENT. past indefinite. 

Je parle, I speak | «Tai parle, I have spoken 

Tu paries, tliou speakest Tu as parie, #e# hast spoken 

II parle, /<# speaks 11 a parle, Ac to apofo* 
Nous parlons, we speak x 
Vons parlez, ^om speak 
lis parleiit, ^<?,y s^£ 



Nous a vons parli, we hare spoken 
Vous avez parle, you have spoken 
lis out parle, mey hare i 



IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 

Je parlais, / was speaking or I used | J'avais parle, Iliad 

to speak 

Tu parlais, thou wast speaking Tu avais parle, thou hadst 

II parlait, he was speaking \ II avait parle, he had * 

Nous parlions, we were speaking Nous avions parie, we had 

Vous parliez, you were speaking Vous aviez parle, you had 

lis parlaient, they were speaking \ lis avaient parle, they had j 

PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. 

Je parlais, I spoke or did speak J'eus parle, I ha V 

Tu pari as, thou spokest Tu eus parte, thou Itadst 

II par] a, he spoke II eut parte, h had 

Nous parlames, ive spoke Nous eunies parle, we had 

Vous parlates, you spoke « Vous elites parle, yot/ //./ J 

lis pariereut, they spoke \ lis eurent parle, they had 

FUTURE. FCTCKK A N 1 T.UIo!:. 

Je parlerai, I shall or will speak J'aurai park', 

Tu parleras, thou wilt .speak Tu auras parle, thou shal 

11 parlera, he trill speak II aura parte, ill . |< 

Nous parlerons, we shall speak Nous aurous parle, we shall 

Vous parlerez, you will speak Vous aurez parte, uouwi 1 

lis parleront, they will speak II auront parte, v ■WlJ "* 



2S8 



APPENDIX. 



Conditional Mode. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



Je parlerais, I should, would speak 
Tu parlerais, thou shouldst speak 
11 parlerait, he should speak 

Nous parlerions, we would speak 
Vous parleriez, you would speak 
lis parleraient, they would speak 



J'aurais parle, I should^ 

Tu aurais, parle, tluou wouldst 
11 aurait parle, he would 

Nous aurions parle, we would 
Vous auriez parle, you would 
lis auraient parle, they would J ^ 






Imperative Mode. 



Parle, 
Qu'il parle, 
Parlons, 
Parlez, 

Qu'ils parlent, 



speak thou 
let him speak 
let us speak 
speak ye or you 
let them speak 



Subjunctive Mode. 



Que je parle, that I may speak j Que j'aie parle, that I may 

Que tu paries, 'that thou mayest speak \ Que tu aies parle, that thou 

may est 
Qu'il parle, that he may speak j Qu'il ait parle, that lie may 

Que nous parlious, that we may- Que nous ayons parle, that we 

speak may 

Que vous parliez, that you, may \ Que vous ayez parle, that you 

speak may 

Qu'iLs parlent, that they may speak | Qu'ils aient parle, that they may t 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je parlasse, that I might speak 
Que tu parlasses, tltat thou mightest 

speak 
Qu'il parlat, that he might speak 
Que nous parlassions, that we might 

speak 
Que vous parlassi«z, that you might 

speak 
Qu'ils parlassent, thai they might 

speak 



PLUPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse parl£, that I migliV 
Que tu eusses parle, that thou 

mightest 
Q n ' il e lit pari e , th at ]) e m I ah t 
Que nous eussions parle, that I ^ 

we might 
Que vous eussiez parle,' that 

you might 
Qu'ils eussent parle, thai they 
might 



Infinitive Mode. 



Tarler, 



to speak | Avoir parle, 



to have spoken 



Parlant, 



Parle, 



APPENDIX. 289 

Pabticiple. 

compound. 
speaking | Ayant parle, having spoken 



Past or Passive. 



spoken 



Second Conjugation: Ending in IB. 

MODEL VERB. 

FINIR, TO FINISH. 

Indicative Mode. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 
PAST INDEFINITE. 



Je finis, 

Tu finis, 

II finit, 

Nous finissons, 

Vons finissez, 

lis finissent, 



I finish I J'ai fini, 
thou finishest | Tu as fini, 
he finishes \ II a fini, 

we finish Nous avons fini, 
you finish Vous avez fini, 
they finish | lis ont fini, 



I have finished 

thou hast finished 

he has finished 

we have finished 

you have finished 

they have finished 



IMPERFECT. 

Je finissais, I was finishing or used 

to finish 
Tu finissais, thou wast finishing 
II finissait, he was finishing 

Nous finissions, we were finishing 
Vous finissiez, you were finishing 
lis finissaient, they were finishing 



PLUPERFECT. 



J'avais fini, 



Ihad finished 



Tu avais fini, thou hadst finished 
11 avait fini, he had finished 

Nous avions fini, we had finished 
Vous aviez fini, you had finished 
lis avaient fini, they had finished 



PAST DEFINITE. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 



Je finis, 
Tu finis, 
II finit, 
Nous finimes, 
Vous finites, 
lis finirent, 



I finished or did finish 

thou didst finish 

he finished 

we finished 

you finished 

they finished 



J'eus fini, 
Tu eus fini, 
11 eut fini, 
Nous eumes fini, 
Vous eutes fini, 
lis eurent fini, 



Ihad finished 

thou hadst finished 

he had finished 

we had finished 

you had finished 

tttey had finished 



FUTURE ANTKBIOB. 



Je finirai, I shall finish I J'aurai fini, I shall havt 

Tu finiras, thou wilt finish] Tu. auras fini, thou wilt kan 

11 finira, _ he will finish \ II aura fini, he shall hire 

Nous finirons, we shall' finish Nous aurons fini, we shall havi 

Vous finirez, you will finish Vous aurez fini, you will ha, , 

Hs finiront, they will finish lis auront fini, thy shall fafMj 



i 



290 



APPENDIX. 



Conditional Mode. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



compound tenses. 



Je finirais, 
Tu finirais, 
II tinirait, 
Nous finirions, 
Vous finiriez, 
lis finiraient, 



I would finish 

thou shouldst finish 

he would finish 

we would finish 

f'ou might finish 
ey should finish 



J'aurais fini, I should* 

Tu aurais fini, thou wouldst 
11 aurait fini, he might 

Nous aurions fini, we would 
Vous auriez fini, you might 
lis auraient fini, they should 



r^ 



Imperative Mode. 



Finis, 

Qu'il finisse, 
Finissons, 
Finissez, 
Qu'ils finissent, 



finish thou 
let him finish 
let us finish 

finish ye or you 
let them finish 



Subjunctive Mode. 



Que je finisse, that I may finish 
Que tu finisses, that thou mayest 

finish 
Qu'il finisse, that he may finish 
Que nous finissions, that we may 

finish 
Que vous finissiez, that you may 

finish 
Qu'ils finissent, that they may finish 



Que j'aie fini, that I may 

Que tu aies fini, that thou 

mayest 
Qu'il ait fini, that he may 

Que nous ayons fini, that we 

may 
Que vous ayez fini, that you 

may 
Qu'ils aient fini, that they may 



i 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je finisse, that I might finish 
Que tu finisses, that thou mightest 

finish 
Qu'il finit, that he might finish 

Que nous finissions, that we might 

finish 
Que vous finissiez, that you might 

finish 
Qu'ils finissent, that they might 

finish 



PLUPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse fini, that I might 
Que tu eusses fini, that thou 

mightest 
Qu'il eut fini, that lie might 
Que nous eussions fini, that we 

might 
Que vous eussiez fini, that you 

might 
Qu'ils eussent fini, that they 

might 



^ 



Finir, 



Infinitive Mode, 
tresent. past. 

to finish | Avoir fini, to have finished 



APPENDIX. 
Participle. 



291 



PRESENT. COMPOUND. 

Finissant, finishing | Ayant fini, having finished 

Past or Passive. 
Fini, 



Third Conjugation: Ending in OIR. 

MODEL VERB. 

EECEYOIR, TO RECEIVE. 

Indicative aTode. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 
PRESENT. 



Je recois,* 
Ta regois, 
II recoit, 
Nous recevons, 
Vous recevez, 
lis recoivent, 



I receive 

thou receivest 

he receives 

we receive 

you receive 

they receive 



EVIPEEFECT. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 
PAST INDEFINITE. 

J'ai recu, I have received 

Tu as regu, thou hast received 

II a regu, he has received 

Nous avons regu, we have received 
Vous avez regu, you have received 
lis ont regu, they have received 

PLUPERFECT. 



J© recevais, I was receiving ', or I\ J'avais regu, I had received* 

used to receive 
Tu recevais, thou wast receiving Tu avals recu, thou hadst re- 
ceived 
II recevait, he was receiving \ II avait regu, Jie had received 

Nous avious regu, we had re- 
ceived 



Nous recevions, we were receiving 
Vous receviez, you were receiving 
lis recevaieut, they were receiving 



Vous aviez regu, you had re- 
ceived 

lis avaient regu, they had re- 
ceived 



past definite. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 



Je regus, I received or did receive \ J'eus regu, I had received 

Tu regus, thou receivedst Tu eus regu, thou hadst received 

Ilregut, he received II eut regu, he had received 

Nous regumes, we received Nous eumes regu, we had received 

Vous recutes, you received \ Vous elites recu, you had received 

lis regurent, they received \ lis eurent regu, they had received 



See Lesson 36, page 132. 



2&2 



APPENDIX. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 
FUTURE. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 
FUTURE ANTERIOR. 



Je recevrai, 
Tu recevras, 
II recevra, 
Nous recevrons, 
Vous recevrez, 
lis recevront, 



I shall receive \ J'aurai regu, I shall have ) 

thou wilt receive ! Tu auras regu, thou wilt have 



he shall receive 
we shall receive 
you will receive 
they will receive 



II aura regu, he will have 

Nou3 aurons recu, we shall have 
Vous aurez recu, you will have 
lis auront recu, they shall have ■ 



Conditional Mode. 



PRESENT. 



Je recevrais, I should receive 

Tu recevrais, thou wouldst receive 
II recevrait, he should receive 

Nous recevrions, we should receive 
Vous recevriez, you might receive 



lis recevraient, they should receive lis auraient regu, they should t 



J'aurais regu, I should* 

Tu aurais regu, thou wouldst 
11 aurait regu, he might 

Nous aurions recu, we should 
Vous auriez recu, you might 



Imperative Mode. 
Eecois, 
Qu'il regoive, 
Kecevons, 
Eecevez, 
Qu'ils regoivent, 



receive thou 
let him receive 
let us receive 
receive ye or you 
let them receive 



Subjunctive Mode. 



present. 



Que je regoive, that I may receive 
Que tu regoives, that thou may est 

receive 
Qu'il regoive, that he may receive 
Que no as recevions, that we may 

receive 
Que vous receviez, that you may 

receive 
Qu'ils regoivent, that theymayreceive 

imperfect. 

Que je regusse, that I might receive \ 
Que tu regusses, that thou mightest 

receive 
Qu'il regut, that he might receive 
Que nous regussions, that we might 

receive 
Que vous regussiez, that you might 

receive 
Qu'ils regussent, that they might 

receive 



Que j'aie regu, that I may* 

Que tu aies regu, that th/u 

mayest 
Qu'il ait regu, that he may 

Que nous ayons regu, that we 

may 
Que vous ayez regu, that you 

may 
Qu'ils aient regu, that they may d 



pluperfect. 



Que j'eusse regu, that Im'iqhV 
Que tu eusses regu, that thou 

mightest 
Qu'il cut regu, that he might 
Que nous eussions regu, that 

we might \ \ 
Que vous eussiez regu, that you L 
?n i a Jit r§ 
Qu'ils eussent regu, thai th*y 
might 



Recevoir 



Kecevant, 



Kegu, 



APPENDIX. 

Infinitive Mode. 



293 



PAST. 

to receive | Avoir regu to have received 

Participle. 

compound. 

receiving | Ayant regu, having receivep 

Past or Passive. 



Fourth Conjugation : Ending in BE. 

MODEL VERB. 

YENDRE, TO SELL. ^ 

Indicative Mode. 

comtound tenses. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 



simple 


TENSES 




PEESENT. 




Je vends, 




I sell 


Tu v«nds, 




thou sellest 


11 vend, 




he sells 


Nous vendons, 




we sell 


Vous vendez, 




you sell 


Lis vendeut, 




they sell 



J'ai vendu, 
Tu as vendu, 
II a vendu, 
Nous avons vendu, 
Vous avez vendu, 
lis ont vendu, 



I have sold 
thou Jtust sold 

he has sold 

ive have sold 

you have sold 

they have sold 



IMPERFECT. 

Je vendais, I was selling or used to 



PLUPERFECT. 



Tu vendais, 
II vendait, 
Nous vendions, 
Vous vendiez, 
lis vendaient, 



thou wast selling 

he was selling 

we were selling 

you were selling 

they were selling 



J'avais vendu, I had sold or been 

selling 
Tu avais vendu, thou hadst sold 



11 avait vendu, 
Nous avions vendu, 
Vous aviez vendu, 
lis avaient vendu, 



he had sold 

we had sold 

you had sold 

they had sold 



PAST DEFINITE. 



PAST ANTERIOR. 



Je vendis, I sold or did sell I J'eus vendu, I had sold 

Tu vendis, thou voidest Tu eus vendu, thou hadst sold 

11 vendit, he sold 11 eut vendu, he had sold 

Nona veudimes, we sold Nous eumes vendu, we had sold 

Yous vendites, you sold ] Vous eutes vendu, you had sold 

lis vendirent, they sold j Us eurent vendu, they had sold 



294 



APPENDIX. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



Je vendrai, 
Tu vendras, 
11 vendra, 
Nous vendrons, 
Vous vendrez, 
lis vendront, 



Je vendrais, 
Tu vendrais, 
II vendrait, 
Nous vendrions, 
Vous vendriez, 
lis vendraient, 



I shall sell 
thou wilt sell 

he will sell 
we shall sell 
you will sell 



FUTUBE ANTERIOR, 

J'aurai vendu, 
Tu auras vendu, 
11 aura vendu, 
Nous aurons vendu, 
Vous aurez vendu, 



I shall] 

thou wilt ^ 

he shall I § 

we shall f : 



they will sell lis auront vendu, 
Conditional Mode. 



jou will | ,§ 
they shall J 



:nt. past. 

1 should sell \ J'aurais vendu, I should^ 

thou wouldst sell \ Tu aurais vendu, thou wouldst 

he might sell '■ II aurait vendu, he might 

we should sell Nous aurions vendu, we should 

you might sell Vous auriez vendu, you should 

they would sell lis auraient vendu, they should i 



Imperative Mode. 



Vends, 
Qu'il vende, 
Vendons, 
Vendez, 
Qu'ils vendent, 



sell thou 
let him sell 
let us sell 
sell ye or you 
let them sell 



PRESENT. 

Que je vende, that I may sell 

Que tu vendes, that thou may est seU 



Subjunctive Mode. » 

PAST. 

Que j'aie vendu, that I may 1 



Qu'il vende, that he may sell 

Que nous vendions, that we may sed 

Que vous vendiez, that you may sell 

Qu'ils vendent, that they may sell 



Que tu aies vendu, that thou 

mayest 
Qu'il ait vendu, that lie may 
Que nous ayons vendu, that we 

may 
Que vous ayez vendu, that you 

may 
Qu'ils aient vendu, that they 

may 



3 

1 
f « 



IMPERFECT. 

Que je vendisse, that I might sell 
Que tu vendisses, that thou mightest 

sell 
Qu'il vendit, that le might sell 

Que nous veudissions, that we might 

sell 
Que vous vendissiez, that you might 

sell 
Qu'ils vendissent, that they might 

sell i 



PLUPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse vendu, that Imight 
Que tu eusses vendu, that thou 

mightest 
Qu'il eut vendu, that he might 
Que nous eussions vendu, that 

u\\ might 
Que vous eussiez vendu, that 

you might 
Qu'ils eusscnt vendu, that they 
might 



APPENDIX. 
Infinitive Mode. 



295 



Vendre, 



Vendant, 



to sell | Avoir vendu, 
Pabticdple. 



to have sold 



PRESENT. COMPOUND. 

selling | Ay ant vendu, having sold 



Past or Passive. 



Vendu, 



sold 



VII. — Conjugation of a Passive Verb : Etre Aime, 

TO BE LOVED. 
Indicative Mode. 



Je suis aime, m. aim£e,/. lam loved 

Tu es aime or aimee, thou art loved 

II est aime, he is loved 

Elle est aimee, she is loved 

Nous sommes aimes or aimees, we are loved 

Vous etes aimes or aimees, you are loved 

lis sont aimes, m. they are loved 

Elles sont aimees, f, they are loved 



J'^tais aime, m. aimee,/. 
Tu etais aime* or aimee, 
11 etait aime, 

Nous etions aimes or aimees, 
Vous etiez aimes or aimees, 
lis etaieut aimes, m. 



IMPERFECT. 

I was loved, was being loved, 
thou wast loved, wast being loved 
he was loved, was being loved 
we were loved, were being loved 
you were loved, were being loved 
they were loved, were being loved d 



If 



PAST DEFINITE. 

Je fus aime, m. aimee,/. I was loved 

Tu fus aime or aimee, thou wast loved 

11 fut aime, he was loved 

Nous fumes aimes or aimees, we were loved 

Vous fiites aimes or aimees, you were loved 

lis furent aimes, m. they were loved 



296 



APPENDIX. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 



J'ai 6te" aime* or aimee, 

Tu as ete aime or aimee, 

II a ete aime, 

Nous avons ete aimes or aimees, 

Vous avez ete aim£s or aimees, 

lis ont ete aimes, m. 



I have been loved 
thou hast been loved 
he has been loved 
we have been loved 
you have been loved 
they have been loved 



PAST ANTERIOR. 

J' ens £te aim£, m. aim6e,f. I had been loved 

Tu eus ete aimee or aimee, thou hadst been loved 

II eut ete aiine,^ he had been loved 

Nous eumes ete aimes or aimees, we had been loved 

Vous eutes ete aimes or aimees, you had been loved 

lis eurent ete aimes, m. they had been loved 



PLUPERFECT. 



J'avais £te* aime* or aimee, 

Tu avais ete aime or aimee, 

II avait ete aime, 

Nous avions ete aimes or aimees, 

Vous aviez ete aimes or aimees, 

lis avaient ete aimes, m. 



I had been loved 
thou hadst been loved 
he had been loved 
we had been laved 
you had, been loved 
they had been loved 



Je serai aime, m. aimee,/". 
Tu seras aime or aimee, 
II sera aime, 

Nous serons aimes or aimees, 
Vous serez aimes or aimees, 
lis seroiit aimes, m. 



I shall or will be loved 
thou shalt or wilt be loved 
he shall or will be loved 
we shall or will be loved 
you shall or will be loved 
they shall or will be loved 



FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

J'aurai ete aim6, m. aimee, f. I shall, will have been loved 

Tu auras ete aime* or aimee, thou shalt, wilt have been loved 

11 aura ete aime, he shall, will have been loved 

Nous aurons ete aim£s or aimees, we shall, will have been loved 

Vous aurez £te aimes or aimees, you shall, will have been loved 

lis auront ete aimes, m. they shall, will have been loved 

Conditional Mode. 



Je serais aime, m. aimee,/. 
Tu serais aime* or aimee, 
11 serait aime} 

Nous serious aim6s or aimees, 
Vous seriez aimes or aimees, 
lis seraient aimes, m. 



I should, would, could, might beloved 
thou shovldst, couldst, mightedbeloved 
he would or might he loved 
we should or would be loved 
you would or might be loved 
they might or should be loved 



APPENDIX. 297 



J'aurais £te aim£, m. aimee,/. I should, would have been loved 

Tu aurais ete ainie or aimee, thou wouldst have been loved 

II aurait ete airne, he would have been loved 

Nous aurions ete aimes or aimees, we might have been loved 

Vous auriez ete aimes or aimees, you would have been loved 

lis auraient ete aimes, m, they might have been loved 

Imperative Mode. 

Sois aime, m. aimee,/". be thou loved 

Qu'il soit aime, let him be loved 

Soyons aimes or aimees, let us be loved 

Soyez aimes or aimees, be ye or you loved 

Qu'ils soient aimes, m. let them be loved 

Subjunctive Mode. 

PRESENT. 

Que je suis aime, m. aimee,/. that I may be loved 

Que tu sois aime or aimee, that thou mayest be loved 

Qu'il soit aime, that he may be loved 

Que nous soyons aimes or aimees, that we may be loved 
Que vous soyez aimes or aimees, that you may be loved 
Qu'ils soient aimes, m. that they may be loved 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je fusse aime, m. aimee,/. that Imightbe loved 
Que tu fusses aime or aimee, that thou mightesi be loved 

Qu'il tut aime, that he might be loved 

Que nous fussions aimes or aimees, that we might be loved 
Que vous fussiez aimes or aimees, that you might be loved 
Qu'ils fussent aimes, m. that they might be loved 



Que j'aie ele* aime m. aimee,/. that I may have been loved 
Que tu aies ete aime or aimee, that tluou mayest have been loved 

Qu'il ait ete aime, that he may have been loved 

Que nous ayons ete aimes or aimees, that we may have been loved 
Que vous ayez etc aimes or aimees, that you may have been loved 
Qulli aient ete aimes, m. that they may have been loved 

PLUPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse et6 aime\ m. aim£e,/. that I might have been loved 
Que tu eusses ete aime or aimee, that thou, mighted have been loved 
Qu'il eiit ete aime, that he might have been loved 

Que nous eussions £t6 aimes or that we might have been loved 

aimees, 
Que vous eussiez 6t& aimes or that you might have been loved 

aimees, 
Qu'ils eussent 6t6 aimes, m. that they might Jiave been loved 

13* 



298 



1PPBNDI X. 



Infinitive Mode. 
Pbesent. — litre aim£, m. aimee,/. to be loved 

Past. — Avoir et& aiine, m. aimee,/. to have been loved 

Participle. 
Present. — Etant aime, m. aimee,/. being loved 

Compound. — Ay ant ete aime, m. aimee,/. having been loved 

VIII. — Conjugation of a Reflective Verb: 
Se Promener, to walk. 

Indicative Mode. 



Je me promene, 
Tu te promenes, 
II se promene, 
Nous nous promenons, 
Vous vous promenez, 
lis se promenent, 



I walk, do walk or am walking, 
thou walkest, dost walk or art walking 
he walks, does walk or is walking 
we walk, do walk or are walking 
you walk, do walk or are walking 
they walk, do walk or are walking 



IMPERFECT. 



Je me promenais, 
Tu te promenais, 
II se promenait, 
Nous nous promenions, 
Vous vous promoniez, 
lis se promenaient, 



I was walking or used to walk 
thou wast walking or wast wont to walk 
he was walking or used to walk 
we were walking or used to walk 
you were walking or used to walk 
they were walking or used to walk 



past definite. 



Je me promenai, 

Tu te promenas, 

II se promena, 

Nous nous prom onames, 

Vous vous prom*;nates, 

II se promenereLt, 



I walked or did walk 
thou walkedst or didst walk 
he walked or did walk 
we walked or did walk 
you walked or did walk 
they walked or did walk 



PAST INDEFINITE. 



Jc me suis promene", 

Tu t'es promene\, 

II s'est promen6, 

Nous nous Bommea promenas, 

Vous vous etes i romenes, 

lis so sont promt nes, 



J have walked 
thou had walked 
he has walked 
we have walked 
you have walked 
they have walked 



APPENDIX. 



299 



PLtTPEEFECT. 



Je m'gtais promene^ 

Tu t'etais proinene, 

II s'etait promene, 

Nous nous etions promenes, 

Vous vous etiez promenes, 

lis s'etaient promenes, 



Iliad walked 
thou hadst walked 
he hid walked 
we Juad walked 
you had walked 
they had walked 



PAST ANTEEIOE. 



Je me fus promene, 

Tu te fus promene, 

II se fut promene^ 

Nous nous fumes promenes, 

Vous vous futes promenes, 

lis se furent promenes, 



I had walked 
thou hadst walked 
he had walked 
we had walked 
you had walked 
they had walked 



Je me promenerai, 
Tu te promeneras, 
II se promenera, 
Nous nous promenerons, 
Vous vous promenerez, 
II se promeneront, 



I shall or will walli 
thou shalt or wilt walk 
he shall or will walk 
we shall or will walk 
you shall or will walk 
they shall or will ivalk 



PUTITEB ANTEEIOE. 



Je me serai promene^ 

Tu te seras promene, 

II se sera promene, 

Nous nous serous promenes, 

Vous vous serez promenes, 

lis se seront promenes, 



I shall or will have walked 
thou shalt or wilt 7iave waited 
he shall or will Ttaoe walked 
we shall or will have walked 
you shall or will have walked 
they shall or will have walked 



Conditional Mode. 

PEESENT. 



Je me promenerais, 
Tu te promenerais, 
lis se promenerait, 
Nous nous promenerions 
Vous vous promeneriez, 
Us se promeneraient, 



I should or would walk 
thou couldst or would walk 
he would or should walk 
we would or should walk 
you could or should walk 
they should or would walk 



Je roe serais promend, 

Tu te serais promene, 

II se serait promene, 

Nous noua serions promends, 

Vous vous seriez promenes, 

lis se seruient promenes, 



I should or could have walked 
thou wouldst or coddst have walked 
he could or should have walked 
we would or should have walked 
you would or coull have walked 
they should or could have walked 



300 



Promene-toi, 
Qu'il se promene, 
Promenons-nous, 
Promenez-vous, 
Qu'ils se promenent, 



APPENDIX. 

Imperative Mode. 
walk thou 
let him walk 
let us walk 
walk {ye or you) 
let them walk 

Subjunctive Mode. 




Que je me promene, 
Que tu te promene^, 
Qu'il se promene, 
Que nous nous promenions, 
Que vous vous promeniez, 
Qu'ils se promenent, 



that I may walk 
that thau mayest walk 
that he may walk 
that we may walk 
that you may walk 
that they may walk 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je me promenasse, 
Que tu te promenasses, 
Qu'il se promenat, 
Que nous nous promenassions, 
Que vous vous promenassiez, 
Qu'ils se promenassent, 



that I might walk 
that thou mightest walk 
that he might walk 
that we might walk 
that you might walk 
that they might walk 



Que je me sois promene^ 

Que tu te sois promene, 

Qu'il se soil promene, 

Que nous nous soyons promenes, 

Que vous vous aoyez promenes, 

Qu'ils se soient promenes, 



that I may have walked 
that thou mayest have walked 
that he may have walked 
that we may have walked 
that you may have walked 
that they may have walked 



PLUPERFECT. 



Que je me fusse promene^ that I might have walked 

Que tu te fusses promene, that thou mightest have walked 

Qu'il se fiit promene, that he might have walked 

Que nous nous fussions promenes, that we might have walked 

Que vous vous fussiez promenes, that you might have walked 

Qu'ils se fussent promenes, that they might have walked 

Infinitive Mode. 
Present. — Se promener, to walk 

Past. — S'etre promene, to have walked 

Participle. 
Present. — Se promenant, milking 

Compound.— S'^tant promene^ having walked 

Past. — Promene, m. Promene,/. walked 

Promenes, m. pi, Promenees,/. pi. 



